Skip to main content

Full text of "The Nautilus"

See other formats 


iiliiiiiiiii 


in 

mm 


iii 


! 


I 

j 
j 


^  i It  1  ' 1  ?  1  M 


ill': 


m 

liiii- 

■{  < 

.ill 

fill 


J; 


^^iiisiillk 


iliiiyjilHiiiUi^ 


niHiJHIiH(llli»^l 


I 


THE 

NAUTILUS 


A  QUARTERLY  JOURNAL 

DEVOTED  TO  THE  INTERESTS 

OF  CONCHOLOGISTS 


VOL.  66 
JULY,  1952  to  APRIL,  1953 


EDITORS   AND    PUBLISHERS 

HENRY  A.  PILSBRY 

Curator  of  the  Department  of  MoUusks  and  Marine  Invertebrates, 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 

H.  BURRINGTON  BAKER 

Professor  of  Zoology,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 


LANCASTER   PRESS,   INC.,   LANCASTER,   PA. 


CONTENTS 

Names  of  new  genera  and  species  in  italics. 

Africa    70 

American  Malacological  Union 67 

Anuiicola  cryhetes  Leonard 38 

Atlantic  coast   1,  7,  17,  69,  73,  76,  77,  109,  125,  142 

Branham  Shell  Museum 104 

Burry,  L.  A 105 

California,  inland   47 

marine    109 

Canada    80 

Carychium  exiguum   5 

Clapp,  William  F 31 

Congeria  leucopheata   125 

Cuba 95 

Dates  of  Kobelt's  "  Illustriertes  Conchylienbuch " 59 

Dates  of  The  Nautilus 31 

Dates  of  Thiele's  "Handbuch"   33 

Delaware    50 

East  Indies  95 

Fastigiella  carinata    77,  142 

Finlay,  Harold  John 30 

Florida,   inland    3,  51,  71 

marine    1,  73,  76 

Fossil  snail  eggs 33 

Georgia    50 

Gyraiilus  enaulus  Leonard 43 

Holospira  yueatanensis  69,  pi.  6 

Illinois    130 

Importing  live  mollusks 26,  104 

Indians  and  freshwater  mussels 130 

Iowa    80 

Japan   13 

Kansas    37,  80 

Kentucky 46 

Laevinesta  Pilsbry  &  McGinty,  sg.  of  Nesta 3 

Lamarck's  types  of  uniones 63,  90 

Littoridina  (Littoridinopes)  tenuipes 50 

Littoridinops  Pilsbry,  sg.  Littoridina 51 

Lymnaea  diminuta,  L.  macella,  L.  parexilis, 

L.  turritella  Leonard   39-41 

Maryland    50,  114 

Mesanella  Clench  &  Turner  (Camaenidae)   32 


iv  •  THE    NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (4) 

Michigan 5,  46 

Monadenia  setosa  Talmadge 47 

Montana     80 

Murex  bicolor 76 

Mutelidae    63,  90 

Mya  arenaria   7 

Naninia  steursi  (Xesta  cincta  auct.)    95 

Nebraska    80 

Nesta  atlantica  1 

Nesta,  sg.  Laevinesta  Pilsbry  &  McGinty 1 

Nevada    ". ' 15,  70 

New  Jersey    50,  54 

New  York   31,  46,  50,  99,  125 

North  Carolina 46,  69,  78,  114,  143 

North  Dakota   80 

Octopus  hummelincki   73 

Ohio 26,  45 

Pacific  coast   19 

Palearctic    13,  26,  31 

Pallifera  varia  Hubricht   78 

Pecten  (Plagioctenium)  gihhus  carolinensis  Grau 17,  69 

P. (P.)  gibhus  portusregii  Grau  69 

Pennsylvania 128 

Philippines    32 

Philomycus  venustus,  P.  virginicus  Hubricht 79,  80 

Planorbarius  corneus  ruber 31 

Pleurohranchus   (Oscanius)   amarillins  Mattox   110 

Pomacea  (Effusa)  oligista  Pilsbry  &  Olsson 98 

Pomacea  paludosa,  ciliary  feeding 3 

Promenetus  hlancoensis  Leonard 42 

Publications  received  35,  72,  105,  143 

Rafinesque  's  slugs   46 

Robertson,  Imogene  Strickler  139 

Schizothaerus    19 

Siberia    13 

South  America  98 

South  Carolina 114 

South  Dakota  80 

Sphaeriidae   97 

Tennessee    46,  78 

Texas  32,  69 

Unionidae   63,  90 

Utah    97 

Ventridens 99 

Virginia    10,  60,  78,  114 

West  Virginia    78 

Xesta  cincta   95 


INDEX  TO  AUTHORS 

Abbott,  R.  Tucker  104 

Aekermann,  D.  W.  J 70 

Alexander,  Robert  C 54 

Baker,  H.  B 31,  104 

Branham,  Mrs.  Hugh   105 

Burch,  John  Bavard  60 

Clench,  W.  J.    f 31,  33 

Clench  &  R.  D.  Turner 32 

Eyerdam,  Walter  J 13 

Finueane,  John  H.  (Swan  &)   19 

Freas,  Dorothy  D 31 

Grau,  Gilbert 17,  69 

Harry,  Harold  W 5 

Heilman,  Robert  A.  &  Gordon  K.  McMillan 128 

Herrington,  H.  B.  &  E.  J.  Roscoe 97 

Hubricht,  Leslie    10,  33,  46,  78,  114,  143 

Ingram,  "William  Marcus  26 

Jacobson,  Morris  K 15,  70,  99,  125 

Johnson,  Bert  M 3 

Johnson,  Richard  1 63,  90 

Kline,  George  F 142 

Leonard,  A.  Bvron 37 

McGinty,  Thomas  L.  (Pilsbry  &)   1 

McMillan,  Gordon  K.  (Heilman  &)   128 

Matteson,  Max  R 130 

Mattox,  N.  T 109 

Moore,  Merrill    102 

Olsson,  Axel  A.  (Pilsbrv  &)  98 

Orchard,  CD 32 

Pilsbry,  H.  A 50,  69,  77,  142 

Pilsbry  &  Thomas  L.  McGinty 1 

Pilsbry  &  Axel  A.  Olsson 98 

Rehder,  H.  A 30,  59,  95 

Roscoe,  E.  J.  (Herrington  &)   97 

Russell,  Henry  D 7 

Schalie,  Henry  van  der 80 

Swan,  Emery  F.  &  John  H.  Finueane 19 

Talmadge,  Robert  R 47 

Teare,  Margaret  M 76,  139 

Teskev,  Margaret  C 67,  139 

Turner,  R.  D.  (Clench  &)    32 

Voss,  Gilbert  L 73 

Young,  Frank  N 71 

V 


The  Nautilus 


Vol.  66  JULY,  1952  No.  1 

NOTES   ON   NESTA    (LAEVINESTA)    ATLANTICA, 
A   FLORIDAN   FISSURELLID   MOLLUSK 

By  HENKY  a.  PILSBRY  and  THOMAS  L.  McGINTY 

In  the  course  of  dredging  off  Palm  Beach,  Florida,  in  Mr. 
Arthur  R.  Thompson's  yacht  Triton,  the  junior  author  with  his 
brother,  Paul  L.  McGinty,  obtained  a  single  living  specimen  of 
a  mollusk  quite  new  to  us.  The  oval  body  was  about  an  inch 
long,  at  least  three  times  as  large  as  the  shell,  and  showed  no 
shell  externally.  It  was  of  a  j^ellow  color,  and  was  brought  up 
seated  on  a  yellow  sponge  taken  in  30  fathoms  on  a  rocky  reef, 
at  Triton  station  536.  This  animal  was  found  to  contain,  wholly 
enclosed  in  the  mantle,  a  shell  shaped  like  that  of  the  genus 
Nesta  H.  Adams,  but  smoother.  This  shell  was  described  in 
Johnsonia  II,  p.  97,  fig.  43,  as  Nesta  atlantica  Farfante. 

The  completely  enclosed  shell  appears  smooth  to  the  eye,  but 
under  a  lens  a  sculpture  of  close-set,  very  fine,  rather  indistinct 
radiating  riblets  is  seen.  There  is  no  decussation,  but  some 
irregularly  spaced  weak  lines  of  growth  can  be  made  out. 
Length  8  to  9.5  mm.  A  full  description  was  given  by  Sra. 
Farfante. 

At  the  time  when  we  examined  the  preserved  animal  it  had 
contracted  to  a  length  of  about  15  mm.,  width  10  mm.,  and  the 
color  had  changed  to  purplish  black  above,  the  foot  a  dull  dusky 
reddish  color.  The  foot  tapers  to  a  blunt  end  and  projects 
a  short  distance  behind  the  mantle,  which  appears  smooth. 
Anteriorly  the  mantle  is  notched  in  the  middle,  thickened  and 
lobed  or  digitated  at  the  sides  as  in  fig.  IC,  but  elsewhere  is  thin 
at  the  edge.  It  has  no  orifice  over  the  shell,  which  could  be 
felt  through  the  mantle  in  the  fresh  animal.  There  is  a  short 
stout  rostrum,  a  tentacle  on  each  side  of  its  base.  No  eyes  were 
seen.     Behind  this  tentacle  there  seems  to  be  a  slender  process 


THE    NAUTILUS 


[Vol.   66    (1) 


perhaps  a  penis,  and  a  rather  large  rounded  epipodial  lobe 
(fig-.  IB).  As  the  animal  had  been  somewhat  mutilated  by  the 
removal  of  the  shell  these  notes  will  be  subject  to  expansion  and 
perhaps  correction  when  other  specimens  are  found. 

The  radula  (fig.  ID)  has  numerous  rows  of  17  teeth  each. 
Their  arrangement  may  be  expressed  by  a  formula,  thus: 
1.3.414.3.1  (the  central,  lateral  and  marginal  groups  being  here 
separated  by  periods).^  The  central  field,  occupying  about  one- 
fifth  of  the  total  width  of  the  radula,  has  nearly  uniform  small 
teeth.    The  unpaired  central  tooth  has  a  squarish  basal  plate  a 


Fig.   1.     Nesta  atlantica.     A,   outlines  of  shell;    B,  head;    C,  anterior 
edge  of  mantle ;   d,  half  row  of  teeth. 

little  longer  than  wide,  with  a  long  middle  cusp  and  two  small 
side  cusps,  the  outer  one  oblique.  The  four  paired  teeth  of  the 
central  field  on  each  side  are  similar  to  the  central  tooth  but 
slightly  asymmetric.  Often  one  or  two  of  the  small  cusps  may 
be  absent. 

The  lateral  fields  of  the  radula  have  three  teeth.  The  very 
large  inner  lateral  has  an  irregular  elongate  form  with  a  large 
hooked  cusp  arising  close  to,  but  not  quite  at,  its  inner  end 
(which  does  not  show  in  the  figure).  The  second  lateral  is 
small,  of  irregular  shape,  without  cusp.  It  is  usually  partly 
concealed  by  the  adjacent  laterals.     The  third  or  outer  lateral 

1  For  notes  on  terminology  of  rhipidoglossate  radulae  see  Baker,  H.  B., 
1923,  Proe.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  75:  118.  The  three  teeth  here  termed 
"laterals"  appear  to  represent  the  A-central  to  the  DE  plates  of  Baker. 


July,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  3 

tooth  is  as  large  as  the  inner  lateral,  squarish,  with  a  short 
nodule  (scarcely  to  be  called  a  cusp)  at  the  inner  anterior 
angle. 

There  is  a  single  marginal  tooth.  Its  long,  slender,  arcuate 
cusp,  with  delicately  fringed  end,  arises  from  near  the  outer 
end  of  an  opaque  oblong  basal  plate.  The  slender  shaft  of  the 
cusp  has  a  rounded  basal  end  and  is  apparently  moveable  on 
its  basal  plate.  In  the  figure  it  is  shown  raised,  but  in  resting 
position  the  feathered  end  lies  over  the  inner  lateral  tooth. 

The  extraordinary  feature  of  this  radula  is  that  the  margi- 
nals, which  are  usually  very  numerous  in  rhipidoglossate  radu- 
lae,  are  reduced  to  a  single  tooth  on  each  side.  The  teeth  of 
the  central  field  have  some  resemblance  to  the  so-called  **innere 
Zwischenplatten  "  of  Clypidina  noteta  (L.)  as  figured  by  Thiele, 
but  the  lateral  and  marginal  teeth  are  very  different.  Unlike 
Emarginulinae,  the  centrals  of  Nesta  atlantica  are  bilaterally 
sjTnmetrical.  In  other  genera  having  414  teeth  in  the  central 
field,  the  following  lateral  teeth  are  quite  unlike  those  of  N. 
atlantica. 

The  shell  of  N.  Candida  H.  Adams,  the  type  species  of  Nesta, 
was  apparently  external,  as  its  sculpture  was  thus  described: 
lirulis  elevatis  tenuissimis  concentrice  et  radiantihus  concinne 
decussata,  with  the  sulcus  distinctly  striate  transversely  and  the 
margin  delicately  crenulate  throughout.  It  is  not  likely  that 
a  shell  so  sculptured  would  be  internal.  "We  think  that  the 
Atlantic  species  will  prove  to  be  generically  distinct  from  Nesta 
when  that  becomes  more  fully  known,  but  at  present  we  pro- 
vide for  it  a  subgenus  Laevinesta,  characterized  by  the  wholly 
internal  shell  without  concentric  sculpture  or  marginal  crenu- 
lation,  and  with  the  soft  parts  and  radula  as  described  above. 


CILIARY  FEEDING  IN  POMACEA  PALUDOSA  (SAY) 

By   beet   M.   JOHNSON 
Mich.  State  Normal  College,  Ypsilanti,  Michigan 

The  use  of  the  foot  in  gastropods  for  purposes  other  than  loco- 
motion is  rarely  encountered.  In  observing  the  so-called  "mys- 
tery"  snail,   Pomacea    (Ampullaria)    paludosa    (Say)    in   my 


4  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

aquarium  of  Scalares,  the  unique  habit  of  ciliary  feeding  by 
means  of  the  foot  was  noted  on  occasions  when  the  snails  were 
underfed.  Shortly  after  sifting  one-eighth  of  a  teaspoon  of 
pulverized  dried  crabmeat,  shrimp  and  mosquito  larvae  on  the 
surface  of  the  water,  these  large  snails  crawled  slowly  up  the  glass 
wall,  siphons  greatly  extended.  Upon  reaching  the  surface,  the 
snails  formed  funnels  with  the  anterior  half  of  their  prodigious 
feet.  The  anterior  one-fourth  of  the  foot  was  utilized  to  shape 
the  cup  and  the  succeeding  one-fourth  to  form  the  tube.  The 
remaining  portion  of  the  foot  was  flattened  against  the  glass  of 
the  aquarium  (fig.  1), 


Fig.  1.     C?iliary  feeding  of  Pomacea  paludosa. 

The  cilia  of  the  ventral  surface  of  the  foot  beat  in  such  a 
rhythmical  fashion  so  as  to  create  a  small  current  within  the 
temporary  funnel,  sucking  the  particulate  fishfood  into  the  tube. 
The  particles  moved  straight  down  the  sides  of  the  funnel,  which 
indicates  the  direction  of  the  beat  of  the  cilia.  The  food  par- 
ticles traveled  down  the  temporary  pedal  tube  to  the  flattened 
region  of  the  foot  where  they  could  be  seen  at  the  posterior 
opening  of  the  funnel  which  was  not  completely  constricted. 

After  completely  filling  the  tube,  each  snail  pushed  its  eager 
mouth  over  the  rim  of  the  funnel  which  slowly  opened,  revealing 
the  contents.     The  food,  adhering  in  a  stringy  mass  by  pedal 


July,    1952]  THE    NAUTILUS  5 

secretions,  was  then  pulled  into  the  mouth  by  the  radula.  The 
funnel-forming  process  was  repeated  as  long  as  particulate  food 
could  be  secured  from  the  surface  of  the  water. 

Some  snails  assumed  the  funnel-shaping  position  away  from 
the  glass  sides  of  the  aquarium,  supporting  themselves  by  the 
extreme  posterior  portion  of  the  foot  on  aquatic  vegetation. 
The  flattened  portion  of  the  foot  was  then  free  in  the  open 
water.  The  particulate  food  did  not  escape  through  the  pos- 
terior orifice  of  the  temporary  funnel  even  in  this  position. 
Upon  carefully  examining  the  ventral  surface  of  the  foot  and 
the  movement  of  particles  of  debris  in  the  water  about  it,  no 
evidence  of  ciliary  action  in  the  flattened  posterior  regions  was 
observed,  indicating  remarkable  regional  control  and  coordina- 
tion of  the  pedal  cilia. 

Normally,  Poniacea  paludosa  (Say)  feeds  like  most  aquatic 
snails,  pushing  the  mouthparts  along  with  palpal  explorations 
until  food  is  encountered  and  rasped  into  the  mouth  by  the 
radula.  Cook  (1949)  described  a  somewhat  comparable  ciliary 
feeding  mechanism  in  Viviparus  viviparus,  a  distantly  related 
species. 

Bibliography 

Cook,  P.  M.  1949.  A  ciliary  feeding  mechanism  in  Viviparus 
viviparus.    Proc.  Malac.  Soc.  London,  27  (6)  :  265-271. 

Innes,  W.  T.  1951.  Snails  and  other  scavengers.  The  Aquari- 
um, 20  (8)  :  198. 


CARYCHIUM  EXIGUUM   (SAY)   OF  LOWER  MICHI- 
GAN;  MORPHOLOGY,   ECOLOGY,   VARIATION 
AND  LIFE  HISTORY   (GASTROPODA, 
PULMONATA) 

By  HAROLD  W.  HARRY i 

This  study  concerns  the  general  biology  of  Carychium  exiguum 
in  Lower  Michigan.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  its  mor- 
phology. Live  specimens  were  collected  from  more  than  sixty 
localities  in  the  state.    Problems  relating  to  collecting,  culturing 

1  Abstract  of  thesis. 


6  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

the  snails  in  the  laboratory  and  preserving  material  for  morpho- 
logical studies,  as  well  as  special  techniques  for  studying 
Carychium  are  discussed.  Carychium  exiguum  was  found  to 
have  a  short  phenological  period  in  July.  Immature  specimens 
were  present  in  nature  in  quantities  greater  than  ten  per  cent 
only  until  November.  Darkness,  constant  high  moisture  and 
decaying  vegetation  appear  to  be  the  essential  factors  in  their 
environment.  Carychium  occurs  as  isolated  colonies  in  micro- 
habitats  which  were  found  chiefly  in  Thuja  forests,  open  grassy 
areas  and  some  hardwood  forests. 

From  a  study  of  variation  of  the  shell  it  was  concluded  that 
criteria  previously  used  for  distinguishing  nominal  species  in 
this  area  are  not  sufficient  for  recognizing  more  than  one  natural 
species.  No  anatomical  differentiation  of  species  was  found. 
Changes  in  the  shell  during  growth  are  recorded.  Carychium, 
unlike  other  EUobiacea  studied,  showed  no  evidence  of  heteros- 
trophy.  Resorption  of  the  internal  partitions  of  the  shell  and 
perfection  of  the  lamellae  proceed  with  growth. 

In  the  animal  there  is  a  fusion  of  the  whorls  of  the  visceral 
mass  which  corresponds  to  the  amount  of  resorption  of  the  shell 
partitions.  This  resorption  process  corresponds  to  the  insertion 
of  the  columellar  retractor  muscle,  the  upper  extent  of  the 
pulmonary  cavity  and,  together  with  certain  innate  character- 
istics of  the  spire  itself,  helps  delimit  the  apical  portion  of  the 
spire  as  a  unit,  forming  the  upper  visceral  complex.  That  por- 
tion of  the  hemocoel  connecting  the  upper  visceral  complex  and 
the  cephalopedal  mass  was  found  to  be  divided  further  into  two 
longitudinal  portions  by  the  encroachment  of  the  shell  lamellae 
on  the  diaphragm. 

In  general,  a  simplification  of  structure  was  observed  in  the 
internal  anatomy.  This  trend  was  especially  noticeable  in  the 
reduction  of  branching  of  the  ovotestis,  liver  and  salivary 
glands.  Musculature  is  present  in  the  digestive  tract  only  in 
the  region  of  the  stomach  and  buccal  mass.  In  the  circulatory 
system  the  heart  is  similar  to  that  of  other  pulmonates,  but  in 
the  arterial  system  only  the  rudiments  of  the  major  arteries 
were  present.  As  the  pulmonary  vein  lacks  lateral  branches, 
the  pulmonary  cavity  is  without  a  vascular  network.  There  is 
a  spacious  marginal  mantle  sinus  which  seems  to  be  the  chief 


July,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  7 

site  for  external  respiration.  The  left  pallial  vein  conveys  blood 
directly  from  that  sinus  to  the  pulmonary  vein,  joining  it  just 
before  the  latter  empties  into  the  auricle.  The  kidney  is  a 
simple  sac  lacking  internal  folds.    No  ureter  is  present. 

The  nervous  system  is  more  diffuse  than  in  most  other 
Pulmonata.  There  are  two  accessory  cerebral  ganglia  which  are 
not  comparable  to  the  tripartite  cerebral  ganglia  of  either 
Helix  or  Lymnaea.  Chiastoneury  is  manifest  in  the  visceral 
nerve  ring,  which  contained  pleural  but  not  parietal  ganglia. 
The  sensory  epithelia  at  the  tip  of  the  tentacles  and  margin  of 
the  labial  palps  were  identical  in  structure.  The  latter  may  be 
homologous  with  the  tentacular  pads  of  the  EUobiidae  or 
sensory  areas  in  other  Basommatophora. 

Two  sexual  types  were  found,  both  containing  sperm  and 
ova  in  their  gonad.  The  reproductive  system  of  the  aphallate 
type  is  characterized  by  a  unifollicular  gonad,  the  absence  of 
a  seminal  vesicle,  vas  deferens  and  penis.  The  phallate  speci- 
mens have  a  pleurifollicular  gonad,  a  seminal  vesicle,  vas  de- 
ferens and  penis.  A  glandular  organ  was  found  which  corre- 
sponds to  the  mantle  organ  Plate  first  described  in  Pythia.  It 
contained  a  tube  in  phallate  specimens  which  is  lacking  in  the 
aphallate  ones.  A  muscular  and  glandular  modification  of  the 
parietal  isthmian  hemocoel  in  the  phallate  specimens  is  also 
lacking  in  the  aphallate  ones.  The  ratio  of  the  two  sexual  types 
varies  in  different  colonies. 

This  thesis  was  accepted  in  the  fall  of  1951  by  the  Graduate 
School  of  the  University  of  Michigan,  in  partial  fulfillment  of 
the  doctoral  degree  requirements.  Microfilm  of  the  thesis  should 
be  obtainable  in  the  spring  of  1952. 


THE  DUXBURY  BAY  1950  SET  OF  MYA  ARENARIA  L. 

By  henry  D.  EUSSELL 

From  conversations  with  the  shellfish  officer  and  with  those 
who  have  derived  a  substantial  portion  of  their  livelihood  from 
the  clamming  industry  of  Duxbury  Bay,  Massachusetts,  in  the 
past,  there  evidently  have  been  plentiful  sets  of  the  soft- 
shelled  clam  Mya  arenaria  here  for  the  past  several  years.    These 


8 


THE    NAUTILUS 


[Vol.   66    (1) 


sets,  however,  persisted  for  only  a  few  months  and  died  without 
spawning.  Thus  they  were  not  a  contributory  factor  in  re- 
building a  clam  population  in  the  bay. 

There  was  no  available  recorded  information  concerning  the 
clam  sets  of  the  past  few  years;  only  the  lack  of  My  a  arenaria 
on  the  once  plentifully  producing  flats  provided  mute  evidence 
that  they  had  not  persisted.  The  purpose  of  this  paper,  there- 
fore, is  to  place  on  record  with  a  few  environmental  notes  a 
brief  history  to  the  date  of  writing  of  the  1950  clam  set.  This 
history  extends  over  a  period  of  approximately  five  months  from 
August  11,  1950  to  January  18,  1951. 

The  Annual  Duxbury  Town  Report  for  1949  shows  that  in 
that  year  129  bushels  of  seed  clams  were  planted  in  the  bay  and 
these  according  to  the  shellfish  officer  were  scattered  between 
the  Yacht  Club  and  Standish  Shore.  The  present  clam  set  ac- 
cording to  the  latter  source  extends  from  the  south  side  of 
Powder  Point  to  Standish  Shore. 


20 
15 

K    10 

z 
u 
£     5   . 


I  2         3  4  5         6  7  B         9         10        II         12       13 

Length  in  mm. 

Fig.  1.     Length  groups  of  sample  expressed  in  whole  mm.     Figures  above 
points  are  actual  numbers  of  individuals  in  each  group. 


The  author  located  young  clams  attached  by  a  byssal  thread 
to  the  mooring  lines,  wharf  pilings,  and  the  under  carriage  of 
floats  near  the  Yacht  Club  on  August  11.  These  specimens 
were  numerous  and  ranged  in  size  from  1.6  to  6.5  mm.  in  length. 
On  August  29  others  were  located  attached  to  sand  and  Ulva 
sp.  at  low  tide  near  South  Duxburj-.  This  location  was  directly 
westward  of  Little  Mussel  Bed,  ]\Iussel  Bed  and  Round  Flats. 

Both  of  these  collections  were  made  within  the  area  planted 
with  seed  clams  during  1949.  The  environmental  conditions 
were  not  investigated  on  August  11,  but  the  following  data 


July,    1952]  THE  NAUTILUS  9 

were  recorded  on  August  29 :  water,  pH-7.5 ;  temperature, 
24.0°C.;  dissolved  oxygen  in  parts  per  million,  9.41;  current 
velocity,  1  foot  per  7.5  seconds ;  salinity,  27.2  parts  per  mille. 

No  further  collections  were  made  until  January  18,  1951, 
The  site  of  this  collection  was  at  about  the  half  tide  mark  at  the 
William  F.  Clapp  Laboratory,  approximately  250  yards  south 
of  the  Yacht  Club.  Here  219  seed  clams  were  found  in  the 
upper  2  inches  of  the  sand  of  a  random  square  foot  sample. 
These  clams  ranged  in  size  from  3.4  to  13.5  mm.  in  length,  with 
an  average  of  8.34  mm.  In  general  the  smaller  specimens  were 
found  nearer  the  surface  and  all  were  attached  to  sand  grains 
by  the  byssus.  Some  individuals  as  large  as  12.5  mm.  were  seen 
attached  to  clumps  of  mussels,  Mytilus  edulis,  lying  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  sand  near  the  square  foot  sample  under  investiga- 
tion. The  accompanying  graph  (fig  1)  indicates  the  percentages 
of  the  various  length  groups  of  the  sample  expressed  in  whole 
millimeters,  while  the  numbers  at  the  various  points  on  the  face 
of  the  graph  show  the  actual  numbers  of  each  length  group. 

The  average  length  of  those  clams  found  in  August  was  4.0 
mm.  while  that  of  the  January  sample  was  8.3  mm.,  an  increase 
of  4.3  mm.  This  increase  indicates  that  this  clam  set  had  more 
than  doubled  its  average  length  in  the  previous  five  month  pe- 
riod, or  that  it  had  increased  at  a  rate  of  0.86  mm.  per  month. 
This  appears  to  be  a  rather  slower  rate  than  usual.  Belding, 
1930,^  states  that  the  legal  size  (2  inches  or  50  mm.)  for  a  clam 
is  reached  in  about  2  years  in  these  waters.  This  is  an  average 
growth  rate  of  about  2  mm.  per  month.  This  rate  depends  upon 
the  abundance  of  food  and  such  environmental  factors  as  water 
temperature  and  currents. 

The  spawning  period  for  Mya  arenaria  is  considered  to  be 
from  June  1  to  August  31  (Belding,  1930).  If  this  is  the  case, 
then  the  growth  rate  of  this  Duxbury  set  for  the  first  2i/2  months, 
June  1-August  11,  was  approximately  2  mm.  per  month.  Its 
rate  for  the  next  five  months  was  somewhat  slowed  down  to 
average  0.86  mm.  per  month.  However,  for  the  whole  growing 
period  of  the  set,  June  1  to  January  18,  the  growth  rate  was 
approximately  1.5  mm.  per  month. 

Mya  arenaria  grows  at  a  slower  rate  during  the  winter 
months,  November  to  April,  than  during  the  more  active  period, 


10  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

May  to  November.  The  clams  investigated  in  January  were 
found  in  rather  coarse  sand  and  will  probably  show  little  in- 
crease in  length,  if  they  survive,  until  the  next  growing  season. 
This  reasoning  is  based  upon  the  following  statements  from 
Belding  (1930):^  "It  is  interesting  to  compare  the  winter 
growth  in  sand  and  on  mud  flats,  as  observed  at  Plymouth 
harbor.  The  growth  on  Wind  Flat  (mud)  from  October  to 
June  was  12.72  millimeters  or  nearly  one-half  inch,  while  the 
growth  of  similar  clams  on  White  Flat  (sand)  during  the  same 
period  was  4.92  millimeters  or  about  one-fifth  of  an  inch." 

The  seed  clams  collected  in  January  appeared  healthy  and  on 
tactile  stimulation  retracted  the  foot  and  siphons  actively. 


THE  LAND  SNAILS  OF  PITTSYLVANIA  COUNTY, 

VIRGINIA 

By  LESLIE  HUBRICHT 

This  paper  is  the  third  installment  on  the  land  snails  of  Pitt- 
sylvania County,  Virginia.  The  first,  on  the  Polygyridae,  was 
published  in  The  Nautilus,  vol.  64,  no.  1,  July,  1950.  The 
second,  on  the  slugs,  was  published  in  vol.  65,  no.  1,  July,  1951. 
The  present  paper  treats  all  of  the  remaining  families  except 
the  Zonitidae.  The  Zonitidae,  with  approximately  twenty  spe- 
cies, will  be  treated  later  as  the  species  become  better  under- 
stood. 

Helicidae 

Cepaea  nemoralis  (Linn.).  Abundant  on  the  northwest  end 
of  the  block  on  the  southeast  side  of  South  Main  Street,  between 
Paxton  and  Stokes  Streets.  Ignoring  such  minor  variations  as 
coalesced  or  imperfectly  developed  bands  the  106  specimens 
collected  may  be  sorted  as  follows:  Pink  00000,  16;  Yellow 
00000,  1 ;  Yellow  00300,  20 ;  Yellow  00345,  7 ;  Yellow  12345,  62. 

1  Belding,  D.  L.  The  soft-shelled  clam  fishery  of  Massachusetts.  Dept. 
of  Conservation  of  Mass.,  Marine  Fisheries  Series,  No.  1,  1930. 


July,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  11 

Haplotrematidae 

Haplotrema  concavum  (Say).  Common  over  the  county  but 
most  numerous  and  larg:er  on  the  bluffs  along  the  Dan  and 
Roanoke  Rivers. 

Endodontidae 

Anguispira  aliernata  (Say).  Common  on  the  bluff  along  the 
Roanoke  River. 

Anguispira  alternata  form  angulata  Pilsbry.  Found  on  the 
bluff  along  the  Dan  River  but  not  common. 

Anguispira  fergusoni  (Bland).  Found  in  the  floodplain  of 
the  Dan  River  in  the  extreme  southeastern  corner  of  the  county. 
This  coastal  plain  species  wanders  up  the  larger  river  valleys 
well  into  the  Piedmont  where  it  became  smaller  and  high  spired, 
approaching  A.  clarki.  A.  fergusoni  is  found  in  company  with 
A.  alternata  form  angulata  along  the  lower  Roanoke  River  and 
there  is  no  intergradation.  I  believe  that  A.  alternata  is  a 
complex  of  at  least  five  species,  fergusoni,  knoxensis,  crassa,  and 
mordax  being  distinct,  as  they  all  have  been  found  associated 
with  A.  alternata. 

Discus  patulus  (Desh.).  Common  on  the  bluff  along  the 
Roanoke  River  from  Smith  Mtn.  Gorge  to  Altavista.  Many  of 
the  specimens  found  are  albinos. 

Helicodiscus  parallelus  (Say).  Generally  distributed  over  the 
county  but  not  very  common. 

Punctum  minutissimum  (Lea).  Known  only  from  two  speci- 
mens collected  in  the  floodplain  of  the  Dan  River. 

Punctum  hlandianum  Pilsbry.  Abundant  in  ravines  and 
upland  woods  over  the  county.  The  second  most  abundant 
species. 

Punctum  vitreum  H.  B.  Baker.  Known  only  from  four  speci- 
mens collected  on  the  bluff  along  the  Roanoke  River. 

Punctum  smithi  Morrison.  Generally  distributed  over  the 
county.     The  most  abundant  species. 

Punctum  lamellatum  Hubricht.  Known  only  from  the  bluff 
along  the  Roanoke  River,  3  miles  northwest  of  Brights;  and  a 
ravine,  just  west  of  Schoolfield. 


12  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

SUCCINEIDAE 

Succinea  avara  (Say).  Known  only  from  a  few  specimens 
found  at  scattered  localities  over  the  county. 

Strobilopsidae 

Strohilops  labyrinthica  (Say).  Generally  distributed  but  not 
common. 

Strohilops  aenea  Pilshry.  Generally  distributed  but  not 
common. 

PUPILLIDAE 

Gastrocopta  armifera  (Say).  Found  on  pieces  of  broken  con- 
crete on  a  vacant  lot  in  Danville.    It  is  probably  introduced. 

Gastrocopta  contracta  (Say).     Found  only  in  Danville. 

Gastrocopta  pentodon  (Say).  Known  only  from  one  locality, 
under  logs  along  Riverside  Drive,  Danville. 

Gastrocopta  tappaniana  (C.  B.  Adams).  Known  only  from 
under  logs  in  a  swamp  along  Riverside  Drive,  Danville. 

Gastrocopta  procera  (Gould).  Found  under  pieces  of  broken 
concrete  in  Danville.     It  is  probably  introduced. 

Pupoides  albilahris  (C.  B.  Adams).  Found  under  pieces  of 
broken  concrete  in  Danville.    Undoubtedly  introduced. 

Vertigo  milium  (Gould).  Known  only  from  under  logs  in  a 
swamp  along  Riverside  Drive,  Danville. 

Vertigo  ovata  (Say).     Found  associated  with  V.  milium. 

Vertigo  oscariana  Sterki.  Found  only  at  two  localities:  On 
the  north  side  of  White  Oak  Mtn.,  2  miles  north  of  Spring 
Garden ;  and  oak  woods,  Schoolfield. 

Columella  edentula  (Drap.).  Found  on  the  north  side  of 
White  Oak  Mtn.,  2  miles  north  of  Spring  Garden;  and  on  the 
bluff  along  the  Roanoke  River,  opposite  Altavista. 

Valloniidae 

Vallonia  pulchella  form  excentrica  Sterki.  Found  in  vacant 
lots  in  Danville.     Probably  introduced. 


Jul}^    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  13 

ClONELLIDAE 

Cionella  lubrica  morseana  Doherty.  Generally  distributed 
and  common.  Unlike  most  small  snails  this  species  is  not  active 
during  the  winter.  It  is  found  under  the  leaves,  rather  than 
among  them. 

Carychiidae 

Carychiiim  exiguum  (Say).  Generally  distributed  in  wet 
places.    Not  as  common  as  the  next  species. 

Carychium  exile  H.  C.  Lea.  Generally  distributed  and  com- 
mon . 

Carychium  nannodes  Clapp.  Found  on  the  bluff  along  the 
Roanoke  River  as  far  east  as  Staunton  River  State  Park. 

Carychium  costatum  Hubricht.  Known  from  three  speci- 
mens collected  on  the  bluff  along  the  Roanoke  River,  3  miles 
northwest  of  Brights. 


SOME  LAND  SHELLS  FROM  JAPAN  AND  THE 
MARITIME  PROVINCE  OF  SIBERIA 

By  WALTER  J.  EYEEDAM 

In  September  1930  while  visiting  Tsuruga,  Japan,  I  col- 
lected some  of  the  beautiful  large  land  snails  in  the  genera 
Euhadra  and  Ganesella  which  live  in  leaf  mould  near  the  sea- 
shore. Some  of  the  varieties  in  these  two  genera  bear  a  striking 
resemblance  to  some  of  our  forms  of  Monadenia.  Dr.  Cockerell 
had  collected  in  the  same  locality  around  Tsuruga  a  few  years 
before.  Of  the  recently  described  varieties,  I  found  several 
Euhadra  sandai  var.  okanoi  Pilsbry  and  Cockerell  and  Euhadra 
peliomphala  var.  maculata  Pilsbry.  This  latter  variety  is  not 
reported  in  Pilsbry 's  report  on  the  Japanese  Euhadra  in  "Re- 
view of  Japanese  Land  Mollusks, ' '  II.  All  the  land  shells  that  I 
collected  around  Tsuruga  were  submitted  to  Dr.  Pilsbry  for 
identification,  but  none  proved  to  be  new  on  account  of  the 
thorough  collecting  made  previously  by  Dr.  Cockerell  and  his 
Japanese  assistant  Okanoi. 


14  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

During  a  few  days  stop  at  Vladivostok  in  September  1928 
before  traveling  to  Manchuria,  I  made  a  couple  of  trips  to  the 
biological  station  which  was  situated  on  a  small  isthmus  on  one 
end  of  the  Golden  Horn.  This  bay  upon  which  the  rock  bound 
city  of  Vladivostok  is  situated  is  an  arm  of  the  Gulf  of  Peter 
the  Great.  In  an  undisturbed  spot  in  deep  leaf  mould  under 
bushes,  I  found  four  live  specimens  of  Cockerell's  gigantic  race 
of  Eulota  maackii  Gerstfelt  which  he  named  var.  optima  Cock- 
erell.  His  original  find  in  1923  was  made  at  Kongaus  a  few 
miles  east  of  Vladivostok.  Measurements  of  the  three  adult 
specimens  in  my  collection  are  the  same  as  those  of  Cockerell 
which  measure  33.5  to  34.5  mm.  The  fourth  specimen  not  quite 
mature  is  about  5  mm.  less  in  maximum  diameter,  but  may  not 
have  reached  the  maximum  size  of  the  others  when  mature. 

Two  years  later  when  I  was  again  in  Vladivostok  on  my  way 
to  Germany  after  leaving  the  Whitney  South  Sea  Expedition  in 
Papua,  I  started  on  a  hike  over  to  the  biological  station,  but 
during  these  two  years  a  great  change  had  come  over  all  of  the 
vast  Soviet  empire  through  Stalin's  overall  rapid  development 
of  the  first  five  year  plan.  Vladivostok  had  already  taken  on 
a  new  look  as  was  the  ease  in  nearly  every  city  in  U.S.S.R.  The 
Golden  Horn  was  full  of  ships  and  new  fortifications  were  being 
built.  The  isthmus  where  the  biological  station  stood  was 
bristling  with  batteries  and  was  a  new  naval  base.  No  civilians 
could  come  near  the  spot  where  I  had  found  the  giant  race  of 
^ulota  maackii. 

At  the  university  of  Tomsk  in  western  Siberia  I  received 
from  the  young  biologist  Bodo  Johannsen,  son  of  the  well  known 
ornithologist  Prof.  Hermann  Johannsen,  two  specimens  of 
Eulota  maackii  from  near  the  type  locality  where  R.  Maack 
collected  this  species  in  the  middle  of  the  last  century.  These 
gift  specimens  were  collected  by  Prof.  Korzhinsky  in  1891  in  a 
deciduous  forest  at  the  lower  falls  of  the  Kura  River  in  the 
Amur  province.  They  are  less  than  half  the  size  of  Cockerell's 
giant  race,  collected  in  1923. 

The  typical  Eulota  maackii  is  found  over  a  wide  area  from 
the  Amur  River  and  south  for  over  400  miles.  The  giant  race 
living  in  the  vicinity  of  Vladivostok  on  the  south  end  of  the  area 
probably  extends  into  nearby  north  Korea  and  eastern  Man- 


July,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  15 

ehuria,  both  countries  being  only  about  fifty  miles  from  Vladivo- 
stok. About  150  miles  north  of  this  city,  in  the  Turi  Rog  or 
Hanka  Lake,  lives  the  largest  freshwater  mussel  in  the  world. 
It  is  Anodonta  herculea.  I  have  seen  one  that  was  fully  12 
inches  long.  That  corner  of  East  Siberia  and  Manchuria  sup- 
ports and  exceedingly  interesting  endemic  or  relict  flora  and 
fauna. 


THE  SHELLS  OF  PYRAMID  LAKE,  NEVADA 
By  morris  K.  JACOBSON 

On  August  21,  1947  I  collected  a  large  series  of  aquatic  shells 
on  the  western  shore  of  Pyramid  Lake,  the  exact  spot,  as  it 
later  developed  in  the  course  of  a  short  correspondence,  where 
the  Bailys  made  their  collection.  The  day  was  blustery  and 
squally  and  a  brisk  wind  blowing  from  the  farther  shore  de- 
posited huge  windrows  of  dead  shells  all  along  the  area  I  was 
visiting.  Hence,  it  was  the  work  of  a  moment  to  secure  a  large 
collection.  On  the  basis  of  the  material  thus  obtained  I  feel 
it  might  be  pertinent  to  add  a  few  comments  to  the  excellent 
paper  on  this  fauna  prepared  by  Joshua  L.  and  Ruth  Ingersoll 
Baily  (Nautilus,  65:  46-53,  85-93,  PL  4). 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Baily  report  the  following  species  from  Pyramid 
Lake :  Pyrgulopsis  nevadensis  Stearns,  P.  nevadensis  paiutica 
Baily  &  Baily,  Parapholyx  effusa  nevadensis  Henderson  (or  P. 
effusa  solida  Dall),  Helisoma  tenue  Dunker,  Physa  lordi  utah- 
ensis  Clench,  P.  lordi  zomos  Baily  &  Baily.  To  this  list  I  would 
add  Carinifex  newherryi  Lea,  Gyraulus  similaris  F.  C.  Baker 
and  Anodonta  species  (A.  nuttalliana  Lea?).  I  found  Carinifex 
not  at  all  uncommon,  approximately  in  the  same  numbers  as 
Helisoma  tenue.  Many  specimens  are  more  than  one-half  inch 
in  diameter  and  in  beautiful  condition.  Hence  I  must  report 
that  my  experience  differs  decidedly  from  that  of  the  Bailys 
(Nautilus,  63:  76).  Of  the  Gyraulus  I  found  18  individuals  by 
actual  count,  but  so  far  have  subjected  only  about  two-thirds  of 
the  material  to  minute  examination.  The  Anodonta  appears 
only  in  the  form  of  weathered,  flaking  fragments,  none  showing 
even  a  vestige  of  the  hinge  area. 


16  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

In  connection  with  the  subspecies  paiutica  of  Pyrgulopsis 
nevadensis — the  taxonomic  value  of  which  the  authors  them- 
selves say  "is  somewhat  problematical" — it  might  be  of  value 
to  cite  a  paper  by  A.  E.  Boycott  on  "The  Inheritance  of  Orna- 
mentation in  var.  aculeata  of  Hydrohia  jenksini  Smith"  (1929, 
Proc.  Mai.  Soc.  Lond.,  18:  230  ff.),  a  not  distantly  related 
species.  The  following  quotations  are  of  particular  applicability 
to  the  present  case :  * '  The  keel  and  spines  of  the  parents  do  not 
under  these  [experimental]  conditions  reappear  in  the  young"; 
"Carinated  young  transferred  to  good  conditions  produced  only 
smooth  progeny"  (p.  232)  ;  "These  results  show  that  aculeation 
is  not  in  the  ordinary  sense  a  heritable  character.  They  con- 
firm those  of  Robson  (1926,  Brit.  Jour.  Exp.  Biol.,  Ill:  149) 
who  obtained  nothing  but  smooth  young  from  carinated  par- 
ents." Boycott  believes  that  transference  to  "bad"  conditions 
seems  to  bring  about  carination.  This  coincides  well  with  the 
fact  that  carinated  Pyrgulopsis  appear  in  tremendous  excess 
over  the  smooth  forms  in  Pyramid  Lake,  a  body  of  water  that 
presented  the  characteristics,  as  evaporation  induced  increasing 
salinity,  of  progressively  worsening  conditions  from  the  point 
of  view  of  fresh  water  mollusks.  At  any  rate,  if  the  results 
obtained  by  Boycott  and  Robson  with  Hydrohia  jenksini  can 
be  repeated  with  Pyrgulopsis  nevadensis — a  very  likely  con- 
jecture— then  it  would  appear  that  the  nomenclatorial  validity  of 
paiutica,  except  as  a  simple  variational  form,  is  further  weak- 
ened. 

Similarly  I  must  with  reluctance  express  some  doubt  as  to 
the  validity  of  Physa  lordi  zomos.  Judging  by  the  well  executed 
figures  on  page  91  (Naut.,  65),  which  present  the  typical  and 
the  two  "subspecies"  of  P.  lordi,  I  find  that  I  can  easily  pro- 
duce specimens  from  among  the  Pyramid  Lake  physas  that 
conform  to  each  of  these  forms.  Here  again  we  seem  to  be 
dealing  with  simple  variational  forms  which  intergrade  so  well 
that  many  specimens  can  be  assigned  only  with  difficulty.  What 
the  Bailys  write  about  the  supposed  subspecies  of  Parapholyx 
effusa  (op.  cit.,  p.  86),  applies  very  well  to  those  Physa  lordi: 
"In  a  long  series  of  these  shells  from  Pyramid  Lake  the  ob- 
servable variation  appears  to  efface  the  supposed  differences 
among  the  forms  mentioned  above."     One  would  judge  that 


July,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  17 

zomos  had  better  remained  unnamed  where  many  students  had 
left  it. 


A  NEW  SUBSPECIES  OF  PECTEN  (PLAGIOCTENIUM) 
GIBBUS  (LINNE) 

By  gilbert  GRAU 

Several  years  ago  a  number  of  specimens  of  Pecten  gihbus 
were  received  from  Mr.  R.  C.  Spencer,  who  had  collected  them 
2  miles  off  Port  Royal,  South  Carolina.  It  was  immediately 
apparent  that  they  differed  considerably  from  typical  gihhus 
but  it  was  felt  advisable  to  secure  more  examples  of  the  form 
before  attempting  to  arrive  at  any  conclusion  regarding  its 
status.  As  the  result  of  subsequent  collecting  by  Mr.  Spencer 
in  the  same  area  more  than  60  specimens  have  been  received, 
ranging  in  height  from  7  to  33  mm. 

For  comparative  study  the  author  used  a  series  of  104  speci- 
mens of  P.  gihhus  in  his  collection,  ranging  from  10  to  51  mm. 
in  height  and  collected  at  various  localities  on  the  east  and  west 
coasts  of  Florida,  at  Campeche,  Yucatan,  and  at  Gambia,  west 
Africa.  Thorough  comparison  of  this  series  with  the  South 
Carolina  series  proved  the  latter  to  be  quite  distinct  and  readily 
separable  from  the  typical. 

A  somewhat  similar  fossil  species,  P.  (Plagioctenium)  com- 
parilis  jacksonensis  Mansfield  (Upper  Miocene  of  Florida),  was 
also  compared  with  the  Carolina  specimens  and  was  found  to 
differ  in  a  number  of  respects. 

Having  completed  the  foregoing  study,  the  author  is  con- 
vinced that  the  South  Carolina  form  is  deserving  of  subspecific 
rank,  and  a  description  of  the  new  subspecies  follows. 

Pecten  (Plagioctenium)  gibbus  carolinensis  subsp.  no  v.  Plate 
1,  figs.  2,  3,  4,  5,  7. 

Shell  of  moderate  size,  equilateral,  equivalve  and  moderately 
convex,  with  fairly  long  hinge  line.  Anterior  auricle  of  right 
valve  rather  strongly  produced  and  having  4  riblets.  Fine 
concentric  lamellae  in  interspaces  and  crossing  riblets,  often 
producing  scales  on  apexes.    Distinct  byssal  sinus  and  ctenolium 


18  THE    NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

consisting  of  5  or  6  teeth.  Posterior  auricle  moderately  pro- 
duced and  having  6  or  7  riblets.  Fine  lamellae  in  interspaces 
of  young  shells;  in  larger  specimens  lamellae  cross  riblets  but 
do  not  form  scales.  External  hinge  margin  of  right  valve  ir- 
regularly scaled,  but  not  prominently.  Anterior  and  posterior 
auricles  of  left  valve  having  5  to  7  riblets ;  concentrically  lamel- 
lated  but  not  scaled.  Disc  of  both  valves  having  18  to  21  ribs. 
On  right  valve  ribs  are  rather  broad  and  rounded,  with  distinct 
concentric  lamellae  (much  stronger  than  on  auricles)  in  inter- 
spaces. Kibs  on  left  valve  narrower,  steeply  rising  and  some- 
what flattened  on  top.  Intercostal  lamellae  more  numerous  than 
on  right  valve,  and  in  juvenile  specimens  present  in  interspaces 
only.  As  shell  reaches  altitude  of  20  to  24  mm.  lamellae  con- 
tinue across  ribs.  Umbones  not  gibbous,  tapering  to  point 
and,  in  left  valve  only,  projecting  slightly  over  hinge  line. 
Coloration:  left  valve  ranging  from  reddish  brown  to  pale 
brown,  variously  mottled  with  white  and  deep  brown.  Right 
valve  paler  and  often  predominantly  white ;  mottled  with  colors 
corresponding  to  those  of  left  valve ;  anterior  auricle  always 
white. 

The  holotype,  in  the  author's  collection,  was  taken  at  a  depth 
of  80  feet,  2  miles  off  Port  Royal,  South  Carolina,  by  Mr.  R.  C. 
Spencer.  It  measures :  height  33  mm. ;  length  34  mm. ;  diameter 
14  mm.  Paratypes  have  been  deposited  in  the  United  States 
National  Museum  and  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San 
Francisco. 

The  subspecies  is  easily  distinguishable  from  typical  gihius, 
the  following  constant  features  being  the  chief  differences : 
valves  much  less  convex,  interspaces  distinctly  lamellated,  byssal 
and  posterior  sinus  pronounced  and  umbones  pointed  and  not 
inflated.  As  an  indication  of  relative  tumidity  (the  most  im- 
mediately apparent  distinction)  an  average  specimen  of  P. 
gibhus  measuring  33  mm.  in  height,  has  a  diameter  of  19.5  mm., 
while  the  holotype  of  the  subspecies,  of  the  same  height,  has  a 
diameter  of  only  14  mm. 

The  author  is  grateful  to  Mr.  Spencer  for  so  generously 
supplying  specimens,  to  Mr.  Herman  Gunter,  of  the  Florida 
Geological  Survey,  for  the  loan  of  fossil  material,  and,  in  con- 
nection with  research  in  general  on  the  family  Pectinidae,  to  Mr. 


THE  NAUTILUS  66   (1) 


PLATE 


Figs.  1,  6,  Pecien  gibbus  L.,  Figs.  2,  3,  4,  5,  7,  Pecten  gibbus 
carolinensis  Grau. 


THE  NAUTILUS  66   (1 


PLATE-  2 


Top  row:  Schizothacrus  'keenae  Kuroda  and  Habe  from  Japan.  Speci- 
mens furnished  by  Dr.  Iwao  Taki  of  Hiroshima  University.  Middle  row: 
S.  capax  (Gould),  San  Juan  Island,  Washington.  Bottom  row:  S.  nuttalUi 
(Conrad),  Orcas   Island,  Washington. 


THE  NAUTILUS  66   (1) 


PLATE  3 


Living    horse    clams,    tipped    to    show    siphoiial    plates.     S.    capax 
(Gould;   above:  S.  nuttallii  (Conrad)   below. 


THE  NAUTILUS  66   (1) 


PLATE  4 


Preserved  horse  clams.     S.  capax  (Gould)  above: 
S.  nuttallii  (Conrad)  below. 


July,    1952]  THE    NAUTILUS  19 

Leo  G.  Hertlein  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  who  has, 
for  several  years,  given  assistance  and  advice  of  immeasurable 
value. 


OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  GENUS  SCHIZOTHAERUS 

By  emery  F.  swan  and  JOHN  H.  FINUCANE 

Friday   Harbor  Laboratories  and   School  of   Fisheries,   University   of 
Washington,  Friday  Harbor  and  Seattle,  Washington 

Introduction 

In  the  spring  of  1949,  the  senior  author  made  a  trip  to 
Crescent  Beach  on  Ship  Bay  at  the  head  of  East  Sound,  Orcas 
Island,  Washington  (Latitude  48°41'42"  N.,  Longitude  122° 53' 
18"  W.)  for  the  purpose  of  learning  the  suitability  of  that  place 
for  intertidal  study  by  his  class  in  invertebrate  zoology.  While 
there  he  met  Mr.  Wesley  Langell,  a  long  time  resident  of  Orcas 
Island,  on  the  beach.  Mr.  Langell  stated  that  two  kinds  of 
horse  clams  lived  in  the  beach,  one  good  eating  and  the  other 
not  worth  bothering  with.  The  good  ones,  he  pointed  out, 
usually  had  large  barnacles  on  the  siphonal  plates,  whereas  the 
worthless  ones  did  not.  At  the  time  the  writer  was  not  much 
impressed,  but  by  the  next  spring  he  realized  that  these  two 
kinds  of  horse  clams  were  probably  what  zoologists  have  called 
Schizothaerus  nuttallii  nuttalUi  (Conrad)  Schizothaerus  nut- 
tallii  capax  (Gould)  or  S.  capax  (Gould)  as  a  full  and  separate 
species.  Hence  in  the  spring  of  1950  he  arranged  to  meet  Mr. 
Langell  again  on  the  same  beach  on  a  good  "clam  tide."  Upon 
the  senior  author's  arrival  there,  Mr.  Langell 's  first  comment 
was  that  the  good  clams  were  all  gone  and  must  have  been 
frozen  out.  In  digging  several  dozen  Schizothaerus,  neither  of 
us  found  a  single  living  specimen  of  the  "good"  horse  clam. 
Several  were  found  so  recently  dead  that  the  decaying  bodies 
were  still  within  the  shells.  They  proved  to  be  the  form  8.  n. 
nuttallii.  No  recently  dead  8.  capax  were  found,  although  liv- 
ing ones  and  old  empty  shells  were  numerous.  The  writer 
learned  that  the  periostracum  of  the  siphons  of  8.  n.  nuttallii 
is  so  much  lighter  in  color,  especially  toward  the  shell,  that  the 
clam  diggers  on  that  beach  term  these  clams  "herefords"  in 


20  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (1) 

contrast  with  the  less  desirable  ;S^.  capax  which  are  refrred  to  as 
"horse  clams." 

Later  in  1950  by  means  of  the  barnacle-on-siphonal-plate 
method,  the  senior  author  located  living  S.  n.  nuttallii  on  shores 
having  muddier  soils  and  more  direct  access  to  the  waters  of 
the  main  channels  of  the  region  than  was  the  case  at  Crescent 
Beach.  Although  no  statistical  studies  were  made  either  before 
or  after  the  winter  1949-50,  there  appeared  to  be  fewer  8.  n. 
nuttallii  after  that  winter  also  at  False  Bay  on  San  Juan 
Island,  Wash.  (Lat.  48°29'  N.,  Long.  123°04'  W.)  and  on  the 
San  Juan  Island  Shore  of  Mosquito  Pass  (Lat.  48° 35^4'  N.,  Long. 
123°  10%'  W.).  Both  these  places  have  direct  access  to  open 
channels,  but  like  Crescent  Beach  have  a  substratum  essentially 
of  sand. 

Since  the  time  of  these  obseravtions,  the  senior  author  has 
been  trying  to  explain  this  apparent  situation.  In  the  summer 
of  1951  the  junior  author,  upon  being  presented  with  the  above 
story,  added  his  efforts.  Now  although  there  remain  a  number 
of  unanswered  questions,  because  the  senior  author  is  an- 
ticipating a  move  away  from  the  Pacific  Coast  and  because  the 
junior  author  expects  to  have  little  time  for  zoological  work  in 
the  future,  we  should  like  to  present  our  tentative  conclusions 
so  that  others  may  prove  or  disprove  them. 

Problems  Posed 

In  question  form,  the  items  attacked  may  be  posed  as  follows : 
1.  Are  8.  n.  nuttallii  and  ^S^.  n.  capax  one  or  two  species?  2.  How 
can  they  be  distinguished  ?  3.  Do  they  have  differences  in  habits 
and/or  habitat  preference?  4.  Why  would  8.  n.  nuttallii  be 
killed  by  a  cold  winter  (if  that  is  what  killed  them)  while  at 
the  same  place  ;S^.  capax  were  unharmed?  5.  Why  were  they 
apparently  killed  to  a  greater  extent  at  some  places  than  at 
others  ? 

Tentative  Explanations 

1.  Although  we  are  not  fully  satisfied  that  no  intergrades  be- 
tween 8.  n.  nuttallii  and  8.  capax  occur,  they  appear  to  be  defi- 
nitely not  the  rule  in  this  region  where  the  two  live  side  by 
side.    Thus  we  are  inclined  to  believe  the  two  act  like  full  and 


July,    1952]  THE    NAUTILUS  21 

separate  species  in  this  region.  Careful  study  of  the  two  species 
throughout  their  range  of  overlap  which  would  appear  to  in- 
clude suitable  habitats  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  North  America 
between  at  least  37°  and  49°  north  latitude  may  prove  inter- 
gradation  in  other  places. 

Their  relative  value  as  food  may,  beside  explaining  the  great 
differences  in  the  reputation  of  horse  clams  for  food  at  different 
places,  also  be  worth  investigating  biologically.  It  could  have 
taxonomic  bearing.  In  the  region  here  considered,  because  of 
the  time  of  day  of  spring  tides  and  because  of  local  habits  and 
beliefs  concerning  the  time  of  year  when  clams  are  good  to  eat, 
the  vast  majority  of  horse  clams  dug  for  food  are  taken  between 
mid-March  and  mid-July.  Thus  if  ^S'.  n.  nuttallii  were  in  that 
period  in  prime  condition  approaching  summer  spawning  and 
;S^.  capax  spawned  out  from  late  winter  spawning,  the  difference 
in  quality  would  be  quite  understandable.  This  has  not  been 
proved  and  should  be  investigated. 

2.  The  two  species  can  in  the  vast  majority  of  cases  of  adult 
individuals  (shell  over  3"  in  length)  be  readily  separated  by 
their  shells.  However,  because  the  two  have  been  so  thoroughly 
confused  in  the  literature,  their  differences  being*  minimized, 
and  because  the  relationship  to  fossil  forms  has  not  been  studied 
by  the  present  writers,  we  illustrate  shells  of  both  in  fig.  1  along 
with  the  recently  described  S.  keenae  Kuroda  and  Habe  (1950) 
of  Japanese  waters,  8.  nuttallii  is  obviously  much  more  ex- 
tended posteriorly,  and  is  not  so  high  a  shell  dorso-ventrally  as 
8.  capax.  The  angle  on  the  ventral  side  of  the  shell  is  much 
more  marked  in  the  latter.  This  angle  continues  up  the  sides  of 
the  valves. 

The  barnacle-on-the-siphon  method  of  distinguishing  the  two 
before  digging  was  surprisingly  useful.  Examination  of  com- 
plete specimens  both  alive  and  preserved  (see  figs.  2  and  3) 
revealed  the  siphonal  plates  to  be  much  heavier  and  harder  in 
8.  nuttallii  than  in  *S^.  capax.  As  was  further  noted,  the  above 
mentioned  difference  in  color  of  the  periostracum  over  the  siphon 
was  at  least  in  part  a  result  of  the  fact  that  in  8.  capax  this 
periostracum  is  constantly  being  sloughed  off  whereas  in  8. 
nuttallii  it  is  retained  as  a  tough,  externally-smooth  membrane. 
Further  examination  of  siphonal  plates  leads  the  writers  to 


22  THE    NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

suspect  that  as  they  are  secreted,  the  secreted  material  builds 
up  by  addition  in  S.  nuttallii,  whereas  in  >S^.  capax  the  older  outer 
layers  peel  off  as  new  material  is  added  internally.  Injured 
siphons  obviously  do  not  show  this  clearly. 

The  senior  author  notes  that  by  feeling  of  the  siphons  it  is 
much  more  difficult  to  distinguish  geoducks  (Panope)  from  the 
horse  clams  in  the  San  Juan  region  than  at  Tomales  Bay,  Cali- 
fornia, and  is  nearly  certain  that  this  is  because  of  the  softer 
siphon  tips  of  S.  capax,  which  is  much  more  common  in  the 
more  northern  locality.  On  one  occasion,  clams  were  collected 
when  small  barnacles  were  settling  on  whatever  was  available. 
They  were  fully  as  numerous  on  the  siphons  of  ;S^.  capax  as  8. 
nuttallii.  The  absence  of  large  barnacles  on  the  plates  of  8. 
capax  would  appear  to  result  from  the  sloughing  off  of  the 
outer  part  of  the  plates  to  which  they  are  attached. 

At  the  time  studied  (July  and  August  1951),  the  color  of  the 
interior  of  the  siphonal  canals,  especially  toward  the  distal  ends 
of  the  siphons,  was  noted  to  be  a  brighter  and  deeper  orange  in 
8.  capax  than  in  8.  nuttallii.  In  the  muscles  surrounding  the 
orange  lining,  there  was  generally  found  considerably  more 
purplish-blue  color  in  8.  nuttallii  than  in  ;S^.  capax.  Exact  color 
designations  have  not  been  attempted,  because  this  work  is 
considered  preliminary,  needing  checking  in  other  places  and 
at  other  times  by  other  workers.  The  present  writers  also 
suspect  consistent  differences  between  the  two  species  in  num- 
bers of  papillae  around  the  siphonal  openings  and  possibly  also 
in  the  color  of  these  papillae. 

3.  Although  the  depths,  at  which  these  clams  reside  in  the 
substratum  as  adults,  are  greatly  affected  by  the  texture  of  that 
substratum,  our  impression  is  that,  conditions  being  the  same, 
8.  nuttallii  digs  the  deeper.  It  also  appears  to  prefer  the  looser 
soils-sands,  fine  gravels,  and  easily  dug  muds.  8.  capax  in  con- 
trast appears  to  be  found  more  commonly  in  more  compact  mud 
and  gravel  mixtures.  This  difference  is  not  complete.  Both 
are  often  found  together. 

4.  In  consideration  of  the  apparent  difference  in  the  effect  of 
extreme  cold  upon  these  clams,  one  is  desirous  of  information 
concerning  the  winter  of  1949-50  and  of  the  geographic  ranges 
of  these  species.    The  writers  were  duly  impressed  by  the  bliz- 


July,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  23 

zard  of  Jan.  13th,  1950;  in  one  of  its  publications,  the  U.  S. 
Department  of  Commerce  (1950)  summarizes  the  weather  for 
Jan.  13-14,  1950  as  "Apparently  most  severe  cold  storm  .  .  . 
ever  to  have  struck  Washington  state  since  records  began.  .  .  . 
Additional  damage  due  to  the  aftermath  of  storm  and  further 
heavy  snows  and  severe  cold  weather  until  end  of  month  .  .  . " ; 
and  unpublished  records  of  the  Friday  Harbor  Laboratories  in- 
dicate that  between  Jan.  12  and  17,  both  dates  inclusive,  the 
air  temperature  in  our  observation  shack  never  rose  above  23°  F. 
and  during  the  period  the  sea  water  temperature  at  approxi- 
mately one  meter  below  the  surface  dropped  nearly  a  full  degree 
Centigrade.  To  give  some  idea  of  the  significance  of  these  local 
observations,  we  point  out  that  the  air  temperatures  mentioned 
are  recorded  within  60  feet  of  the  water  from  which  the  wind 
blows  directly  when  in  the  northeast,  as  it  did  at  that  time.  The 
sea  water  temperatures  were  taken  as  described  by  Phifer  and 
Thompson  (1937),  where  the  water  is  well  mixed  and  where  the 
annual  variation  generally  is  scarcely  over  6  to  7°  C. 

As  indicated  in  Burch  (1945),  the  exact  extent  of  the  ranges 
of  the  two  clams  is  not  completely  known.  Keen  (1937)  lists 
the  range  of  8.  capax  as  37°-58°  N.  latitude  and  8.  nuttallii  as 
28°-38°  N.  latitude.  Dr.  Keen  has  examined  some  of  our  shells 
and  has  conceded  that  the  range  of  *S^.  nuttallii  extends  at  least  as 
far  north  at  48°  N. 

Thus  the  species  at  or  near  the  northern  limit  of  its  range 
apparently  was  severely  affected  by  an  unusual  winter,  whereas 
the  species  near  the  middle  of  its  range  was  unaffected. 

5.  Apparently  the  extreme  effect  was  felt  at  the  head  of  East 
Sound.  Records  on  file  at  the  Oceanographic  Laboratories  of  the 
University  of  Washington  indicate  that  in  summer  the  water  in 
this  7-mile  long  narrow  bay  often  reaches  temperatures  several 
degrees  warmer  than  that  of  the  open  channels  nearby.  Thus 
one  suspects  that  in  periods  of  severe  cold  the  reverse  effect 
might  prevail.  The  tide  tables  (U.  S.  Dept.  of  Commerce,  1949) 
predicted  low  tides  for  the  nights  of  Jan.  12-17,  1950,  as  ranging 
from  +  0.6  to  —  2.1  feet  from  mean  low  low  water.  This  means 
that  for  each  of  these  nights  the  clam  flats  were  exposed  or 
under  very  shallow  water  for  several  hours.  In  East  Sound  with 
its  head  toward  the  north,  the  wind  was  with  little  doubt  fun- 


24  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

neled  by  the  contour  of  the  surrounding  land  so  that  it  blew 
strongly  down  sound.  This  could  have  made  the  tides  even 
lower. 

As  mentioned  above,  the  writers  suspected  a  reduction  in 
population  of  8.  nuttallii  on  other  sand  beaches  but  not  on 
those  having  firmer  (and  incidentally  blacker  and  more  clayey) 
substrata.  This  poses  two  questions :  Does  a  sand  beach  change 
its  temperature  more  rapidly  than  one  of  a  firm  dark  colored 
mud-clay-gravel  mixture?  Could  the  more  deeply  buried  8. 
nuttallii  in  a  sand  beach  be  more  severely  affected  by  shifting 
of  the  substratum,  incident  to  a  severe  storm,  than  the  less  deeply 
buried  8.  capax,  or  than  ;8^.  nuttallii  in  a  beach  less  shifted  by 
the  storm?  To  these  questions,  the  writers  have  no  answers. 
Future  workers  may  find  evidence  on  the  subjects  suggested. 

Another  aspect  that  may  be  pertinent  is  that  of  relative  size 
of  mantle  cavity  of  the  two  species.  The  writers  have  fre- 
quently noted  that  8chizothaerus  when  disturbed  in  summer 
would  eject  from  the  siphons  water  considerably  cooler  than 
that  standing  in  the  hole  over  the  clam  before  the  latter  was 
disturbed.  Thus  they  suspect  that  the  pumping  of  the  water 
is  appreciably  reduced  in  rate  at  low  tide.  Because  of  the  shape 
of  its  shell,  they  suspect  that  ;S^.  capax  has  a  greater  internal  vol- 
ume in  comparison  with  its  external  surface  than  8.  nuttallii. 
And  if  within  its  shell  8.  capax  at  that  time  also  had  less 
' '  meat, ' '  the  volume  of  water  held  through  the  unfavorable  low 
tide  periods  would  be  comparatively  even  greater.  Whether 
this  factor  could  be  significant  is  not  known. 

Incidental  Observations 

1.  In  recent  papers  (Swan  1952,  '53),  I  have  suggested  that 
where  the  clam  Mya  arenaria  L.  grows  rapidly  its  shell  is  thinner 
than  where  its  growth  is  slower.  On  several  occasions  in  con- 
nection with  the  present  work,  beaches  were  studied  where 
8.  capax  obviously  grew  very  rapidly,  but  where  no  large  speci- 
mens could  be  found.  On  a  number  of  occasions  when  the 
largest  clams  were  dug  from  the  beaches,  after  they  were  re- 
moved from  their  burrows,  the  shell  would  be  broken  by  the 
contraction  of  the  adductor  muscles.  These  were  invariably 
sand  beaches.     Could  it  be  that  on  a  sand  beach  favorable  for 


July,    1952]  THE  NAUTILUS  25 

the  growth  of  S.  capax  this  clam  grows  so  rapidly  that  soon  its 
shell  is  not  strong  enough  for  its  mechanical  needs? 

2.  After  the  same  winter  the  populations  of  numerous  other 
moUusks  were  noted  to  be  reduced.  Most  interesting  of  these 
to  the  writers  was  Mytiliis  edulis  L.  This  is  a  species  said  to 
range  north  to  72°  N.  (Keen,  1937).  Does  it  consist  of  races 
varying  in  temperature  tolerances?  Were  those  living  on  local 
rocks  inadequately  acclimated  before  the  freeze.  Is  it  capable 
of  living  so  far  north  because  of  great  repopulating  ability  from 
residual  "seed  stocks"  living  below  the  level  of  the  lowest  tides? 

Fraser  (1921)  reports  similar  effects  for  the  winter  of  1915- 
16,  and  Draycott  (1951,  p.  21)  notes  the  death  of  thousands  of 
Mya  arenaria  L.  in  the  winter  of  1949-50. 

Acknowledgments 

The  writers  wish  to  explain  that  their  limited  reference  to 
the  literature  is  purely  in  the  interest  of  getting  these  observa- 
tions before  people  who  may  be  interested  and  is  in  no  sense  an 
attempt  to  claim  as  original  observations  what  others  have  pre- 
viously made. 

On  numerous  occasions.  Dr.  Myra  Keen  of  the  School  of 
Natural  Sciences  at  Stanford  Universitj^  has  freely  given  help- 
ful advice.  For  a  considerable  amount  of  the  hard  work  in- 
volved in  collecting  these  species  in  the  numbers  studied  and 
for  helpful  corroborating  observations,  the  writers  wish  to  thank 
Mr.  Albert  Bolst  of  the  Zoology  Department  of  the  University 
of  Washington.  This  study  was  assisted  by  the  state  of  Wash- 
ington funds  for  medical  and  biological  research  and  made  pos- 
sible by  the  State  of  Washington  Department  of  Fisheries 
through  their  permission  for  the  collecting  of  clams  of  the  genus 
SchizotJiaerus  in  quantities  beyond  the  legal  sports  limit.  The 
photographs,  which  add  so  much  to  the  value  of  the  work,  were 
made  by  Whitie  Marten  of  the  Campus  Studios  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Washington. 

Literature  Cited 

BuRCH,  J.  Q.  (Editor).  1945.  Distributional  list  of  the  west 
American  marine  mollusks.  ...  I.  Pelecypoda.  Minutes, 
Conch.  Club,  So.  Calif. 


26  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

Draycot,  "W.  M.  1951.  The  Pleistocene,  or  ice  age,  of  south- 
west British  Columbia.  The  Art,  Historical  and  Scientific  As- 
sociation of  Vancouver  [B.  C,  Canada],  Museum  and  Art 
Notes,  second  series,  2  (1)  :  14-22. 

Fraser,  C.  McL.  1921.  Some  apparent  effects  of  severe 
weather  on  the  marine  organisms  in  the  vicinity  of  De- 
parture Bay,  B.  C.     Contrib.  Canad.  Biol.  1918-1920 :  29-33. 

Keen,  A.  M.  1937.  An  abridged  check  list  and  bibliography 
of  West  North  America  Mollusca.     Stanford  U.  Press. 

KuRODA,  T.  AND  T.  Habe.  1950.  Nomenclatural  notes.  Illus- 
trated catalogue  of  Japanese  shells.  Edited  by  Dr.  Tokubei 
Kuroda  No.  4,  p.  30. 

Phifer,  L.  D.  and  T.  G.  Thompson.  1937.  Seasonal  variations 
in  the  surface  waters  of  San  Juan  Channel  during  the  five-year 
period,  January,  1931,  to  December  30,  1935,  J.  Marine  Res., 
1:  34-59. 

Swan,  E.  F.  1952.  Growth  indices  of  the  clam  My  a  arenaria 
L.    Ecology  [accepted  for  July,  1952,  issue]. 

.    1953.    The  growth  of  the  clam  Mya  arenaria  L.  as  affected 

by  the  substratum.  Ecology  [tentatively  accepted  for  Jan., 
1953,  issue]. 

U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce  1949.  Tide  tables  west  coast 
North  and  South  America  .  .  .  for  the  year  1950. 

.    1950.    Monthly  Weather  Review,  78  (1),  January,  1950. 


THOUSANDS  OF  LIVING  EUROPEAN  SNAILS  SOLD 
AS  FISH  BAIT  IN  STATE  OF  OHIO 

By  WILLIAM  MARCUS  INGEAM 
Mariemont,  Ohio 

Introduction 

The  information  contained  herein  was  collected  personally  by 
the  writer  through  contact  with  bait  and  tackle  dealers  who  are 
selling  living  European  snails  for  fish  bait  in  the  Cincinnati 
area  of  southwestern  Ohio.  The  snail  species  are  Otala-lactea 
Miiller  and  Cepaea  hortensis  (Mliller).  Locally  these  snails 
are  recommended  as  good  bait  for  the  channel  cat,  Ictalurus 
lacustris  (Walbaum),  and  the  Black  Bullhead,  Ameiurus  melas 
(Rafinesque),  which  are  stocked  in  commercial  fish  ponds  in 
southwestern  Ohio.  The  stocking  source  is  Lake  Erie,  from 
which  these  fish  are  carried  by  special  truck,  to  be  placed  in 
numerous  commercial  fish-ponds  in  southwestern  Ohio. 


July,   1952]  THE  NAUTILUS  27 

Price  and  Method  of  Shipping 

Because  of  the  competition  revolving  about  bait  and  tackle 
dealers  marketing'  of  European  snails  for  fish  bait,  data  on  the 
source  of  such  importations  are  not  very  revealing.  However, 
local  dealers  state  that  the  European  snails  discussed  here  come 
from  Italy  through  the  port  of  New  York.  Local  opinion  is 
that  they  are  imported  into  New  York  for  use  as  food  by 
Italians.  Their  value  as  fish  bait  apparently  is  not  a  prime 
factor  for  importation. 

The  price  bait  and  tackle  dealers  pay  for  snails  in  bulk  has 
not  been  determined.  Otala  lactea  are  marketed  to  fishermen  in 
ice-cream  cups  or  cottage  cheese  containers  for  forty  cents  a 
dozen  while  sixteen  Cepaea  hortensis  cost  twenty-five  cents.  A 
dozen  Otala  lactea  may  weigh  some  66  grams,  while  a  dozen 
Cepaea  hortensis  weighs  some  35  grams.  Bulk  shipping  con- 
tainers in  which  Otala  lactea  are  transported  from  Italy  to  New 
York  and  then  to  Cincinnati  may  hold  as  many  as  3,600  indi- 
viduals. Assuming  that  all  snails  are  alive  on  arrival  in  Cincin- 
nati the  gross  return  on  3,600  snails  would  be  one  hundred  and 
twent}^  dollars. 

The  writer  has^  been  able  to  obtain  for  exhibit  purposes  one 
container  that  had  held  Otala  lactea.  This  container  is  hand 
woven  from  a  green,  uncured  species  of  bamboo.  It  is  cylindri- 
cal in  shape  with  a  height  of  17V2  inches  and  a  diameter  16 
inches.  In  the  middle  of  the  basket  there  is  a  perpendicular 
cylinder  of  woven  bamboo,  16%  inches  high  with  a  diameter  of 
3%  inches.  Such  a  shipping  container  is  quite  porous  and 
allows  for  a  good  circulation  of  air  through  its  physical  con- 
struction. Snails  shipped  in  such  a  container  are  in  aestivation 
on  arrival.  The  aestivation  is  apparently  brought  about  and 
maintained  by  close  packing  and  by  air  circulation.  A  layer  of 
excelsior  3i^  inches  thick  is  placed  in  the  top  with  another  of 
the  same  thickness  in  the  bottom  of  the  container.  These  layers 
prevent  the  escape  of  snails  from  the  large  holes  and  slits  that 
are  especially  prominent  in  the  bottom  and  top  of  the  basket, 
aid  as  shock  cushions,  and  conceivably  enhance  aestivation. 

Several  bait  and  tackle  dealers  stated  that  very  few  dead  snails 
are  ever  found  when  such  baskets  are  unpacked. 


28  THE    NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

On  arrival  in  the  dealer's  hands  in  the  Cincinnati  area  snails 
are  removed  from  the  shipping  containers  and  are  transferred 
to  galvanized  garbage  cans.  Here  they  are  held  in  a  dry  state 
with  epiphragms  in  place  until  they  are  sold. 

Snail  Importation  and  Legislation 

The  question  of  legislation  against  living  snail  importations 
has  of  recent  years  created  a  great  interest  in  malacological 
circles,  Teskey  (1951)  and  Smith  (1951).  Popular  articles  on 
snail  pests  (such  as  appeared  in  the  August,  1949,  Atlantic 
Monthly  and  the  October,  1949,  Reader's  Digest),  pointing  out 
the  lack  of  Federal  quarantines,  have  made  people  aware  of  the 
agricultural  pest  possibilities  of  certain  introduced  snails.  An 
excellent  paper  by  Abbott  (1950)  has  surveyed  imported  land, 
fresh  water,  and  marine  pest  snails  that  are  now  established  in 
the  United  States. 

A  great  deal  of  the  interest  in  exclusion  legislation  has  re- 
volved around  the  so-called  Giant  African  Snails,  Achatina. 
The  writer  wishes  to  point  out  that  while  a  Goliath  may  be  at- 
tempting to  make  inroads  within  our  midst  that  David  should 
not  be  overlooked.  If  Otala  lactea  and  Cepaea  hortensis  are 
being  used  in  Ohio  in  the  living  state  for  fish  bait,  is  there  not 
reason  to  suppose  that  they  are  being  shipped  alive  elsewhere? 
In  ideal  climatic  zones  in  the  United  States  they  could  at  any 
time  possibly  become  established  to  make  inroads  into  American 
agriculture.  Thus,  another  cost  item  may  be  added  to  final 
prices  of  certain  crops  to  the  consumer.  The  establishment  of 
snail  pests  in  agricultural  areas  of  the  United  States  may  be  a 
subtle  process  as  illustrated  by  the  establishment  of  the  agri- 
cultural pest  snail,  the  European  Brown  Snail,  Helix  aspersa 
Miiller,  in  California,  Abbott  (1950),  Bassinger  (1931). 

Method  of  Fishing  w^ith  Snails  and 
Snail  Disposal 

The  common  procedure  of  preparing  introduced  European 
snails  for  baiting  the  hook  is  to  crush  them  with  a  whack  of  the 
hand  against  a  board,  rock,  or  any  convenient  object.  After 
this  is  done  the  hook  is  placed  through  the  foot  and  the  shell 
pieces  discarded.    Once  on  the  hook,  the  foot  moves  about,  serv- 


July,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  29 

ing  as  a  wriggling  lure.  The  writer  has  taken  young  channel 
eats,  Black  Bullheads,  and  Pumpkinseeds,  Lepomis  gihhosus 
(Linnaeus),  on  snail  bait. 

The  writer  found  that  fishermen  that  did  not  use  all  of  their 
snails  would  throw  them  off  into  the  bushes.  Several  lots  have 
been  taken  in  herbaceous  weeds  marginal  to  commercial  fish 
ponds  in  the  Cincinnati  area. 

Depositories  of  Snail  Exhibits 

Samples  of  European  snails,  extended  and  preserved,  that 
were  purchased  from  bait  and  tackle  dealers  in  the  Cincinnati 
area  are  being  deposited  in  the  following  institutions :  U.  S. 
National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C. ;  University  Museum, 
University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan;  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia ;  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology, 
Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts;  California 
Academy  of  Sciences,  Golden  Gate  Park,  San  Francisco,  Cali- 
fornia. A  snail  shipping  container  that  was  obtained  in  Cincin- 
nati will  be  housed  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Acknowledgment 

I  wish  to  express  my  appreciation  to  William  Nicholas  Ingram 
who  discovered  the  European  snails  being  used  for  fish  bait  in 
Southwestern  Ohio. 

Bibliography 

Abbott,  R.  T.  1950.  Snail  invaders.  Natural  History  (No- 
vember), pp.  80-85. 

Basinger,  a.  J.  1931.  The  European  brown  snail  in  California. 
Univer.  Calif.  Coll.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  Bull.  515,  pp.  1-22. 

Smith,  A.  G.  1951.  American  Malacological  Union — Pacific 
Division  Minutes  of  the  Fourth  Annual  Meeting.  News  Bull, 
and  Ann.  Kept.,  Amer.  Malac.  Union,  pp.  18-25. 

Teskey,  M.  C.  1951.  The  American  Malacological  Union  Seven- 
teenth Annual  Meeting.  News  Bull,  and  Ann.  Rept.  Amer. 
Malac.  Union,  pp.  1-14. 


30  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

HAROLD   JOHN   FINLAY,   1901-1951 

Dr,  Harold  J.  Finlay,  one  of  the  best-known  workers  on  the 
recent  and  fossil  mollusks  of  New  Zealand,  passed  away  on 
April  7,  1951. 

He  was  born  in  India  in  1901  as  the  son  of  Baptist  mission- 
aries. As  a  child  he  contracted  a  severe  case  of  poliomyelitis, 
which  caused  his  parents  to  move  to  New  Zealand,  where  they 
settled  in  Dunedin.  As  a  result  of  his  illness  he  became  confined 
to  a  wheel-chair  for  the  rest  of  his  life,  a  handicap  that  he  bore 
stoically,  and  that  did  not  prevent  him  from  gaining'  an  out- 
standing name  for  himself  in  his  chosen  field. 

It  was  while  an  undergraduate  at  Otago  University  that  Dr. 
Finlay  became  interested  in  paleontology,  and  began  to  collect 
recent  and  tertiary  mollusks.  His  increasing  interest  in  this 
subject  soon  caused  him  to  abandon  his  first  love  of  chemistry, 
and  in  1924-1926  he  did  graduate  work  at  the  University  of 
Otago  as  National  Research  Scholar  in  Paleontology. 

In  1926  he  was  awarded  the  Hamilton  Prize  of  the  Royal 
Society  of  New  Zealand,  and  in  1927  was  given  a  D.Sc.  for  a 
comprehensive  work  on  molluscan  systematics.  This  was  his  well 
known  ''A  Further  Commentary  of  New  Zealand  Molluscan 
Systematics"  (Trans.  New  Zealand  Institute,  vol.  57,  1926,  pp. 
320-485,  pi.  18-23).  From  1927-1929  he  carried  out  biological 
work  for  the  Fisheries  Board  of  the  Marine  Department. 

In  1933  Dr.  Finlay  took  up  the  study  of  foraminifera  and 
served  as  micropaleontologist  with  two  oil  companies  in  New 
Zealand.  In  1937  he  was  appointed  micropaleontologist  to  the 
New  Zealand  Geological  Survey,  where  for  the  next  fourteen 
years  he  carried  on  his  studies  on  the  foraminifera,  adding  to 
his  already  widely  recognized  renown  as  one  of  New  Zealand's 
most  distinguished  paleontologists.  In  1939  he  received  the 
Hector  Award  and  Medal  from  the  Royal  Society  of  New 
Zealand  for  distinguished  work  on  Mollusca  and  Foraminifera. 

He  leaves  a  wife,  Mrs.  Dorothy  Finlay,  and  two  daughters. 

Although  Dr.  Finlay  gave  up  the  study  of  mollusks  in  his  later 
years,  his  publications  on  that  subject  will  always  be  of  the 
greatest  importance  and  value  to  malacologists  all  over  the 
world.    They  are  outstanding  for  the  comprehensive  knowledge 


July,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  31 

of  malacology  they  reveal,  and  for  the  clarity  of  thought  and 
thoroughness  of  preparation  that  is  evident  on  every  page. 

Most  of  the  material  for  this  sketch  was  taken  from  a  me- 
morial by  N.  de  B.  Hornbrook,  published  in  volume  5,  no.  3 
(July  1951)   of  The  Micropaleontologist. — H.  A.  Rehder. 


WILLIAM  F.  CLAPP 


Dr.  William  F.  Clapp  of  Duxbury,  Massachusetts,  died  at  his 
home  on  December  28,  1951  at  the  age  of  71.  He  was  born  in 
Cambridge,  Massachusetts  in  1880.  During  his  early  years  at 
Harvard  College  he  met  Alexander  Agassiz  and  shortly  after- 
ward became  an  assistant  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative 
Zoology  devoting  his  time  and  energies  to  mollusks  under  Dr. 
Walter  Faxon.  He  held  this  position  from  1911  to  1923  when 
he  resigned  to  take  a  research  position  at  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology  working  on  the  family  Teredinidae.  Some 
three  years  later  he  resigned  from  this  position,  but  retained 
his  association  with  the  Institution,  to  set  up  a  commercial 
laboratory  at  Duxbury,  Massachusetts  for  the  study  of  ways 
and  means  of  combating  the  damage  done  by  Teredo  and  other 
marine  organisms.  This  laboratory  shortly  became  one  of  the 
most  important  of  its  kind  in  the  world,  with  many  private 
companies  and  government  agencies  depending  upon  it  for  in- 
formation on  marine  boring  and  fouling  organisms  in  connec- 
tion with  their  wharves  and  other  marine  installations  through- 
out the  world. 

A  more  detailed  account  of  Dr.  Clapp  and  his  work  in  the 
field  of  mollusks  will  be  published  later. — W.  J.  Clench. 


NOTES  AND  NEWS 


Dates  of  the  Nautilus,  Vol.  65,  No,  1,  pp.  1-36,  pis.  1  and 
2,  Aug.  27,  1951.  No.  2,  pp.  37-72,  pis.  3  and  4,  Nov.  9,  1951. 
No.  3,  pp.  73-108,  pi.  5,  Feb.  25,  1952.  No.  4,  pp.  109-144,  i-vii, 
May  22,  1952.— H.  B.  B. 

The  European  Planorbarius  corneus  var.  ruber,  or  red 
ramshorn  snail  of  the  home  aquarium,  seemed  quite  prolific  in 
the  large  tank  so  one  was  removed  on  January  24th  for  observa- 


32  THE    NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

tion,  and  placed  in  a  small  bowl,  with  carefully  washed  greens 
and  lettuce.    The  following  record  was  kept  daily  for  one  month. 

January  26 :  two  egg  deposits  appeared  on  the  side  of  the 
bowl,  14  inch  in  diameter,  and  almost  colorless.  Jan.  27 :  cell- 
like segmentation  was  noted  in  one  cluster.  Jan.  28 :  two  more 
egg  deposits.  Jan.  29:  one  egg.  Jan.  31:  one  egg.  Feb.  1:  one 
egg.  Feb.  2:  two  eggs.  Feb.  4:  one  egg.  Feb.  5:  one  egg. 
Feb.  8 :  two  deposits.  Feb.  10  to  14 :  snail  eating,  and  for  last 
two  days  remaining  stationary  on  the  bottom  of  the  globe.  Feb. 
16 :  two  new  egg  clusters.  Feb.  17 :  one  deposit  on  glass  above 
water  line.  Feb.  20-23:  no  new  deposits;  two  above  water 
became  dry  and  powdery.  Feb.  24:  some  ten  or  twelve  tiny 
snails  were  noted,  crawling  on  the  sides  of  the  bowl.  Record 
was  closed. — Dorothy  D.  Freas,  8935  86th  Street,  Woodhaven 
21,  New  York. 

Mesanella,  a  new  genus  in  the  Camaenidae. — In  a  revision 
of  the  Philippine  members  of  this  family  we  have  segregated 
several  species  that  belong  to  a  group  quite  separate  and  distinct 
from  PhoenicoMus  Morch,  a  group  in  which  they  have  generally 
been  included.  The  species  in  Mesanella  are  globose  to  depressed- 
globose  usually  wider  than  high  and  smooth  to  rather  coarsely 
and  axially  ribbed.  The  shells  may  be  of  a  plain  color  or  banded. 
The  shells  of  Phoenicohius  are  generally  pupoid  in  shape  with  a 
dome  shaped  spire.  They  are  usually  higher  than  wide  and 
often  possess  apertural  teeth,  a  character  not  known  to  exist  in 
Mesanella.     Genotype,  Helix  trailli  Pfeiffer. 

Our  studies  indicate  that  this  new  genus  occurs  only  on 
Palawan  and  the  Balabac  Islands.  In  addition  to  Mesanella 
trailli  (Pfeiffer)  it  includes  M.  monochroa  (Sowerby)  and  its 
many  associated  species  and  subspecies.  Mesanella  is  named 
for  Pedro  de  Mesa,  a  teacher  of  English  in  the  Philippines,  who 
has  done  much  to  advance  our  knowledge  of  Philippine 
mollusks,  especially  those  from  the  islands  of  Lubang,  Mindoro 
and  Palawan. — W.  J.  Clench  and  R.  D.  Turner. 

Corrections. — Localities  (cf.  1950,  Naut.,  64,  p.  56)  for 
Holospira  roemeri  are  Dierck's  Ford,  Guadalupe  River,  Kendal 
Co. ;  West  Verde  Creek,  Bandera  Co. ;  Sanderson,  Terrell  Co., 
Texas.  H.  roemeri  hrevissima  Pilsbry  also  was  found  at  Garner 
State  Park,  Uvalde  Co.,  Texas. — C.  D.  Orchard. 


July,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  33 

Dates  of  publication  of  Johannes  Thiele:  Handbuch  der 
Systematischen  "Weichtierkunde,  Jena,  Germany. — This  work 
was  originall}^  issued  in  four  parts  and  sent  to  subscribers  as 
these  parts  were  published.  When  the  work  was  completed 
these  four  parts  were  collated  and  bound  in  two  volumes.  The 
dates  were  changed  on  the  title  pages  of  the  bound  volumes  to 
correspond  to  the  dates  of  issue  of  the  second  part  of  Volume  I 
and  the  fourth  part  of  Volume  II.  This  is  most  unfortunate 
as  many  new  names  were  introduced  by  Thiele  and  errors  re- 
garding dates  of  these  names  are  certain  to  get  into  subsequent 
publications.    The  original  dates  are  as  follows : 

Vol.     I   (Erster  Band),  part  1  (Erster  Teil),  pp.  1-376  . .   1929 
part  2  (Zweiter  Teil),  title  pages  I-VI  and  pp.  377-778  1931 

Vol.  II   (Zweiter  Band),  part  3   (Dritter  Teil),  pp.  779- 

1022    1934 

part  4  (Vierter  Teil),  title  pages  I-VI  and  pp.  1023-1154  1935 

The  collated  and  bound  sets  carry  the  dates  of  1931  for 
Volume  I  and  1935  for  Volume  II. — W.  J.  Clench. 

The  Fossil  Snail  Eggs  of  the  Loess. — The  occurrence  of 
fossil  snail  eggs  in  the  loess  of  the  Upper  Mississippi  Valley  has 
been  noted  by  various  authors,  but  to  my  knowledge  no  attempt 
has  been  made  to  identify  them.  These  small  hollow  calcareous 
spheres  are  found  in  three  distinct  sizes.  The  smallest  and  most 
numerous  range  in  diameter  from  1.2  to  1.5  mm.  The  medium 
sized  form  is  slightly  oval,  and  ranges  in  size  from  1.7  X  1.9  mm. 
to  2.1  X  2.2  mm.  The  large  size,  which  is  quite  rare,  range 
from  3.6  to  3.7  mm.  in  diameter. 

The  most  abundant  group  of  land  snails  of  the  loess,  the 
Polygyridae,  lay  gelatinous  shelled  eggs  which  would  not  be 
preserved.  The  only  genera  known  to  me  which  lay  calcareous 
shelled  eggs  are :  Haplotrema,  Anguispira,  and  Discus.  Eggs 
of  Discus  cronkhitei  measured  1.3  mm.  in  diameter.  As  Discus 
cronkhitei  (Newcomb),  D.  macclintocki  (F.  C.  Baker),  and  D. 
shimeki  (Pils.)  are  abundant  in  the  loess  there  seems  to  be 
little  doubt  that  the  small  eggs  belong  to  these  species.  The  eggs 
oi  Haplotrema  concavum  (Say)  and  Anguispira  alt ernat a  (Say) 
are  not  distinguishable.  An  egg  of  H.  concavum  measured 
2.1  X  2.4  mm.,  and  an  egg  of  A.  a.  crassa  (Walker)  measured 


34  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

2.2  X  2.4  mm.  H.  concavum  is  rare  in  the  loess,  but  A.  alternata 
is  common,  and  it  is  quite  probable  that  the  medium  sized  eggs 
belong  to  it.  Two  eggs  of  Anguispira  kochi  (Pfr.)  measured 
3.4  X  3.9  and  3.5  X  3.5  mm.  One  of  the  large  fossil  eggs  was 
found  inside  the  shell  of  A.  kochi,  which  leaves  no  doubt  that 
the  large  snail  eggs  belong  to  this  species. — Leslie  Hubricht. 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 

Directory  op  Conchologists.  By  John  Q.  Burch,  1584  W. 
Vernon  Ave.,  Los  Angeles,  1952.  Price  $1.50. — Most  of  us  find 
frequent  use  for  this  list  of  about  1800  names  and  addresses  of 
shell  experts  and  collectors  from  all  over  the  world. 

Checklist  and  bibliography  of  the  Recent  Marine  Mol- 
LUSCA  OF  Japan.  By  Tokubei  Kuroda  and  Tadashige  Habe. 
Large  8vo,  210  pp.,  map.  Edited  and  published  by  Leo  W. 
Stach.  Price  $4.00  U.  S.— The  list  includes  1,048  bivalves, 
3,313  univalves  and  34  scaphopods.  The  checklist  is  in  the  form 
of  an  alphabetic  list  of  the  generic  names  applied  to  Japanese 
marine  Mollusca  with  the  species  listed  alphabetically  under 
each  genus.  The  numbers  of  the  appropriate  bibliographic 
references  (more  than  1,700)  are  given  after  each  species  and 
genus.  Invalid  names  are  cross-referenced  to  the  current  valid 
names.  The  range  in  latitude  north  of  the  equator,  and  the 
province  of  each  species  is  indicated. 

This  work  should  form  a  valuable  basis  for  reference  by  col- 
lectors. Some  new  generic  names  are  proposed,  and  some  new 
specific  names  are  included  for  forms  previously  misidentified. 
It  is  obtainable  from  Leo.  W.  Stach,  Tokyo  Central  Post  Office, 
Box  121,  Tokyo,  Japan— H.  A.  P. 

In  recent  years  a  number  of  articles  pertaining  to  mollusks 
have  been  published  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Southern  California 
Academy  of  Sciences.  Inasmuch  as  the  latest  volume  of  the 
Zoological  Record  includes  only  articles  published  prior  to 
1948,  the  titles  and  new  species  described  in  this  Bulletin  from 
1948  to  1951  are  here  listed  for  the  convenience  of  students : 


July,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  35 

Volume  47 

Part.  1.  Jan.-Apr.  1948,  pp.  11-16.  Ingram,  W.  M.,  A  check 
list  of  the  Haplotrematidae,  Tcstacellidae  and  Zonitidae  of 
California. 

Pp.  17-20.  Willett,  Geo.,  Four  new  gastropods  from  the 
Upper  Pleistocene  of  Newport  Bay  Mesa,  Orange  Co.,  Calif. 
{Turhonilla  {Turbonilla)  grouardi,  Odostomia  {Menestho) 
effiac,  Odostomia  {Chrysallida)  elsiae,  Triphora  kanaka ffi,  n. 
spp.). 

Part  3.  Sept.-Dec,  1948,  pp.  100-102.  Gregg,  W.  0.,  A  new 
and  unusual  helicoid  snail  from  Los  Angeles  Co.,  Calif.  (Sono- 
relix  {Herpeteros)  angelus,  n.  sp.). 

Volume  48 

Part  1.  Jan.-Apr.,  1949,  pp.  13-18.  Hertlein,  L.  G.,  and 
Hanna,  G.  D.,  Two  new  species  of  Mytilopsis  from  Panama  and 
Fiji  {Mytilopsis  allyneana  and  zeteki,  n.  spp.). 

PP.  19-34.  Ingram,  W.  M.,  A  check  list  of  the  Limacidae, 
Endodontidae,  Arionidae,  Succineidae,  Pupillidae,  Valloniidae, 
Carychiidae,  and  Truncatellidae  of  California. 

Part  2.  May-Aug.,  1949,  pp.  71-93.  Strong,  A.  M.,  Addi- 
tional Pyramidellidae  from  the  Gulf  of  California  {Turhonilla 
{Chemnitzia)  sinaloana,  T.  {Strioturhonilla)  asuncionis,  T. 
{Pyrgiscus)  alarconi,  T.  {Pyrgiscus)  kaliwana,  T.  {Pyrgiscus) 
guaicurana,  T.  {Pyrgiscus)  aripana,  T.  {Pyrgiscus)  cochimiana, 
T.  {Pyrgiscus)  pericuana,  Odostomia  {Chrysallida)  sorensoni, 
0.  {Ividella)  ulloana,  0.  {Menestho)  ciguatanis,  n.  spp.). 

Volume  49 

Part  1.  Jan.-Apr.,  1950,  pp.  15-28.  Hand,  Cadet,  and 
Ingram,  W.  M.,  Natural  history  observations  on  Prophysaon 
andersoni  (J.  G.  Cooper),  with  special  reference  to  amputation. 

Part  3.  Sept.-Dec,  1950,  pp.  79-89.  Kanakoff,  G.  P.,  Con- 
tributions from  Los  Angeles  Co.  Museum — Channel  Islands  Biol. 
Surv.  No.  34.  Some  observations  on  the  land  snails  of  San 
Clemente  Island.     {Micrarionta  {Xerarionta)  agnesae,  n.  sp.). 


36  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (1) 

Volume  50 

Part  2.  May-Aug.,  1951,  pp.  68-75.  Hertlein,  L.  G.,  De- 
scriptions of  two  new  species  of  marine  pelecypods  from  West 
Mexico.  (Ostrea  corteziensis  and  Tagelus  {Mesopleura)  hour- 
geoisae,  n.  spp.). 

Pp.  76-80.  Hertlein,  L.  G.,  and  Strong,  A.  M.,  Descriptions 
of  three  new  species  of  marine  gastropods  from  West  Mexico 
and  Guatemala  {Latirus  soccoroensis,  Aspella  hakeri,  and  Margi- 
nella  woodhridgei,  n.  spp.). 

Pp.  89-91.  Emerson,  W.  K.,  An  unusual  habitat  for  Zirfaea 
pilshryi. 

Part  3.  Sept.-Dec,  1951,  pp.  152-155.  Hertlein,  L.  G.,  and 
Strong,  A.  M.,  Descriptions  of  two  new  species  of  marine  gastro- 
pods from  West  Mexico  and  Costa  Rica  {Acmaea  turveri  and 
Alvania  milleriana,  n.  spp.). 

Pp.  156-159.  Gregg,  W.  0.,  A  new  Sonorella  from  the  Chiri- 
cahua  Mtns.,  Ariz.  {Sonorella  neglecta,  n.  sp.). — W.  K.  Emerson. 

The  Mussels  op  the  Mississippi  River. — By  Henry  and  An- 
nette van  der  Schalie.  American  Midland  Naturalist  44,  No.  2, 
1950.  This  review  is  based  largely  upon  the  survey  conducted  by 
Max  M.  Ellis  and  his  staff  in  1930  and  1931,  but  with  cognizance 
of  the  large  body  of  previous  data.  The  distribution  patterns 
of  the  naiades  are  discussed,  and  the  following  regions  are 
recognized.  I,  Atlantic,  characterized  by  the  preponderance  of 
Elliptio,  and  extending  south  to  the  Altamaha  River,  Georgia. 
II,  Pacific.  Ill,  Mississippi.  IV,  Ozark,  with  Arkansia  wheeleri, 
etc.  VI,  Cumberlandian.  VII,  West  Floridan  or  Appalachico- 
lan,  in  western  non-peninsular  Florida,  with  Quincuncina, 
Margaritana  hemheli,  etc.  A  map  illustrates  these  divisions, 
which  agree  well  with  those  indicated  if  the  prosobraneh  gastro- 
pods be  taken  into  account.  However,  apparently  one  additional 
region,  the  Alabaman  would  be  needed,  on  account  of  the  de- 
velopment of  peculiar  pupiform  Pleuroceridae,  Tulotoma,  Lepy- 
rium,  etc. 

The  publication  is  already  so  condensed  that  no  summary  can 
give  an  idea  of  the  data  presented  on  distribution  of  Mississippi 
River  mussels. — H.  A.  P. 


The  Nautilus 


Vol.  66  OCTOBER,  1952  No.  2 


NEW  GASTROPODS  FROM  THE  BLANCO  FORMA- 
TION (NEBRASKAN  AGE,  PLEISTOCENE) 
IN  KANSAS 

By  a.  BYRON  LEONARD 

Fossiliferous  deposits  in  the  Nebraskan  Stage  of  the  Pleisto- 
cene are  known  from  the  David  City  formation  in  northeastern 
Kansas  (Doniphan  County),  from  the  Blanco  formation  in  the 
south-central  part  of  the  State  (Kingman  County),  and  in 
several  counties  of  the  southwest,  notably  Meade  and  Seward. 
Molluscan  faunas  from  sands  and  silts  in  these  formations  are 
being  studied  as  part  of  a  comprehensive  investigation  of  the 
sequence  of  molluscan  faunal  assemblages  in  Pleistocene  deposits 
in  the  midcontinent  region,  but  particularly  in  Kansas.  A  dis- 
tinctive molluscan  faunal  assemblage  has  been  described  from 
late  Kansan  or  early  Yarmouthian  Stage  of  the  Pleistocene 
sediments  here  (Frye,  Swineford  and  Leonard,  1948;  Leonard, 
1950)  ;  distinctive  molluscan  faunal  assemblages  have  been  listed 
from  Illionian  and  Wisconsinan  stages  of  the  Pleistocene  in 
Kansas  (Frye  and  Leonard,  1951)  ;  molluscan  faunas  have  been 
utilized  to  zone  stratigraphically  the  massive  Peoria  loess  in  the 
State  (Leonard,  1951)  ;  and  a  detailed  report  of  studies  of  the 
molluscan  faunal  assemblages  in  the  Illinoian  and  Wisconsinan 
stages  of  the  Pleistocene  has  recently  been  published  (Leonard, 
1952).  A  study  of  the  mollusks  in  Pleistocene  sediments  of 
Nebraskan  Age  is  now  in  progress. 

Study  of  the  fossil  mollusks  of  Nebraskan  Age  in  Kansas  has 
resulted  in  the  discovery  of  several  und escribed  kinds  of  gastro- 
pods in  these  sediments.  It  is  the  purpose  of  this  paper  to 
name,  describe  and  illustrate  these  fossil  gastropods. 

37 


38 


THE   NAUTILUS 


[Vol.  66  (2) 


Amnicola  crybetes,  new  species.     Plate  5,  fig.  A 

Holotype. — Catalogue  number  3805,  Molluscan  Collection,  Uni- 
versity of  Kansas  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Type  and  para- 
types  from  type  locality  collected  by  C.  W.  Hibbard. 

Horizon  and  type  locality. — Blanco  formation  (Nebraskan 
Age,  Pleistocene).  Fifteen  miles  east  of  Liberal  (center  W  line, 
sec.  36,  T.  34  S,  R.  31  W),  Seward  County,  Kansas. 

Diagnosis. — Shell  small,  a  little  more  than  3  mm.  high, 
broadly  conic,  perforate,  whorls  strongly  convex,  turreted,  5  in 
number,  the  last  inflated;  suture  deeply  impressed;  first  whorl 
subplanorbid. 

Description  of  holotype. — Shell  small,  broadly  conic,  per- 
forate ;  whorls  5  in  number,  strongly  convex,  increasing  rapidly 
in  diameter,  the  last  inflated ;  suture  deeply  incised ;  apex  not 
acute ;  first  whorl  subplanorbid ;  height  of  spire  half  that  of 
shell;  peristome  continuous,  not  adnate  to  preceding  whorl, 
broadly  oval  above,  rounded  below ;  lip  thin,  sharp,  simple,  some- 
what reflected  over  the  round  umbilical  perforation,  but  not 
closing  it ;  nuclear  whorl  finely  granular,  remaining  whorls  with 
fine,  raised,  vertical  lines,  which  at  short  intervals  coalesce  into 
low  ridges  of  variable  width ;  spiral  lines  wanting. 

Comparisons. — Amiiicola  cryhetes  differs  from  A.  walkeri  in 
its  larger  size,  less  broadly  conic  outline,  and  greater  number 
of  whorls ;  it  is  smaller  and  more  broadly  conic  than  A.  lustrica. 
Since  it  is  impossible  to  determine  the  relationships  of  kinds  of 
Amnicola  from  the  shell  alone,  the  true  affinities  of  this  species 
remain  uncertain. 

Number 
Aperture        Aperture       of 
Height         Diameter  height  width     whorls 


Type 

Paratypes 
(no.  3806) 


3.33  mm.  2.25  mm.  1.55  mm.  1.35  mm.  5 

3.24  mm.  2.34  mm.  1.44  mm.  1.35  mm.  5 

3.33  mm.  2.34  mm.  1.53  mm.  1.35  mm.  5 

3.40  mm.  2.52  mm.  1.62  mm.  1.36  mm.  5 

3.35  mm.  2.45  mm.  1.50  mm.  1.37  mm.  5 


The    name    '' cryhetes"    is    from    the    Greek    word    meaning 
"hidden  in  the  earth." 


THE  NAUTILUS  66   (2) 


PLATE  5 


Leonard:  Now  Gastropods  from  the  Blanco  formation. 


Oct.,  1952] 


THE    NAUTILUS 


39 


Lymnaea  diminuta,  new  species.    Plate  5,  fig.  B 

Holoiype. — Catalogue  number  8801,  Molluscan  Collection, 
University  of  Kansas  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Type  and 
paratypes  collected  by  A.  B.  Leonard  and  Alice  E.  Leonard. 

Horizon  and  type  locality. — Blanco  Formation  (Nebraskan 
Age,  Pleistocene).  Nine  miles  south,  7  miles  west  of  Meade  (SW 
14  sec.  22,  T.  33  S,  R.  29  W),  Meade  County,  Kansas. 

Diagnosis. — Shell  small,  approximately  5  mm.  high,  conic, 
with  5  moderately  convex  whorls,  gradually  enlarging,  except 
the  last  which  is  greatly  enlarged  and  ventricose ;  aperture 
broadly  ovate ;  inner  lip  of  peristome  reflected  upon,  and  adnate 
to  the  preceding  whorl,  leaving  round  umbilicus  open  by  small 
chink. 

Description  of  holotype. — Shell  conic,  of  medium  size  for  the 
genus;  5  moderately  convex  whorls,  nuclear  whorl  planorbid, 
those  of  spire  turreted,  last  greatly  enlarged  and  ventricose; 
aperture  broadl}^  ovate,  more  than  half  as  high  as  shell ;  outerlip 
of  peristome  simple,  strongly  convex;  inner  lip  thin,  upper  part 
adnate  to  preceding  whorl,  lower  part  reflected  over  columella, 
without  entirely  closing  round  umbilicus;  nuclear  whorl  smooth, 
remaining  whorls  with  inconspicuous,  raised,  vertical  striae ;  no 
spiral  striae. 

Comparisons. — Lymnaea  diminuta  seems  to  have  derived  from 
a  stock  of  L.  humilis,  or  at  least  to  be  related  to  it,  but  it  does 
not  intergrade  with  it  in  the  known  populations.  Lymnaea  dimi- 
nuta is  quite  unlike  the  other  small  Lymnaeas,  such  as  L.  parva 
and  L.  dalli. 

Number 
Aperture       Aperture         of 
Height  Diameter  height  width        whorls 


Type 

5.2  mm. 

2.9  mm. 

2.9  mm. 

2.0  mm. 

5 

Paratypes 

5.1  mm. 

2.6  mm. 

2.2  mm. 

1.8  mm. 

5 

(no.  3774) 

4.3  mm. 

2.4  mm. 

2.3  mm. 

1.8  mm. 

5 

4.2  mm. 

2.5  mm. 

2.3  mm. 

1.5  mm. 

5 

4.1  mm. 

2.6  mm. 

2.5  mm. 

1.6  mm. 

5 

Lymnaea  turritella,  new  species.     Plate  5,  fig.  C 

Holoiype. — Catalogue  number  3807,  Molluscan  Collection, 
University  of  Kansas  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Type  and 
paratypes  from  type  locality  collected  by  C.  W.  Hibbard. 


40 


THE    NAUTILUS 


[Vol.  66    (2) 


Horizon  and  type  locality. — Blanco  Formation  (Nebraskan 
Age,  Pleistocene).  Fifteen  miles  east  of  Liberal  (center  W 
line,  sec.  36,  T.  34  S,  R.  31  W),  Seaward  County,  Oklahoma. 

Diagnosis. — Shell  characterized  by  small  size,  elongate,  nar- 
rowly conic  form,  with  5  to  5^2  turreted  whorls,  and  small,  oval 
aperture. 

Description  of  holotype. — Shell  small,  narrowly  conic,  5i/^ 
turreted  whorls,  which  increase  regularly  in  size,  all  whorls 
flattened  and  strongly  shouldered  above,  except  body  whorl, 
which  is  slightly  swollen  and  convex;  suture  deeply  impressed; 
apex  sub-acute;  nuclear  whorl  small,  subplanorbid ;  height  of 
spire  more  than  half  that  of  shell;  aperture  elongate-oval; 
terminations  of  peristome  connected  by  a  thin  callus  across  pre- 
ceding whorl ;  peristome  thin,  simple  along  angular  border,  re- 
flected along  parietal  part,  sinuous,  nearly  covering  narrow 
umbilical  perforation ;  nuclear  whorl  finely  granular,  succeed- 
ing whorls  with  fine  but  distinct,  vertical,  raised  striae  that 
increase  in  coarseness  toward  body  whorl;  spiral  sculpture 
absent. 

Number 
Aperture       Aperture         of 
Height  Diameter  height  width        whorls 


Type 

6.2  mm. 

2.7  mm. 

2.3  mm. 

1.4  mm. 

5i/> 

Paratypes 

5.8  mm. 

3.1  mm. 

2.0  mm. 

1.8  mm. 

5 

(no.  3808) 

5.9  mm. 

2.8  mm. 

2.6  mm. 

1.7  mm. 

51/2 

5.4  mm. 

2.6  mm. 

2.4  mm. 

1.5  mm. 

5 

5.3  mm. 

3.1  mm. 

2.1  mm. 

1.8  mm. 

5 

Comparisons. — Lymnaea  turritella  is  smaller  than  most  ex- 
amples of  L.  parva,  but  is  somewhat  larger  than  L.  dalli;  and 
slendered  than  either  L.  parva  or  L.  dalli.  The  turreted  whorls 
of  L.  turritella  are  quite  unlike  those  of  any  small  species  of 
Lymnaea  known  to  me. 

The  name  "turritella"  is  the  diminutive  form  of  the  Latin 
word  meaning  tower,  and  is  here  applied  in  reference  to  the 
turreted  spire  of  this  fossil  shell. 

Lymnaea  macella,  new  species.    Plate  5,  fig.  J 

Holotype. — Catalogue  number  8804,  Molluscan  Collection,  Uni- 
versity of  Kansas  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Type  and  para- 
types collected  by  A.  B.  Leonard  and  Alice  E.  Leonard. 

Horizon  and  type  locality. — Blanco  Formation    (Nebraskan 


Oct..  1952] 


THE   NAUTILUS 


41 


Age,  Pleistocene).     Nine  miles  south,  7  miles  west  of  Meade 
(SW  1/4  sec.  22,  T.  33  S,  R.  29  W),  Meade  County,  Kansas. 

Diagnosis. — Shell  7-9  mm.  in  height,  rimate,  with  5-6  moder- 
ately flat-sided  whorls,  the  last  greatly  enlarged ;  spire  acute  but 
not  attenuate ;  aperture  narrowly  ovate,  with  heavy  varix  within : 
aperture  more  than  half  as  high  as  shell ;  surface  sculpture  of 
intersecting  spiral  and  vertical  lines. 

Description  of  holoiype. — Shell  small,  rimate,  5I/2  whorls, 
only  slightly  convex,  except  the  last,  which  is  moderately  in- 
flated ;  suture  impressed  but  not  deeply ;  nuclear  whorl  sub- 
planorbid ;  aperture  narrowly  ovate  and  more  than  half  as  high 
as  shell,  acutely  narrowed  above,  rounded  below,  outer  lip  of 
peristome  with  heavy  varix,  forming  triangular  ridge  within, 
inner  peristome  nearly  straight,  slightly  sinuous,  reflected 
against  preceding  whorl,  but  not  entirely  closing  umbilicus; 
nuclear  whorl  smooth,  remaining  whorls  with  numerous  fine  im- 
pressed undulating  vertical  lines,  intersected  by  numerous  fine, 
impressed,  spiral  lines. 

Comparisons. — Lymnaea  macella  is  unlike  L.  parva  (of  simi- 
lar size)  or  the  smaller  L.  dalli;  L.  macella  seems  to  be  related 
to  L.  parexilis,  which  it  resembles  in  general  form  and  in  sur- 
face sculpture,  but  from  which  it  differs  in  size,  its  total  length 
being  less  than  half  that  of  L.  parexilis,  in  heavier  varix  within 
the  palatal  portion  of  the  peristome,  and  in  larger,  more  nearly 


piauuruiLi  liLiL 

icai    wiiuri. 

■dumber 

Aperture 

Aperture 

of 

Height 

Diameter 

height 

width 

whorls 

Type 

8.5  mm. 

4.0  mm. 

5.0  mm. 

2.1  mm. 

51/2 

Paratypes 

9.1  mm. 

3.8  mm. 

4.6  mm. 

2.1  mm. 

6 

(no.  3766) 

8.4  mm. 

3.5  mm. 

4.6  mm. 

1.9  mm. 

51/2 

8.8  mm. 

3.7  mm. 

5.0  mm. 

2.2  mm. 

51/2 

8.7  mm. 

4.0  mm. 

5.1  mm. 

2.1  mm. 

5 

8.7  mm. 

3.9  mm. 

5.0  mm. 

2.0  mm. 

51/2 

The  name  "macella"  is  derived  from  the  Greek  word  meaning 
"a  single-pointed  pick-axe,"  and  is  here  applied  in  reference 
to  the  pointed  spire  and  heavy  shell. 

Lymnaea  parexilis,  new  species.     Plate  5,  fig.  K 

Holotype. — Catalogue  number  8805,  Molluscan  Collection,  Uni- 
versity of  Kansas  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Type  and  para- 
types collected  by  A.  B.  Leonard  and  Alice  E.  Leonard. 


42 


THE   NAUTILUS 


[Vol.  66   (2) 


Horizon  and  type  locality. — Blanco  Formation  (Nebraskan 
Age,  Pleistocene).  Nine  miles  south,  7  miles  west  of  Meade 
(SW  1/4  sec.  22,  T.  33  S,  R.  29  W),  Meade  County,  Kansas. 

Diagnosis. — Shell  of  medium  size  for  the  genus,  of  6  (occa- 
sionally 7)  whorls;  slender  in  general  form,  with  acute  spire, 
nearly  flat-sided  whorls,  and  shallowly  impressed  suture;  aper- 
ture elongate,  narrow,  its  length  less  than  that  of  spire ;  palatal 
peristome  thickened  within,  parietal  portion  reflected  over 
columella,  closing  umbilicus. 

Descriptio7i  of  holotype. — Shell  medium  in  size  for  the  genus, 
elongate  spiral  in  form;  whorls  6  in  number,  nearly  flatsided, 
oblique,  gradually  increasing  in  length;  suture  not  deeply  im- 
pressed; spire  attenuate,  acute,  body  whorl  elongate,  only 
slightly  inflated;  aperture  narrowly  ovate,  narrowing  above, 
slightly  produced  below,  length  slightly  less  than  height  of 
spire;  peristome  thickened  within;  palatal  lip  convex,  simple, 
parietal  lip  nearly  straight,  reflected  against  preceding  whorl, 
closing  umbilicus ;  11/2  nuclear  whorls  smooth,  surface  sculpture 
on  succeeding  whorls  of  coarse,  raised,  vertical  growth  striae, 
with  fine,  impressed  wrinkled,  parallel  lines  between  them ;  fine, 
impressed,  spiral  lines  intersect  vertical  lines,  producing  fabric- 
like surface. 

Comparisons. — ^The  shell  of  Lymnaea  parexilis  is  similar  in 
general  form  to  that  of  L.  exilis,  but  is  much  smaller  with  a 
relatively  more  elongate  aperture,  and  more  intricate  sculpture. 
Lymnaea  parexilis  is  slenderer,  generally  smaller,  and  its  whorls 
are  more  nearly   flat-sided  than   those   of   L.   palustris   or  L. 


rejtexa. 

Number 

Aperture 

Aperture 

of 

Height 

Diameter 

height 

width 

whorla 

Type 

18.2  mm. 

5.2  mm. 

8.8  mm. 

3.2  mm. 

6 

Paratypes 

20.3  mm. 

7.7  mm. 

9.4  mm. 

4.5  mm. 

6 

(no.  3786) 

20.0  mm. 

6.4  mm. 

9.2  mm. 

3.7  mm. 

7 

19.0  mm. 

7.0  mm. 

9.1  mm. 

3.2  mm. 

6 

18.2  mm. 

5.2  mm. 

8.8  mm. 

3.2  mm. 

6 

The  name  of  this  species  is  given  because  it  superficially  re- 
sembles Lymnaea  exilis,  to  which  it  seems  to  be  related. 


Plate  5,  figs.  D,  E,  F 
Molluscan    Collection, 
University  of  Kansas  Museum  of  Natural  History.     Type  and 
paratypes  from  type  locality  collected  by  C.  W.  Hibbard. 


Promenetus  blancoensis,  new  species. 
Holotype. — Catalogue    number    8802 


Oct.,  1952] 


THE   NAUTILUS 


43 


Horizon  and  type  locality. — Blanco  Formation  (Nebraskan 
Age,  Pleistocene).  Seventeen  miles  south,  12  miles  west  of 
Meade  (sec.  35,  T.  34  S,  R.  30  W),  Meade  County,  Kansas. 

Diagnosis. — A  small  planorbid  shell,  greater  diameter  slightly 
less  than  4  mm. ;  ultra-dextral,  broadly  umbilicate,  with  3-3^ 
gradually  enlarging  whorls,  all  visible  above  and  below,  aper- 
ture trianguloid,  wider  than  high ;  surface  sculpture  of  fine, 
oblique,  transverse  striae ;  spiral  striae  absent ;  many,  but  not 
all,  shells  irregularly  banded  with  shades  of  tan  and  brown 
(figs.  D,  E.). 

Description  of  holotype. — Shell  small,  planorbid,  ultra-dextral, 
broadly  umbilicate;  spire  sunken,  all  volutions  visible  above  and 
below;  3-')4  whorls,  gradually  increasing  in  size,  slightly  convex 
above,  but  shouldered  near  umbilicus,  flattened  to  slightly  exca- 
vate below,  body  whorl  with  broad,  shallow  excavation  near 
midline  above  and  below,  extending  backward  from  peristome 
for  length  of  one-half  volution;  aperture  trianguloid,  width 
greater  than  height;  peristome  thin,  simple,  terminations  half 
encircling  preceding  whorl,  thin  callus  across  parietal  wall; 
nuclear  whorl  smooth,  remaining  whorls  with  fine,  transversely 
oblique  striae,  giving  the  surface  a  silky  texture;  spiral  striae 
absent,  shell  irregularly  banded  with  shades  of  tan  and  brown. 

Cor)iparisons. — Promenetus  llancoensis  resembles  P.  unihili- 
catellus,  from  which  it  differs  in  its  smaller  size,  lesser  number 
of  whorls  (always  less  than  4),  non-striate  nucleus,  absence  of 
spiral  sculpture,  and  depressed  spire.  If  the  shell  was,  indeed, 
colored  in  life  with  alternate  bands  of  pigment,  as  the  fossil 
shell  strongly  suggests,  this  is  remarkable  since  color  patterns 


aiuuug  piaiiui 

uius   aif    lai 

e. 

Number 

Diameter 

Aperture 

Aperture 

of 

Height 

(greater) 

height 

width 

whorls 

Type 

1.3  mm. 

3.9  mm. 

1.3  mm. 

1.4  mm. 

3% 

Paratypes 

1.1  mm. 

3.9  mm. 

1.0  mm. 

1.5  mm. 

3% 

(no.  3804) 

1.1  mm. 

3.8  mm. 

1.0  mm. 

1.4  mm. 

3% 

1.2  mm. 

3.7  mm. 

1.1  mm. 

1.3  mm. 

31/2 

1.1  mm. 

3.8  mm. 

1.0  mm. 

1.2  mm. 

3% 

The  name  of  this  species  is  derived  from  the  name  of  the 
geological  formation  in  which  it  has  been  found. 

Gyraulus  enaulus,  new  species.    Plate  5,  figs.  G,  H,  I 

Holotype. — Catalogue  number  8803,  MoUuscan  Collection,  Uni- 
versity of  Kansas  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Type  and  para- 
types from  type  locality  collected  by  C.  W.  Hibbard. 


44 


THE   NAUTILUS 


[Vol.  66  (2) 


Horizon  and  type  locality. — Blanco  Formation  (Nebraskan 
Age,  Pleistocene).  Fifteen  miles  east  of  Liberal  (center  W  line, 
sec.  36,  T.  34  S,  R  31  W),  Seward  County,  Kansas. 

Diagnosis. — Shell  of  small  size,  approximately  5  mm.  in  di- 
ameter, planorbid,  ultra-dextral,  with  slightly  less  than  4  whorls, 
rounded  above,  somewhat  flattened  below,  and  rapidly  increas- 
ing in  size ;  aperture  ovate,  oblique ;  periphery  near  base ;  nu- 
clear whorl  smooth  to  granular,  and  remaining  whorls  with 
coarse,  obliquely  transverse  striae ;  no  spiral  striae. 

Description  of  holotype. — Shell  small,  planorbid,  spire  slightly 
depressed,  base  excavate,  without  definite  umbilicus ;  3%  whorls, 
rapidly  increasing  in  size  to  aperture,  rounded  above  to  periph- 
ery near  base,  slightly  convex  to  flattened  below;  first  2  whorls 
of  spire  sunken,  but  all  volutions  visible  above  and  below;  base 
broadly  excavate,  no  distinct  umbilicus;  aperture  elongate- 
oval  ;  wider  than  high,  oblique ;  peristome  thin,  simple,  oblique, 
produced  above,  terminations  connected  by  callus  across  parietal 
wall;  nuclear  whorl  smooth,  remaining  whorls  coarsely  and  ob- 
liquely striate ;  spiral  striations  absent. 

Comparisons. — Similar  in  general  form  to  Gyraulus  lahiatus 
but  smaller,  with  fewer  whorls  and  with  coarse  striae.  Gyraulus 
enaulus  differs  from  G.  similaris  by  its  coarser  striae,  subcari- 
nate  periphery,  and  less  rounded  whorls. 

Number 
Diameter         Aperture       Aperture         of 
Height  (greater)  height  width         -whorls 


Type 

1.4  mm. 

5.4  mm. 

1.4  mm. 

1.7  mm. 

3% 

Paratypes 

1.5  mm. 

5.5  mm. 

1.4  mm. 

1.6  mm. 

3% 

(no.  3798) 

1.4  mm. 

5.6  mm. 

1.2  mm. 

1.6  mm. 

3% 

1.4  mm. 

5.7  mm. 

1.3  mm. 

1.6  mm. 

4 

1.3  mm. 

5.6  mm. 

1.3  mm. 

1.6  mm. 

3% 

The  name  '^ enaulus"  is  from  a  Greek  word  meaning  "a  water 
course,"  and  is  used  here  in  reference  to  the  stream-laid  sedi- 
ments in  which  these  fossils  occur. 

Baker  (1938:  126)  was  the  first  to  study  mollusks  from  sedi- 
ments now  included  in  the  Blanco  Formation.  He  described 
Carychium  perexiguum,  Menetus  kansasensis,  Strohilops  sparsi- 
costa,  and  Vertigo  hihhardi  from  materials  sent  to  him  by  C.  W. 
Hibbard.  Because  the  stratigraphical  relationships  of  the  de- 
posits from  which  the  shells  came  were  not  properly  understood 
at  that  time,  Baker  thought  these  gastropods  were  of  Tertiary 


Oct.,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  45 

Age,  and  commented  that  Carychium  and  Menetus  had  not  pre- 
viously been  reported  from  Tertiary  horizons,  at  least  in  the 
Mississippi  Valley.  At  the  time  that  Franzen  and  Leonard 
(1947:338,  346)  described  Gastrocopta  rexroadensis  and  G. 
paracristata  from  these  sediments,  the  deposits  had  been  placed 
in  a  provisional  time  zone,  the  Blanean  (Elias  et  al.,  1945:  270), 
designed  to  include  beds  and  faunas  younger  than  the  algal 
limestone  (Ogallala  Formation:  Pliocene)  and  older  than  beds 
of  undoubted  Pleistocene  age  (as  understood  at  that  time).  It 
is  now  known  that  the  sediments  in  question  which  include  the 
silts  and  sands  in  the  Blanco  Formation,  and  from  which  a 
total  of  13  species  have  been  described,  making  the  total  known 
molluscan  assemblage  more  than  twice  that  number,  belong  in 
the  Nebraskan  Stage  of  the  Pleistocene.  Carychium  and 
Menetus  have  not  yet,  to  my  knowledge,  been  recovered  from 
undoubted  Tertiary  strata  in  the  Mississippi  Valley. 

References  Cited 

Baker,  Frank  C.  1938.  New  land  and  freshwater  Mollusca 
from  the  upper  Pliocene  of  Kansas  and  a  new  species  of 
Gyraulus  from  early  Pleistocene  strata.  Nautilus,  vol.  51,  no. 
2,  pp.  126-131. 

Franzen,  Dorothea  S.,  and  Leonard,  A.  Byron.  1947.  Fossil 
and  living  Pupillidae  (Gastropoda-Pulmonata)  in  Kansas. 
Univ.  Kansas  Sci.  Bull.,  vol.  30,  pp.  311-411,  pis.  1-12,  fig. 
1,  15  maps,  1  table. 

Frye,  John  C.,  Swineford,  Ada.  and  Leonard,  A.  Byron.  1948. 
Correlation  of  Pleistocene  deposits  of  the  central  Great  Plains 
with  the  glacial  section.  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  56,  pp.  501-525, 
pis.  1-2,  3  figs,  in  text,  2  tables. 

Frye,  John  C,  and  Leonard,  A.  Byron.  1951.  Stratigraphy 
of  the  late  Pleistocene  loesses  of  Kansas.  Jour.  Geol.,  Vol. 
■  59,  no.  4,  pp.  287-304,  2  pis.,  5  figs,  in  text. 

Leonard,  A.  Byron.  1950.  A  Yarmouthian  molluscan  fauna 
in  the  midcontinent  region  of  the  United  States.  Univ. 
Kansas  Paleo.  Contrib.,  Mollusca,  art.  3,  pp.  1-48,  pis.  1-6, 
figs.  1-4. 

Leonard,  A.  Byron.  1951.  Stratigraphic  zonation  of  the  Peoria 
loess  in  Kansas.  Jour.  Geol.,  vol.  59,  no.  4,  pp.  323-332,  1  pi., 
1  fig.  in  text. 

Leonard,  A.  Byron.  1952.  Illinoian  and  Wisconsinan  mol- 
luscan faunas  in  Kansas.  Univ.  Kansas  Paleo  Contrib.,  Mol- 
lusca, Art.  4,  pp.  1-38,  pis.  1-5.  figs,  in  text  1-15. 


46  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (2) 

RAFINESQUE'S  SLUGS 

By   LESLIE   HUBEICHT 

C.  S.  Rafinesque,  in  1820,  Annals  of  Nature,  page  10,  described 
seven  new  species  of  slugs  from  the  eastern  United  States.  Be- 
cause these  descriptions  were  so  poor,  only  two  of  his  names 
have  been  generally  recognized.  After  giving  his  descriptions 
cosniderable  study  it  seems  that  the  other  five  species  can  be 
recognized.  All  of  them  as  synonyms  of  well  known  species. 
The  descriptions  of  these  five  species  were  reprinted  in  Henry 
A.  Pilsbry,  Land  Mollusca  of  North  America,  vol.  II,  part  2, 
page  770. 

69.  Philomycus  quadrilus.  This  is  undoubtedly  P.  carolini- 
anus  (Bosc).  The  ''length  over  half  an  inch"  indicates  a  young 
slug.  The  color  "gray,  back  smooth,  with  four  longitudinal 
rows  of  irregular  black  spots ' '  is  the  characteristic  color  pattern 
of  very  young  carolinianiis.  The  habitat  *'on  the  banks  of  the 
Hudson"  indicates  that  he  was  describing  the  typical  form  of 
the  flood-plains,  rather  than  the  upland  P.  carolinianus  col- 
linus  Hubricht. 

70.  Philomycus  oxyurus.  This  is  Deroceras  laeve  (Miiller). 
The  description  is  a  very  good  one  of  that  species  as  far  as  it 
goes,  and  there  is  no  other  native  species  that  the  description 
would  fit. 

71.  Philomycus  fuscus.  The  length  "one-fourth  of  an  inch" 
indicates  a  very  young  slug.  The  only  native  slug  with  "tail 
compressed,  acute"  is  Deroceras  laeve. 

XVII.  N.  G-.  EuMELus.  This  description  is  that  of  a  sleeping 
(Slug  with  the  mantle  pulled  over  the  head  down  to  the  smaller 
tentacles.  The  ends  of  the  larger  tentacles  projecting  from 
below  the  edge  of  the  mantle,  giving  the  appearance  of  "four 
tentacula  almost  in  one  row  in  front  and  cylindrical,  nearly 
equal,  the  smallest  pair  between  the  larger  ones."  Eumelus 
belongs  in  the  synonymy  of  Philomycus. 

73.  Eumelus  nelulosus.  There  is  less  certainty  about  the 
identity  of  this  species  than  any  of  the  others.  All  that  one 
can  tell  from  the  description  is  that  it  is  a  spotted  slug.  It 
suggests  Philomycus  flexuolaris  (Raf.),  but  the  range  "in  Ohio 
and  Kentucky ' '  is  too  far  west  for  that  species.    It  is  probably 


Oct.,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  47 

Philomycus  carolinianus  (Bosc),  or  an  upland  form  of  that 
species  without  the  two  rows  of  black  spots.  More  knowledge 
of  the  slugs  of  that  region  is  needed  to  identify  this  species 
with  certainty. 

74.  Eumelus  lividus.  There  can  be  no  doubt  about  the 
identity  of  this  species.  Specimens  were  collected  on  west  bluff, 
Frankfort,  Franklin  Co.,  Kentucky,  which  fit  the  description 
perfectly.  The  series  collected  is  quite  variable.  Some  speci- 
mens are  a  uniform  "livid  brown  above,"  others  show  three 
longitudinal  bands  of  a  darker  brown,  others  show  varying 
degrees  of  intergradation  to  Philomycus  carolinianus.  One 
specimen  is  a  uniform  brown  with  two  rows  of  black  spots  along 
the  back.  Such  uniform  brown  slugs  are  found  associated  with 
Philomycus  carolinianus  over  a  wide  range,  from  southern 
Michigan  and  central  New  York  to  western  North  Carolina  and 
eastern  Tennessee.  They  apparently  represent  a  color  phase  in 
which  the  pigment  is  diffused  instead  of  forming  a  definite 
pattern. 


A  BRISTLED   MONADENIA  FROM   CALIFORNIA 

By  EGBERT  R.  TALMADGE 

In  the  early  spring  of  1952,  the  writer  found  several  bleached 
worn  shells  of  a  Monadenia  in  the  loose  talus  on  the  western 
face  of  Ironside  Mountain,  northern  Trinity  County,  California. 
Several  of  the  better  preserved  shells  were  compared  with  a 
series  of  the  local  complex  of  Monadenia  fidelis.  It  was  noted 
that  the  bleached  shells  had  a  much  smaller  and  more  open 
umbilicus  than  the  typical  forms  from  this  general  region. 
Finally  in  April  1952,  living  examples  were  discovered  on  the 
moss  and  in  the  forest  duff  that  accumulated  under  trees  on 
the  more  stable  portions  of  the  talus.  The  living  adults  are 
so  different  from  any  other  of  the  coastal  or  interior  coastal 
forms  that  a  new  species  is  indicated.  Therefore  the  writer 
proposes  the  following  name. 

Monadenia  setosa,  new  species. 

A  medium  sized,  depressed  Monadenia ;  spire,  a  low  even  cone 
of  six  and  one-half  whorls  average,  whorls  rounded  in  adults, 


48  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (2) 

with  a  carina  noted  in  the  juveniles,  but  not  as  acute  as  other 
northwestern  Monadeniae.  The  umbilicus  is  open,  and  averages 
one-tenth  the  major  diameter  of  the  shell,  straight  sided.  Aper- 
ture ovate,  somewhat  depressed  on  the  dorsal  side.  Peristome 
thin  and  hairlike,  recurving  slightly  on  only  a  few  extreme 
adult  specimens.  The  sculpture  consists  of  a  series  of  fine  striae 
crossing  the  whorls  at  an  angle  of  forty-five  degrees.  Perio- 
stractum  dull,  over  entire  surface,  covered  with  small  papillae, 
each  of  which  has  a  short  bristle  protruding  from  the  center. 
The  papillae  and  bristles  are  on  both  the  ventral  and  dorsal  sur- 
faces, only  being  absent  in  the  area  around  the  columella. 
Coloration.  Dorsally  the  snail  is  chestnut,  with  the  sutures 
shaded  into  a  dark  chestnut.  On  the  periphery  there  is  a 
dark  brown  band  about  2  mm.  wide,  below  which  is  a  band 
ranging  from  ochre  to  umber  that  is  also  2  mm.  in  width.  From 
this  lighter  band  and  covering  the  entire  ventral  surface  the 
shell  is  a  dark  brown.  All  shells  have  the  same  pattern  and 
color,  being  remarkably  uniform  for  a  Monadenia. 

The  animal  is  longer  and  more  slender  than  the  animal  of  a 
Monadenia  fidelis  of  like  size,  the  feelers  are  also  longer  and 
more  slender.  Maculations  are  rod  shaped  and  follow  an  even 
pattern  on  the  contour  of  the  animal,  they  are  also  larger  and 
more  pronounced  than  in  a  typical  fidelis.  The  dorsal  line  is 
indistinct  or  absent  in  most  specimens.  The  foot  is  a  dead 
gray,  maculations  a  livid  grayish  purple,  with  the  interspacing 
areas  a  dark  purple  or  black. 

Measurements : 

Max.         Min.  Dia.  of 


umber 

Dia. 

Dia. 

Alt. 

Umb. 

Whorls 

705 

33 

29 

18 

3 

GV2 

Paratype 

706 

35 

30 

20 

3.5 

6% 

Paratype 

707 

33 

29 

19 

3 

61/2 

Paratype 

708 

34 

28 

18 

3.5 

61/2 

Paratype 

709 

33 

28 

16 

3 

6y2 

Paratype 

710 

32 

26 

16 

3 

6y2 

Holotype 

711 

32 

28 

18 

3 

61^ 

Paratype 

712 

30 

26 

16 

3 

eVa 

Paratype 

Holotype  and  Paratypes  in  the  Talmadge  Collection,  at  Wil- 
low Creek,  California.     Paratypes  to  be  deposited  in  the  collec- 


Oct.,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  49 

tion  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  in  San  Francisco, 
and  in  the  collection  of  Allyn  G.  Smith  at  Berkeley,  California. 

Type  Locality :  Swede  Creek,  a  tributary  to  the  Trinity  River, 
northern  Trinity  County,  California. 

Discussion :  Ironside  Mountain,  a  mass  of  Franciscan  schist, 
is  a  broken  ridge-like  peak  that  rises  abruptly  from  the  Trinity 
River.  This  wall-like  peak  is  broken  in  several  places  by  chasm- 
like gorges,  that  contain  small  fast  flowing  streams.  The  slopes 
are  footed  by  talus  slopes,  that  in  places  have  become  stable 
enough  to  support  a  forest  growth.  This  growth  is  the  typical 
oak,  fir  and  pine.  Under  this  forest  growth  the  usual  moss 
and  forest  duff  accumulates  between  and  on  the  rocks.  The 
first  bleached  shells  were  discovered  on  the  deer  trails  that 
crossed  the  talus  slides,  and  much  time  was  spent  working  over 
this  type  of  formation.  The  bleached  shells  gave  no  indication 
of  the  bristles,  so  again  time  was  wasted  looking  for  a  more  or 
less  typical  Monadenia  fidelis.  These  bristles  were  also  the 
cause  of  the  snail  not  being  found  sooner.  Mud,  dust,  and 
spider  webs  as  well  as  bits  of  moss  adhered  to  the  short  whiskers 
to  such  an  extent  that  the  living  snail  resembled  a  pebble  or 
clod.  The  writer  has  noted  this  also  on  some  of  the  local  Vesperi- 
cola  in  the  same  area.  Each  shell  collected  represented  a  care- 
ful foot-by-foot  search  in  the  moss  and  duff  under  the  trees. 

In  color  this  snail  resembles  some  of  the  darker  forms  of 
Monadenia  fidelis,  but  does  not  have  the  variations  of  colors 
found  in  such  a  colon5^  The  dorsal  surface  with  the  papillae 
and  short  bristles  resembles  somewhat  the  Monadenia  infumata, 
but  here  again  the  design  of  the  papillae  is  different  and  covers 
the  entire  shell.  The  design  and  shape  of  the  papillae  as  well 
as  the  habitat  resemble  the  M.  churchi,  but  the  size,  thickness  of 
shell,  and  bristles  separate  it  immediately  from  this  species. 
There  is  no  other  Monadenia  in  northwestern  California  that 
could  be  confused  with  this  snail.  It  is  distinct  and  may  be 
separated  in  the  field  from  any  other  species  on  sight. 

The  name  setosa  is  derived  from  the  Latin  for  bristled  or 
whiskered.  The  writer  wishes  to  thank  the  California  Academy 
of  Sciences  for  the  use  of  their  collection  of  land  mollusks  for 
comparative   work  in  running   down  certain  forms.     He   also 


50 


THE    NAUTILUS 


[Vol.  66    (2) 


wishes  to  thank  Allyn  G.  Smith  of  Berkeley  for  guidance  in 
working  out  the  species. 
Willow  Creek,  California 


LITTORIDINA  TENUIPES  (COUPER) 

By  H.  a.  PILSBEY 

Although  more  than  a  century  has  passed  since  this  species 
was  described,  nothing  material  has  been  added  to  the  original 
observations  of  Couper  and  Haldeman.  The  writer's  attention 
having  been  called  to  this  neglected  species,  it  was  thought  that 
the  publication  of  some  observations  made  over  thirty  years  ago 
may  not  be  considered  out  of  place. ^ 


Ay*-! Ill/ 1  It 


Fig.  1.  L.  tenuipes.  A,  B,  C,  living  animal.  D,  E,  F,  Tracings  of  figures 
of  the  shell. 

While  it  is  still  thought  that  "Amnicola''  tenuipes  belongs 
to  the  mainly  South  American  genus  Littoridina,  yet  the  differ- 
ence in  the  verge  seems  to  call  for  a  subgeneric  distinction. 

Littoridina,  type  L.  guadachaudii  Souleyet  (Ecuador).  Verge 
having  several  short  lateral  appendages  (which  typically  are 
divided  or  papillose  at  their  ends)  along  its  length  on  both  sides; 
tapering  to  a  point  at  the  end. 

1  The  following  notes  and  figures  are  adapted  from  the  MS.  of  an  un- 
published work  on  New  York  mollusks. 


Oct.,    1952]  THE    NAUTILUS  51 

Littoridinops,  n.  subg.,  type  L.  tenuipes  (Couper).  Verge 
having  groups  of  slender,  simple  processes  at  both  ends  only. 
Shell  as  in  Littoridina. 

They  are  oviparous,  thus  differing  from  Lyrodes. 

References  to  L.  tenuipes  follow : 

Amnicola  tenuipes  Couper,  1844,  in  Haldeman's  Monograph  of 
the  Freshwater  Univalve  Mollusca  of  the  United  States,  part 
7,  4th  page  of  cover.  Haldeman,  1845,  same  work,  part  8, 
p.  23,  pi.  1,  figs.  14. 

Bythinella  tenuipes  Couper,  Binney,  1865,  Land  and  Fresh- 
water Shells  of  N.  A.,  Ill,  p.  69  (copied  from  Haldeman). 

The  shell  is  perforate,  oblong-conic,  thin,  very  glossy,  light 
brown  or  yellowish-brown,  composed  of  nearly  5  whorls,  which 
are  much  less  convex  than  usual  in  amnieolid  shells ;  the  upper 
whorls  are  more  convex  than  the  last  two.  The  suture  is  not 
deeply  impressed,  and  often  shows  a  margin  below,  due  to 
transparence.  The  aperture  is  ovate,  angular  above.  Peristome 
thin,  appressed  to  the  preceding  whorl  for  a  considerable  dis- 
tance above  the  umbilicus. 

Length  3.75,  diam.  2  mm. ;  5  whorls. 

Length  4.1,  diam.  2.2  mm. ;  51^  whorls. 

Length  4.3,  diam.  2.1  mm.,  aperture  1.6  mm. ;  5%  whorls. 
Pierpont. 

Distribution :  Lower  Hudson  Valley,  New  York,  to  Florida. 
Type  locality,  Hopeton  (old  name  of  a  plantation  on  the  Alta- 
maha  River  five  miles  above  Darien,  Georgia),  in  rice-field 
ditches. 

L.  tenuipes  differs  from  Fontigens  and  other  amnieolids  of 
the  United  States  by  its  far  less  convex  whorls  and  less  im- 
pressed suture.  The  surface  has  an  oily  luster  when  clean, 
but  it  is  often  incrusted. 

The  foot  is  longer  and  more  slender  than  in  Amnicola  limosa, 
pale  gray,  lighter  in  front  and  near  the  tail;  back  a  little 
darker  gray.  Rostrum  very  dark  gray,  black  in  some  specimens 
when  contracted.  The  tentacles  are  extremely  long,  the  ends 
rather  blunt,  very  pale  gray  with  opaque  white  flecks,  and 
sometimes  a  darker  gray  band  near  the  ends.  The  anterior 
auricles  of  the  foot  are  highly  mobile,  sometimes  stretching  out 
like  tentacles.    Eyes  as  in  Amnicola. 

The  verge  is  attached  in  the  middle  of  the  back.  It  is  long, 
fleshy,  gray,  with  a  group  of  five  long,  white  processes  near  the 


52 


THE   NAUTILUS 


[Vol.   66    (2) 


base  and  about  six  long  and  several  short  ones  near  the  distal 

end. 

The  central  tooth  is  rather  long,  with  two  basal  denticles  on 

each  side,  the  outer  one  smaller.    The  outer  marginal  tooth  has 

414 
a  very  broad  shaft.     Formula  of  denticles  „  „,  7,  20,  18.   The 

denticles  upon  the  outer  marginal  tooth  are  decidedly  larger 
than  in  Fontigens  nickliniana.  In  the  figures  the  lateral  teeth 
are  shown  detached  and  partially  prostrate,  the  cusps  fore- 
shortened. The  radula  figured  is  from  one  of  Haldeman's 
cotypes. 


B  c 

Fig.  2.  L.  tenuipes.  A,  teeth.  B,  end  of  verge  from  below.  C,  head 
with  verge. 

The  animal  is  quite  sprightly,  moving  rapidly  and  often 
whisking  about.  They  crawled  freely  out  of  the  water  on  the 
sides  of  a  dish  in  which  they  were  confined.  They  appear  more 
animated  than  any  other  amnicolid  snail  I  have  kept  alive. 
Females  predominate;  thirty-six  were  examined  before  finding 
the  first  male.  The  lot  kept  alive  was  from  Chester  River, 
Maryland. 

The  description  of  the  shell  is  from  one  of  Haldeman's  speci- 
mens, drawn  in  fig.  1  f.  Most  other  shells  examined  are 
"corneous"  rather  than  light  brown.  Some  of  the  New  York 
specimens  described  below  are  not  wholly  typical,  but  those 
from  Hackensack,  N.  J.,  agree  perfectly  with  the  types  in  shape. 
The  largest  is  scarcely  4  mm.  long.  Everywhere  the  species  is 
dimorphic,  slender  and  stouter  specimens  occurring  together. 
This  is  not  a  sexual  difference  in  the  lot  opened. 

At  Hastings-upon-Hudson  Mr.  Billups  collected  specimens  at 
two  stations  which  differ  from  those  of  other  localities  in  various 
details,  as  follows. 


Oct.,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  53 

L.  tenuipes  large  form.  Fig.  1  d.  The  shell  is  larger  than 
typical  tenuipes,  convexity  of  the  earlier  whorls  conspicuous, 
whorls  more  numerous ;  pale  yellowish  brown  or  corneous  brown. 

Length  5.2,  diam.  2.5  mm.,  length  of  aperture  2  mm. ;  Qyo 
whorls. 

Length  5,  diam.  2.6  mm. ;  6  whorls. 

L.  tenuipes  small  form.  Fig.  1  e.  The  shell  is  decidedly 
smaller  than  tenuipes,  brown,  glossy  with  the  whorls  a  little 
more  convex  and  the  aperture  somewhat  wider  than  in  tenuipes. 
Length  3,  diam.  1.8  mm. ;  5  whorls. 

These  smaller  snails  probably  lived  in  a  bog.  They  have  a 
ferrous  incrustation,  while  the  larger  form  is  almost  clean,  and 
doubtless  came  from  another  station.  They  are  probably  eco- 
logic  varieties. 

Localities  in  the  northern  states  from  which  specimens  have 
been  examined  follow : 

New  York  :  Hastings-upon-Hudson,  "Westchester  Co.  (A.  C. 
Billups).     Piermont,  Rockland  Co.   (Henry  Fowler). 

New  Jersey:  Hackensack  River,  Hackensaek  (A.  H.  Gardner). 

Delaware:  Bohemia  (Haldeman).  Augustina  Park,  in  a 
brackish  ditch   (John  A.  Allen). 

Maryland:  Banks  of  Chester  River,  Queen  Anne  Co.,  op- 
posite Chestertown  (E.  G.  Vanatta).  Chesapeake  Bay  at  Bet- 
terton,  under  stones  at  low  water,  with  Mytilopsis  leucopliaeata 
and  Goniobasis  virginica,  in  slightly  (and  variably)  brackish 
water  (Pilsbry).- 

It  has  also  been  reported,  with  a  mark  of  doubt,  from  small 
lakes  south  of  Mohawk,  N.  Y.  (Lewis,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  1860, 
p.  18),  but  the  identification  was  evidently  erroneous,  as  the 
name  was  omitted  from  later  lists  by  the  same  author.  De- 
Camp's  record  of  tenuipes  from  Michigan  has  been  considered 
an  incorrect  identification  by  later  Michigan  malacologists.  An 
old  (1904)  record  of  tenuipes  var.  from  Eve's  Pond,  Bermuda 
(Nautilus  17:126)  needs  verification. 

In  part  of  the  stations  recorded  above,  the  water  is  more  or 
less  brackish,  at  least  during  part  of  the  year.    In  Maryland  Mr. 

-  The  salinity  was  not  tested  when  the  author  was  there  many  years 
ago,  but  the  blue  crab  was  abundant  (and  delicious!),  and  small  barnacles 
were  seen  on  piles. 


54  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (2) 

Vanatta  found  it  abundant  on  sandy,  grassy  inter-tidal  shores 
of  Chester  River,  where  the  water  is  somewhat  brackish,  living 
on  the  slimy  tidal  debris,  out  of  water  and  exposed  to  the  sun 
at  low  tide.  Some  of  the  South  American  Littoridinas  are  said 
to  live  in  both  fresh  and  brackish  water. 

At  Piermont,  N.  Y.,  Henry  Fowler  found  L.  tenuipes  in  a 
small,  marshy  stream  flowing  into  the  Hudson,  but  in  fresh 
water,  above  tidal  influence,  and  associated  with  Planorhula  and 
purely  fresh  water  crustaceans. 


CHECKLIST  OF  NEW  JERSEY  LAND  SNAILS 

By  EOBEET  C.  ALEXANDEE 

Comparatively  little  study  has  been  made  of  the  land  snails 
of  New  Jersey.  The  few  papers  published  on  the  subject  have 
been  limited  to  records  from  specific  localities  in  the  state  and, 
in  one  instance,  a  county.  I  do  not  know  of  any  publication 
devoted  to  the  land  snails  of  the  entire  state. 

A  striking  feature  of  the  New  Jersey  land  snail  fauna  is  the 
presence  of  typically  northern  species  living  in  association  with 
typically  southern  species.  This  anomalous  combination  of 
species  can  be  explained  by  the  fact  that  New  Jersey  is  located 
on  the  central  part  of  the  Atlantic  coast  where  some  northern 
species  approach  the  southern  limit  of  their  distribution  and 
some  southern  species  reach  the  northern  limit  of  their  dis- 
tribution. Certain  species  belonging  to  these  diverse  elements 
can  be  found  together  only  in  this  state.  Botanists  have  found 
that  this  condition  is  even  more  pronounced  in  the  flora  of  the 
state.  It  is  discussed  at  length  in  "The  Plants  of  Southern 
New  Jersey"  by  Witmer  Stone  (N.  J.  State  Museum  Report  for 
1910,  pt.  2,  pp.  47-99). 

A  line  of  island  beaches,  separated  from  each  other  by  ocean 
inlets  and  from  the  upland  by  broad  salt  marshes  and  a  system 
of  waterways,  extends  along  the  New  Jersey  coast  from  Manas- 
quan  Inlet  south  to  Cape  May  forming  a  barrier  between  the 
ocean  and  the  mainland.  Species  representing  the  northern  and 
southern  faunas  are  generally  found  together  on  these  beaches 
bordering  the  ocean  and  in  isolated  thickets  and  small  wooded 


Oct.,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  55 

areas  in  the  salt  marshes  behind  the  beaches  rather  than  in  the 
interior  of  the  state.  Dr.  Henry  A.  Pilsbry  collected  such 
northern  species  as  Pupilla  muscorum  and  Cionella  liibrica  in 
copses  in  the  salt  marshes  behind  Ventnor,  just  south  of  Atlantic 
City,  in  1911.  "With  them  he  found  Vallonia  perspectiva,  a 
southern  species  never  before  reported  from  New  Jersey  or  any 
other  point  on  the  Atlantic  coastal  plain  (Nautilus  25(3)  :35). 
The  particular  copses  where  these  specimens  were  collected 
were  destroyed  when  the  salt  marshes  here  were  filled  in  and 
leveled  for  building  construction.  The  native  vegetation  and 
animal  life  have  met  a  similar  fate  wherever  a  seashore  resort 
has  been  developed  on  the  barrier  beaches. 

Probably  new  species  of  land  snails  are  to  be  found  in  New 
Jersey  but  trying  to  discover  a  new  species  here  is  like  looking 
for  the  proverbial  needle  in  the  haystack.  To  my  knowledge, 
no  new  species  of  land  snail  has  been  found  in  the  state  since 
Dr.  Pilsbry  discovered  Qiiickella  vagans,  one  of  the  Succineidae, 
at  Cape  May  Point  in  August,  1898  (Nautlius  14(7)  :  74).  Most 
of  the  land  snails  that  have  been  found  in  New  Jersey  are  widely 
distributed  outside  of  the  state.  Consequently,  even  when  a 
species  is  found  that  is  a  new  record  for  the  state,  almost  cer- 
tainly the  species  will  not  be  new  to  science.  It  will  be  a  species 
that  has  already  been  discovered  somewhere  else.  Collectors 
whose  purpose  is  the  discovery  of  new  species  can  do  their 
collecting  in  many  other  states  with  the  assurance  that  their 
chance  of  success  will  be  far  better  than  it  would  be  in  New 
Jersey. 

Seventy-four  species  and  subspecies  of  land  snails,  native  and 
introduced,  are  listed  in  the  checklist.  This  is  considerably 
less  than  the  number  of  species  and  subspecies  collected  in  the 
six  states  tabulated  below  in  which  comprehensive  studies  have 
been  undertaken. 


State 

Species 

Authority 

Date 

Alabama 

185 

Walker 

1928 

Illinois 

122 

F.  C.  Baker 

1939 

Indiana 

100 

Daniels 

1915 

Michigan 

103 

Winslow 

1926 

Ohio 

105 

Sterki 

1907 

Pennsylvania 

102 

Brooks 

1931 

56  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (2) 

This  discrepancy  in  number  of  different  species  can  be  at- 
tributed in  part  to  the  relatively  small  amount  of  collecting 
that  has  been  done  in  New  Jersey  compared  to  that  done  in 
these  other  states.  The  land  snail  collection  at  the  Academy 
of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  which  served  as  the  basis 
for  this  checklist,  contained  very  few  records  from  Essex,  Hud- 
son, Hunterdon,  Middlesex,  Monmouth,  Ocean,  Salem,  and 
Somerset  Counties,  and  no  records  at  all  from  Passaic  and  Union 
Counties.  Obviously,  this  is  due  to  the  incompleteness  of  the 
collection  rather  than  to  the  fact  that  few  or  no  snails  inhabit 
these  counties.  However,  even  with  a  great  deal  more  collecting, 
the  number  of  different  species  of  land  snails  found  in  New 
Jersey  probably  would  not  equal  the  totals  from  these  other 
states  where  conditions  are,  on  the  whole,  more  favorable  for 
their  existence. 

The  checklist  gives  the  distribution  of  species  and  subspecies 
in  New  Jersey  by  counties.  The  land  snail  Triodopsis  alboldbris 
maritima,  a  sand  dune  form  no  longer  regarded  as  a  valid  sub- 
species by  Dr.  Pilsbry  (Land  MoUusca  of  North  America,  vol. 
1,  pt,  2,  p.  835),  has  been  retained  in  the  checklist  as  a  matter 
of  record.  Introduced  species  in  the  checklist  include :  Cecili- 
oides  aperta,  Oxychilus  cellarium,  Oxychilus  draparnaldi,  Oxy- 
cJiilus  alliarium,  Triodopsis  fosteri,  and  Cepaea  nemoralis.  Val- 
lonia,  pulckella,  Vallonia  excentrica,  and  Vallonia  costata  are 
indigenous  both  to  Europe  and  North  America.  Specimens  of 
these  species  of  Vallonia  collected  in  New  Jersey  are  presumably 
native  unless  there  is  evidence  to  the  contrary. 

Information  about  the  slugs  inhabiting  New  Jersey  is  inade- 
quate for  a  detailed  report  on  their  distribution,  so  they  have 
been  omitted  from  the  checklist.  However,  the  following  species 
and  subspecies  appear  to  be  fairly  common  and  widespread  in 
the  state :  Limax  maximus,  Limax  flavus,  Deroceras  reticulatum, 
Deroceras  laeve,  Philomycus  carolinianus  and  Philomycus  caro- 
linianus  flexuolaris.  The  first  three  are  of  European  origin; 
Deroceras  laeve  is  considered  to  be  indigenous  both  to  Europe 
and  North  America;  and  the  last  two  are  native  to  North 
America. 

All  species  and  subspecies  included  in  the  checklist  are  de- 
scribed and  illustrated  in  ''Land  Mollusea  of  North  America" 


Oct.,  1952] 


THE   NAUTILUS 


57 


Distribution  for  New  Jersey  by  Counties 


Counties 


Cepaea  nemoralis 
Stenotrema  hirsutum 
Stenotrema  fraternum 
Me3  0don  thyroldus 
Triodopsis  tridentata 
T.  tridentata  juxtldens 
Triodopsis  fallax 
Triodopsis  notata 
Triodopsis  fosterl 
Triodopsis  albolabrls 
T.  albolabrls  maritima 
Cecilioides  aperta 
Haplotrema  concavum 
Euconulus  fulvus 
Euconulus  Cher sinus 
Guppya  sterkil 
Oxychilus  cellarlum 
Oxychilus  draparnaldl 
Oxychilus  alliarium 
Retinella  electrlna 
Retlnella  burringtoni 
Retinella  rhoadsl 
Retinella  indentata 
Mesomphlx  inornatus 
Mesomphlx  cupreus 
Hawaila  minuscula 
H.  minuscula  alachuana 
Ventridens  suppressus 
Ventridens  ligera 
Zonitoldes  arboreus 
Striatura  exigua 
Strlatura  meridlonalls 
Striatura  milixim 
Angulsplra  altemata 
A.  altemata  fergusoni 
Discus  cronkhitei 
D.  c  catskillensls 
Helicodiscus  parallelus 
Hellcodiscus  slngleyanus 
H.  slngleyanus  inermis 
Punctiim  mlnutisslmum 
Pxmctujn  vltreum 
Oxyloma  decampi  gouldl 
Oxyloma  effusa 
Oxyloma  effusa  subeffusa 


•p  a 


as  u 


o      o  a 

•d  01  4-> 

a  ^^  f^  a>  :i 


01  H 


(X  B  m  o  "d 
cs  3  w  i-t  :3 


u  '^ 


a 

-  o 

U  <S)  m  r^  G  m  fi 
o  al  cd  o  S  d 


<:mmooowoa:;Essaaoa,cococo!35E 


X 

XX                              XX 

X 

XX          X                  XX 

X  X 

X 

xx 

XXX 

XXX       XXX      X       X      X 

X 

X 

XXX                                      X 

X 

X              X              XXX 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

XX 

X 

X  X  XX          XXX 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X                          X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X                  X 

X 

X      X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X  . 

XX 

X 

X      X 

X  . 

X 

X      X 

X                  X      ^ 

X 

X                              XX 

X 

X  . 

^x 

X      X 

X-X              XX 

X 

X      X 

X 

X  : 

(X 

X      X 

~                                      XX 

] 

<. 

X  : 

(X 

i     2L 

2L                            X      i. 

X  : 

ex 

X 

XX 

X  J 

(X 

X      X 

XX  iX  X          X  i     X 

X 

X 

X  3 

ex 

X 

X                          X 

X 

X  } 

ex 

XX                  XX 

X 

X  ) 

c 

X  ) 

c 

X               XX 

X 

X      X 

X 

X  y 

:x 

X      X 

X          XX              i     X 

y 

X 

X  J 

X 

X  > 

.X 

X      X 

X      X 

> 

X      X 

X  y, 

X                          X 

y 

X  y, 

JZ 

58 


THE    NAUTILUS 


[Vol.  66  (2) 


Counties 


Succlnea  ovalia 
Succinea  aurea 
Succlnea  avara 
Quickella  vagans 
Strobilops  labyrinthica 
Strobilops  affinls 
Strobilops  aenea 
Gastrocopta  armifera 
Gastrocopta  contracta 
Gastrocopta  pentodon 
Gastrocopta  tappaniana 
Gastrocopta  corticaria 
G.  pellucida  hordeacella 
Pupoides  albilabris 
Pupilla  muscorum 
Vertigo  milium 
Vertigo  morsel 
Vertigo  ovata 
Vertigo  pygmaea 
Vertigo  tridentata 
Vertigo  gouldl 
Columella  edentula 
Vallonia  pulchella 
Vallonia  excentrlca 
Vallonia  costata 
Vallonia  perspectlva 
Clonella  lubrica 
Carychi\un  exiguum 
Carychium  exile 


0 
o 

-p 

bO 

©  T^ 
bO<-H 


cSiH 


'    S  01   O  TJ 


Oi  S  01 
cd  3  M 


o 
ti  u  u 

0  (D    (P  rH 

01  -P    O  "d 

0)  -H 


01  +» 


a  ^ 

o  o 


o  o 

•H  01  K 

c  a  Q  u  o  c 

CO  m  o  <D  n  o 

<D   0)  1-1  S  01  vH 

o  <xi  rt  o  :J  C 


«aj«  m 

o 

OO  W  O  K  tC 

3 

s 

s 

a  o  fu  CO  CO  lyj 

t> 

^ 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

J^ 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

by  Dr.  Pilsbry,  which  also  gives  numerous  locality  records  for 
New  Jersej'.  The  nomenclature  and  systematic  arrangement  of 
species  used  in  that  work  have  been  followed  here. 


Bibliography 

Alexander,  Robert  C.     1947.    Report  on  the  land  mollusks  of 

Cape  May,  N.  J.     Nautilus  60(3)  :  97-100  and  61(1)  :  4-6. 
.     1952.     Introduced  species  of  land  snails  in  New  Jersey. 

Nautilus  65(4):  132. 
Fox,  William  J.    1891.    List  of  mollusca  of  Gloucester  County, 

N.  J.    Nautilus  4(10)  :  113-115. 
Marshall,   William  B.     1892.     Littoral  land   shells  of  New 

Jersey.    Nautilus  6(2)  :  19. 
Pilsbry,  Henry  A.     1892.     Littoral  land  shells  of  New  Jersey. 

Nautilus  5(12)  :  141-142. 


Oct.,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  59 

.     1900.    Land  snails  of  Cape  May,  New  Jersey.    Nautilus 


14(7)  :  73-75. 

1911.      Land    shells    of    Atlantic    City,    New    Jersey, 


Nautilus  25(3)  :  34-35. 

Kapp,  William  F.,  Jr.,  and  Janet  L.  C.  Rapp.  1945.  Ecologi- 
cal notes  on  the  Gastropoda  of  the  Great  Swamp  (New  Jersey) . 
Nautilus  58(4)  :  124-125. 

ToBLEMAN,  Fred.  1919.  Collecting  in  the  vicinity  of  Newark, 
New  Jersey.    Nautilus  33(2)  :  59-61. 

Vanatta,  E.  G.  1919.  Land  shells  of  Laurel  Springs,  New 
Jersey.     Nautilus  33(2)  :  67-68. 

.     1926.     Land  shells  from   around  Foul  Rift,   Delaware 

River  (and  Scott's  Mountain,  Warren  County,  N.  J.).  Naut- 
ilus 40(2):  47-48. 


THE  PUBLICATION   DATES  OF  KOBELT'S 
"ILLUSTRIERTES  CONCHYLIENBUCH" 

By  HARALD  a.  REHDER * 

In  publishing  his  "  Illustriertes  Conchylienbuch, "  W.  Kobelt 
hoped  to  place  into  the  hands  of  the  average  collector  an  illus- 
strated  handbook  that  would  give  him  a  guide  to  arranging  his 
collection,  as  well  as  an  aid  in  identifying  the  commoner  shells 
in  his  possession.  He  also  intended  it  to  be  of  use  to  the  more 
serious  student  by  including,  with  brief  descriptions,  all  the  im- 
portant genera  and  subgenera  of  mollusks,  which  he  illustrated 
by  depicting  on  112  plates  2,354  species,  all  the  very  good  figures 
being  drawn  by  his  own  hand.  Besides  those  species  figured 
others  are  mentioned  and  briefly  diagnosed  in  the  text. 

The  principal  importance  of  Kobelt 's  work  today  lies  in  the 
fact  that  he  cited  types  for  many,  though  not  all,  of  the  genera 
and  subgenera  mentioned  in  his  handbook.  These  type  designa- 
tions have  commonly  been  overlooked  and  many  of  them  antedate 
those  of  Cossmann,  Harris,  and  others. 

Neither  of  the  two  volumes  into  which  this  work  is  divided 
bears  a  date  on  the  titlepage.  In  fact,  the  only  date  given 
anywhere  is  that  of  the  introduction,  where  March  1878  is  cited. 
Because  of  its  importance  as  a  source  of  type  designations,  it 
is  necessary  to  establish  the  publication  dates  of  the  different 

*  Published  by  permission  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 


60  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (2) 

parts  of  this  work.  These  dates,  as  far  as  I  have  been  able  to 
discover,  are  those  given  in  the  following  table.  Most  of  this 
information  was  obtained  from  the  pages  of  the  Nachrichtsblatt 
der  Deutschen  Malakozoologischen  Gesellschaft.  The  last  column 
lists  the  monthly  number  of  the  Nachrichtsblatt  in  which  the 
part  was  reviewed  (usually  only  briefly  noted). 


Part 

Pages 

Plates 
Volume  1 

Date 

Reviewed 

1 

1-40 

1-10 

1876 

Nov.  1876  1 

2 

41-64 

11-20 

1877 

Nov.-Dec.  1877  ^ 

3 

65-88 

21-30 

1878 

Feb  .-March  1878 

4 

89-104 

31-40 

1878 

May  1878 

5 

I-XVI,  105-144 

41-50 

Volume  2 

1878 

May  1878 

6 

145-176 

51-60 

1879 

June-July  1879 

7-8 

177-264 

61-80 

1879  3 

9 

265-312 

81-90 

1880 

Sept.-Oct.  1880 

10 

313-344 

91-100 

1881 

April  1881 

11 

345-392 

101-112 

1881 

Oct.  1881  * 

A  PRELIMINARY  LIST  OF  THE  MOLLUSCA  OF 
HANOVER  COUNTY,  VIRGINIA 

By   JOHN   BAYARD    BURCH 
Randolph-Macon  College 

Hanover  County,  situated  just  east  of  the  center  of  Virginia, 
has  an  area  of  471  square  miles.  Its  extreme  length  from  east 
to  west  is  approximately  37  miles,  12  miles  of  which  lie  within 
the  Piedmont  Plateau.  The  county  comprises  two  main  physio- 
graphic divisions :  the  Piedmont  Plateau  in  the  western  half, 
and  the  Coastal  Plain  in  the  eastern.  The  Coastal  Plain  division 
has  an  altitude  of  about  250  feet  on  the  west  and  175  feet  on  the 
east.  The  Piedmont  Plateau  division  slopes  slightly  from  east 
to  west,  having  a  drop  of  50  to  100  feet  in  elevation.     Hanover 

1  Noted  as  received  by  library  of  society  in  issue  of  Jan.  1877. 

2  Noted  as  received  by  library  of  society  in  issue  of  August  1877. 

3  Date  obtained  from  Zoological  Record  for  1879. 

4  Publisher 's  announcement  of  completion  and  availability  of  work  in 
issue  of  June  1881. 


Oct.,    1952]  THE    NAUTILUS  61 

County  is  well  drained  by  the  North  Anna,  Little,  New  Found, 
Pamunkey,  Chiekahominy,  and  South  Anna  Rivers.  Seven  soil 
types  are  represented  by  the  collections,  the  most  common  being 
Meadow,  Norfolk  Sandy  Loam,  and  Leonardtown  Loam. 

Very  little  has  been  published  on  the  molluscan  fauna  of 
Virginia  and  only  one  species  of  mollusk  has  been  recorded  in 
the  literature  from  Hanover  County,  this  being  Helisoma  anceps 
(Menke),  a  fresh-water  gastropod,  reported  by  F.  C.  Baker 
in  1945  in  his  monograph  Molluscan  Family  Planorhidae.  Dr. 
Henry  A.  Pilsbry  does  not  mention  Hanover  County  in  his 
monumental  Land  Mollusca  of  North  America. 

The  Mollusca  are  represented  in  Hanover  County  by  the 
Classes  Gastropoda  (snails,  slugs,  and  limpets)  and  Pelecypoda 
(mussels  and  pillclams),  each  of  which  is  represented  by  two 
orders.  Since  January,  1951  fifty  collections  from  twenty-two 
localities  have  been  made.  Forty-four  species  and  subspecies 
representing  seventeen  families  have  been  determined. 

The  occurrence  of  moUusks  in  this  county  seems  to  depend 
not  on  type  of  soil  or  elevation  but  on  access  to  calcium-bearing 
compounds,  moisture,  and  cover. 

Systematic  Catalogue  of  Species 
Class  Gastropoda 

1.  FAMILY  VIVIPARIDAE 

Campeloyna  decisum  (SajO  132  specimens  from  4  stations 

2.  FAMILY  PLEUROCERIDAE 
Ceriphasia  virginica  (Gmelin)  233,  3  stations 

3.  FAMILY  PLANORBIDAE 
Helisoma  anceps  (Menke)  62,  3  stations 
Gyraulus  hirsutiis  (Gould)  78,  4  stations 

4.  FAMILY  LYMNAEIDAE 
Pseudosuccinea  colufnella  (Say)  74,  3  stations 

5.  FAMILY  ANCYLIDAE 

Ferrissia  kirklandi  (Walker)  ^  26,  1  station 
Ferrissia  shimekii  (Pilsbry)  -  10,  2  stations 

6.  FAMILY  PHYSIDAE 

Physa  heterostrophia  (Say)  31,  5  stations 
Physa  Integra  (Haldeman)  37,  3  stations 

1  First  report  of  occurrence  in  Virginia,  except  manuscript  of  Dr.  P.  R, 
Burch. 

2  First  report  of  occurrence  in  Virginia. 


62  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (2) 

7.  FAMILY  PUPILLIDAE 

Gastrocopta  armifera  (Say)  52,  1  station 

Gastrocopta  contract  a  (Say)  2,  1  station 

Gastrocopta  procera  mcclungi  (Hanna  and  Johnson)  4,  1  station 

Pupoides  albilahris  (Adams)  2,  1  station 

Vertigo  ovata  (Say)  3,  1  station 

8.  FAMILY  ENDODONTIDAE 

Anguispira  alternata  angulata  (Ferussac)  7,  3  stations 
Helicodiscus  parallelus  (Say)  61,  8  stations 

9.  FAMILY  VALLONIIDAE 
Vallonia  excentrica  (Sterki)  17,  1  station 

10.  FAMILY  PHILOMYCIDAE 
Philomycus  caroUnianus  (Bosc)  23,  5  stations 

11.  FAMILY  LIMACIDAE 
Deroceras  laeve  (Miiller)  21,  2  stations 
Limax  margmatus  (Miiller)  12,  2  stations 
Milax  gagates  (Draparnaud)  8,  1  station 

12.  FAMILY  ZONITIDAE 
Euconulus  chersiniis  (Say)  4,  2  stations 
Euconulus  fulvus  (Miiller)  7,  1  station 
Hawaiia  minuscula  (Binney)  11,  2  stations 
Retinella  indentata  (Say)  20,  4  stations 

Retinella  indentata  paucilirata  (Morelet)  24,  6  stations 

Striatura  milium  (Morse)  2,  1  station 

Ventridens  ligera  (Say)  5,  3  stations 

Ventridens  gularis  theloides   (Pilsbry)  ^  62,  6  stations 

Zonitoides  arhoresus  (Sav)  148,  9  stations 

13.  FAMILY  STROBILOPSIDAE 
Strohilops  aenea  (Pilsbry)  18,  2  stations 
Strohilops  lahrynthica  (Say)  8,  2  stations 

14.  FAMILY  HAPLOTREMATIDAE 
Haplotrema  concavum  (Say)  17,  6  stations 

15.  FAMILY  POLYGYRIDAE 
Mesodon  thyroidus  (Say)  37,  6  stations 
Stenotrema  hirsutum  (Say)  9,  4  stations 
Triodopsis  alholahris  (Say)  26,  4  stations 
Triodopsis  fallax  (Say)  181,  5  stations 

Triodopsis  tridentata  juxtidens  (Pilsbry)  13,  4  stations 

Class  Pelecypoda 

16.  FAMILY  SPHAERIIDAE 
Musculium  rosaceum   (Prime)  ^  133,  stations 
Pisidium  strengi  (Sterki)  15,  1  station 

3  I  was  unable  to  find  Ventridens  cerinoides,  the  Coastal  Plain  form,  or 
F.  suppressus,  the  Piedmont  form,  but  only  the  intermediate  V.  gnlaris 
theloides. 


Oct.,    1952]  THE    NAUTILUS  63 

Pisidium  virginicum  (Gmelin)  39,  2  stations 
Sphaermm  simile  (Say)  17,  2  stations 

17.  FAMILY  UNIONIDAE 
Elliptio  complanaius  (Dill-wyn)  37,  3  stations 
Elliptio  fisherianiis  (Lea)  9,  3  stations 

Bibliography 

Baker,  Frank  Collins,  1928 :  The  fresh  water  mollusca  of  Wis- 
consin, pts.  1  and  2,  Wis.  Acad.  Sci.,  Arts  and  Letters,  1002  pp. 

,  1939:  Fieldbook  of  Illinois  land  snails,  Manual  2,  Nat. 

Hist.  Surv.  Div.  Dept.  Regs,  and  Ed.,  Illinois,  166  pp. 
-,  1945 :  Molluscan  Family  Planorbidae,  Univ.  Chicago  Press. 


PiLSBRY,  Henry  A.,  1939-48 :  Land  mollusca  of  North  America, 
etc.,  vols.  1  and  2,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  2006  pp.  plus  xxvi. 


A  STUDY  OF  LAMARCK'S  TYPES  OF  UNIONIDAE 
AND  MUTELIDAE 

By  EICHARD  I.  JOHNSON 

With  one  exception,  all  the  Unionidae  and  Mutelidae  described 
by  Lamarck  are  to  be  found  in  his  famous  Histoire  Naturelle 
des  Animaux  sans  Vertebres.  In  Lamarck's  time  there  was  no 
ban  upon  a  curator  having  a  private  cabinet ;  hence  we  find 
Lamarck  referring  to  his  own  collection  and  that  of  the  Paris 
Museum.  Upon  the  death  of  Lamarck,  his  private  collection 
was  sold  to  Prince  Massena.  It  was  later  purchased  by  Baron 
B.  Delessert  who  illustrated  many  of  the  types  in  a  sumptuous 
publication.  Later  the  Delessert  collection  became  the  property 
of  the  Musee  d 'Histoire  Naturelle  de  Geneve  where  it  is  still 
located.  The  remainder  of  the  material  on  which  Lamarck 
worked  is,  for  the  most  part,  in  the  Musee  National  d 'Histoire 
Naturelle  in  Paris.  Some  few  species  were  described  from  speci- 
mens in  other  cabinets. 

In  both  museums,  Lamarck's  collection  is  kept  separate  from 
the  main  collection,  thus  facilitating  its  study.  The  specimens 
are  mounted  on  cardboard  plaques,  generally  with  Lamarck's 
original  label  on  the  back.  An  example  of  the  type  of  mount 
can  be  seen  in  Archives  du  Museum  National  d 'Histoire  Natu- 
relle [Paris]   1930,  Series  6,  6,  Plate  following  p.  62. 


64  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (2) 

Most  of  the  species  are  known  only  from  a  single  example. 
Where  there  were  paratypes,  these  have  been  noted.  In  some 
cases  there  are  examples  in  both  museums.  Lamarck  sometimes 
refers  to  figures  in  the  Encyclopedic  Methodique  of  Bruguiere 
but  in  none  of  the  observed  cases  was  his  specimen  the  one 
figured  in  this  work. 

My  thanks  are  due  to  Drs.  G.  Mermod  in  Geneva  and  Dr. 
G.  Ranson  in  Paris  who  have  shown  me  every  kindness  and  aid 
in  repeated  visits  to  their  institutions  to  ascertain  the  where- 
abouts of  the  various  types.  Dr.  Mermod  has  begun  a  careful 
illustrated  study  of  the  Lamarck  types  in  the  Musee  de 
Geneve,  and  we  hope  that  this  study  will  help  him  as  well  as 
others  who  are  interested  in  Lamarck's  types.  Finally  thanks 
are  extended  to  Mr.  W.  J.  Clench  of  the  Museum  of  Compara- 
tive Zoology  for  his  ever  willing  aid  and  suggestions. 

Literature  Cited 

Delessert,  B.  1841.  Recueil  de  Coquilles  Decrites  par  La- 
marck dans  son  Histoire  Naturelle  des  Animaux  sans  Vertebres 
et  non  encore  Figurees,  Paris. 

Encyclopedic  Methodique  :  Bruguiere.  1797.  Histoire  Naturelle 
des  Vers,  Coquilles,  Mollusques  et  Polypiers,  2,  Livr.  2 
[Plates],  Paris. 

Lamarck,  J.  B.  P.  M.  de.  1801.  [An.  IX]  Sj-steme  des  Animaux 
sans  Vertebres,  Paris. 

.     1819,  Histoire  Naturelle  des  Animaux  sans  Vertebres, 

6,  Part  1,  Paris. 

Simpson,  C.  T.  1914.  A  Descriptive  Catalogue  of  the  Naiades, 
or  Pearly  Fresh-water  Mussels.  Parts  I-III,  pp.  11,  1950, 
Bryant  Walker,  Detroit,  Michigan. 

The  Unionidae  and  Mutelidae  described  by  Lamarck,  including 
their  present  synonymy. 

angiista,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  80,  No.  42   (Habite 

.  .  .).    Holotype  in  the  Paris  Museum.    Consists  of  one  valve. 

Length  61  mm.    Is  Unio  pictorum  L. 
anodontina,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  80,  No.  47  (Habite 

dans  la  Virginie).    Holotype  in  the  Geneva  Museum.    Length 

60  mm.     Is  LameUidens  marginalis  Lamarck. 


Oct.,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  65 

australis,  Vnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  80,  No.  46  (Habite 
a  la  Nouvelle  Hollande  [rapporte  par  Perouse  et  Lesueur]). 
Holotype  in  the  Paris  Museum.  Length  55  mm. ;  also  one 
Paratype.  Length  48  mm.  Is  Hyridunio  australis  Lamarck, 
see  Iredale,  1934,  Australian  Zoologist  8,  Pt.  1,  p.  69. 

avicularis,  Hyria:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  83,  No.  1  (Habite 
.  .  .)  1841,  Delessert,  Rec.  Coq.  pi.  12,  fig.  6.  Figured  holotype 
in  the  Geneva  Museum.  Length  110  mm.  Is  Prisodon  oMiquus 
Schumacher. 

brevialis,  Vnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  73,  No.  14  (Habite 
a  L'Isle  de  France,  M.  Mathieu,  Cabinet  de  M.  Valenciennes). 
Holotype  in  the  Paris  Museum.  Consists  of  one  valve.  Length 
63  mm.    Is  Vnio  litt oralis  Lamarck. 

carinifera,  Vnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  74,  No.  16  (Habite 
la  riviere  Hudson  de  I'etat  de  New-  York,  Cabinet  de  M. 
Valenciennes).  Holotype  in  the  Paris  Museum.  Length  52 
mm.     Is  Elliptio  complanatus  Solander. 

clava,  Vnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  74,  No.  78  (Habite  dans 
le  lac  Erie,  Michaud  fils).  Should  be  in  the  Paris  Museum, 
but  could  not  be  located.  Is  Pleurohema  clava  Lamarck,  see 
Ortmann  and  Walker,  1922,  Occ.  Papers,  Mus.  Zool.  Univ.  of 
Michigan,  No.  112,  p.  25. 

coarctata,  Vnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  73,  No.  11  (Habite  la 
riviere  d 'Hudson,  Cabinet  de  M.  Valenciennes).  1  Cotype  in 
the  Paris  Museum.  Length  88  mm.  One  Cotype  in  the 
Geneva  Museum.  Length  78  mm.  Lamarck  gives  no  measure- 
ments in  the  original  description.  Is  Elliptio  complanatus 
Solander. 

corrugata,  Hyria:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  82,  No.  2  (Habite 
.  .  .).  Lamarck  refers  to  Ency.  Method.  1797,  pi.  247,  fig. 
2,  a,  b.  Type  in  the  Geneva  Museum.  Length  70  mm.  La- 
marck gives  no  measurements  in  the  original  description.  Is 
Hyria  corrugata  Lamarck. 

crassidens,  Vnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  71,  No.  3  (Habite 
I'Amerique  septentrionale,  dans  le  Mississippi,  I'Ohio,  et 
plusieurs  lacs).  Lamarck  describes  three  shells  and  gives  a 
measurement  of  105  mm.  for  the  type.  This  specimen  could 
not  be  located.  A  polished  specimen  of  lot  (a)  is  in  the 
Geneva  Museum.    It  is  from  Mississippi.    Lot  (b)  from  Lake 


66  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (2) 

Erie  consists  of  one  specimen  measuring  66  mm.  in  length  in 
the  Paris  Museum,  and  one  in  the  Geneva  Museum  measuring 
77  mm.  Lot  (c)  could  not  be  located.  Is  Elliptio  crassidens 
Lamarck,  see  Ortmann  and  Walker,  1922,  Occ.  Papers,  Mus. 
Zool.  Univ.  of  Michigan,  No.  112,  p.  27. 

crispata,  Anodonta:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  86,  No.  7  (Habite 
.  .  .  les  regions  australes?  Du  voyage  de  Baudin).  Lamarck 
refers  to  Ency.  Method.  1797,  pi.  203,  fig.  3,  a,  b.  Holotype 
in  the  Geneva  Museum.  Length  51  mm.  There  is  also  a 
smaller  paratype.  There  is  another  small  paratype  in  the 
Paris  Museum.    Is  Glabaris  crispatus  Bruguiere. 

delodonta,  JJnio:  1819,  An,  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  77,  No.  29  (Habite 
.  .  .).  1841,  Delessert,  Rec.  Coq.  pi.  12,  fig,  7.  The  figured 
type  is  in  the  Geneva  Museum,  It  measures  80  mm.  in  length. 
Lamarck  gives  the  measurement  as  76  mm.  in  the  original 
description.  Is  Diplodon  lacteolus  Lea,  see  Simpson  1914,  Des. 
Cat.  Naiades  3,  p.  1227. 

depressa,  TJnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6;  p.  79,  No.  38  (Habite 
dans  les  rivieres  de  la  Nouvelle  Hollande),  1841,  Delessert, 
Rec.  Coq.  pi.  12,  fig.  5,  Two  paratypes  in  the  Geneva  Museum. 
The  largest,  measuring  38  mm.,  was  figured  by  Delessert. 
The  holotype  Lamarck  refers  to  as  measuring  52  mm.  in  length 
is  in  the  Paris  Museum.  In  the  Paris  Museum  is  also  a  plaque 
on  which  are  glued  three  additional  specimens.  All  are  larger 
than  the  specimen  figured  by  Delessert,  Is  Bugoshyria  de- 
pressa Lamarck,  see  Iredale,  1934,  Australian  Zoologist  8,  pt. 
1,  p,  70. 

elongata,  TJnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  70,  No.  2  (Habite  dans 
les  rivieres  de  I'Angleterre,  et  probablement  du  nord  de 
I'Europe).  Two  cotypes  in  the  Paris  Museum.  Lamarck  gives 
no  measurements.  The  largest  specimen  measures  133  mm. 
in  length.    Is  Margaritana  margaritifera  Linn. 

exotica,  Anodonta:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  71,  No.  12  (Habite 
.  ,  ,  les  rivieres  de  I'lnde?),  1841,  Delessert,  Rec.  Coq.  pi.  13, 
fig.  1.  Holotype  in  the  Geneva  Museum.  Length  148  mm. 
Delessert 's  figure  is  somewhat  reduced.  One  paratype  in  the 
Paris  Museum  with  the  label,  "de  I'Amerique  du  Sud  achete 
de   la   vente   de   M.   Faujas   St.    Frond."     It   measures    150 


Oct.,    1952]  THE  NAUTILUS  67 

mm.  in  length.  Is  Anodontites  trapesialis  var.  exotica  La- 
marck. 

exotica,  Iridina:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  89,  No.  1  (Habite 
.  .  .  les  rivieres  des  elimats  chauds).  Lamarck  refers  to 
Ency.  Method.  1797,  pi.  204,  fig.  1,  a,  b.  Holotype  is  in  the 
Geneva  Museum.  Length  138  mm.  Is  Iridina  exotica  La- 
marck. 

fragilis,  Anodonta:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  85,  No.  4  (Habite 
les  Lacs  de  Terre-Neuve,  M.  Lapylaie),  1841,  Delessert,  Rec. 
Coq.  pi.  13,  fig.  2.  Figured  holotype  in  the  Geneva  Museum. 
Length  68  mm.  There  is  also  a  single  valve  of  a  smaller 
specimen.  There  are  two  additional  paratypes  in  the  Paris 
Museum.  Is  a  valid  species  and  not  a  synonym  of  Anodonta 
marginata  Say. 

{To  he  continued) 


EIGHTEENTH   ANNUAL   MEETING   OF   THE 
AMERICAN   MALACOLOGICAL   UNION 

On  August  twentieth,  1952,  eighty  members  and  guests  of  the 
American  Malacological  Union  gathered  at  the  Museum  of  Com- 
parative Zoology  in  Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  the  occasion  be- 
ing the  eighteenth  annual  meeting  of  the  organization.  It  was 
the  largest  group  ever  to  assemble  for  this  yearly  event,  a  fact 
which  bears  testimony  to  the  ever-mounting  public  interest  in 
malacology. 

Mr.  William  J.  Clench,  curator  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative 
Zoology,  and  Miss  Ruth  D.  Turner,  his  able  assistant,  figuratively 
spread  the  welcome  mat;  indeed,  "Welcome!"  was  the  keynote 
of  a  most  enjoyable  three-day  convention.  Registration  and  all 
lecture  sessions  took  place  in  the  geology  lecture  hall,  located  on 
the  first  floor  of  the  huge  Agassiz  Museum  (of  which  the  M.  C.  Z. 
is  a  component  part)  while  the  social  events  were  held  in  the 
Mount  Vernon  room  of  the  Commander  Hotel,  the  official  head- 
quarters hotel  of  the  convention. 

The  first  of  these  was  the  annual  dinner  on  the  opening  day, 
August  20th.     For  this  occasion  the  tables  bore  bouquets  of 


68  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (2) 

garden  flowers  in  vases  of  shells,  and  the  place  cards  were  printed 
with  an  amusing  snail  figure  made  from  the  acutal  plate  used 
to  illustrate  A.  Binney's  "Terrestrial  Air-breathing  Mollusks  of 
the  United  States,"  Vol.  1,  p.  83,  1851.  Following  the  dinner, 
Dr.  Richard  Howard,  Professor  of  Botany  at  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, spoke  on  "Jungle  Housekeeping,"  an  entertaining  lec- 
ture illustrated  by  colored  slides. 

The  following  papers  were  read  on  Wednesday  afternoon  and 
at  the  Thursday  morning  session :  ' '  Distribution  of  IMollusks  in 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico,"  Thomas  E.  Pulley;  "A  Shell  Collector  in 
Tobago,"  Richard  W.  Foster;  "New  Federal  Regulations  on 
Importing  Mollusks,"  R.  Tucker  Abbott;  "New  England  Mala- 
eologists, "  Ruth  D.  Turner;  "The  Nudibranchs  of  New  Eng- 
land," George  M.  Moore,  "Some  New  Records  for  Naiades 
from  Eastern  North  America,"  Herbert  D.  Athearn;  "The 
Family  Clausiliidae  in  "West  Africa,"  Joseph  C.  Bequaert;  "The 
Ecology  and  Distribution  of  Lymnaea  (Bulimnea)  megasoma 
in  Michigan, ' '  Henry  van  der  Schalie ;  ' '  Opportunities  in  Medi- 
cal Malacology,"  R.  Tucker  Abbott;  "The- Buffalo  Meeting," 
Margaret  C.  Teskey. 

The  business  meeting  opened  the  Thursday  afternoon  session, 
and  the  following  officers  were  elected : 

President,  Dr.  A.  Byron  Leonard 
Vice-president,  Dr.  Joseph  C.  Bequaert 
Secretary-Treasurer,  Mrs.  Margaret  C.  Teskey 
Councilors-at-large,    Mr.    R.    Tucker   Abbott,    Dr.    Carlos   G. 
Aguayo,  Miss  Ruth  E.  Coats,  Miss  Ruth  D.  Turner 

It  was  announced  that  provision  has  been  made  whereby  life 
membership  may  be  purchased  for  the  sum  of  $25.  A  resolu- 
tion to  change  the  name  of  the  American  Malacological  Union 
to  American  Malacological  Society  was  tabled  until  the  next 
annual  meeting. 

These  papers  on  Thursday  afternoon  closed  the  academic  por- 
tion of  the  convention:  " Trans-Panamic  Distribution  of  the 
Mactridae,"  J.  Lockwood  Chamberlin;  "Studies  on  the  Family 
Planorbidae, "  Emile  Abdel-Malek;  "Taxonomy  in  Modern 
Biology,"  William  J.  Clench;  "Aerial  Orientation  in  Acha- 
tina,"  J.  Lockwood  Chamberlin;  "Using  Sea  Shells  as  Occupa- 


Oct.,    1952]  THE   NAUTILUS  69 

tional  Therapy  Material  in  Mental  Hospitals,"  Merrill  Moore; 
"The  William  F.  Clapp  Laboratories,"  Ruth  D.  Turner. 

At  6  :00  Thursday  evening  the  delegates  were  entertained  by 
General  Frank  R.  Sehwengel  and  Retiring  President  Jeanne  S. 
Schwengel  at  a  cocktail  and  buffet  supper  party.  Dull  care 
was  checked  at  the  door,  and  the  affair  was  thoroughly  enjoyed. 

The  Friday  field  trip  was  the  concluding  feature  of  one  of  the 
most  successful  meetings  the  A.M.U.  has  ever  enjoyed.  Several 
private  cars  made  the  thirty-five  mile  trip  to  the  William  F. 
Clapp  Marine  Laboratory  at  Duxbury,  Mass.,  where  visitors 
were  conducted  through  this  unique  establishment  by  members 
of  the  staff.  Much  of  the  research  carried  on  is  concerned  with 
boring  and  fouling  mollusks,  and  conclusions  arrived  at  in  this 
place  are  reported  and  acted  upon  around  the  world. 

Following  a  picnic  lunch,  the  party  split  according  to  indi- 
vidual desires;  one  group  paid  a  brief  visit  to  the  marine  bio- 
logical station  at  Woods  Hole,  another  departed  to  collect 
Unionidae  at  a  nearbj'  fresh  water  pond,  while  j^et  a  third 
elected  to  ''comb"  at  Duxbury  Beach. 

The  place  of  the  1953  meeting  has  not  as  yet  been  decided 
upon,  but  will  be  announced  in  the  report  bulletin. 

Margaret  C.  Teskey,  Secretary 


NOTES  AND  NEWS 


Pecten  (Plagioctenium)  gibbus  portusregii,  new  name. — 
Leo  G.  Hertlein,  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  has  just 
informed  me  that  the  term  carolinensis,  proposed  for  a  new  sub- 
species of  Pectinidae,  Nautilus,  Vol.  66  (1),  p.  17,  is  preoccupied, 
Conrad  having  described  Pecten  carolinensis  (Eocene  of  North 
Carolina)  in  1875.  Therefore  the  new  subspecies  has  been  desig- 
nated Pecten  {Plagioctenium)  gihhus  portusregii,  after  the  type 
locality.  Port  Royal,  South  Carolina.  The  holotype  'has  just 
been  deposited  in  the  United  States  National  Museum. — Gilbert 
Grau. 

A    HOLOSPIRA    NEW    TO    THE   UNITED    STATES. Holospira    IfUCa- 

tanensis  Bartsch,  originally  described  from  Mujeres  Island, 
Yucatan,  and  later  reported  by  Mr.  R.  J.  Drake  from  Boquillas, 
northern  Coahuila,  was  collected  by  Mr.  C.  D.  Orchard  three 


70  THE    NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (2) 

miles  southeast  of  Hot  Springs,  International  Park,  Brewster 
Co.,  Texas.  The  specimens  appear  to  be  quite  typical.  Two  are 
shown  in  Plate  6,  fig.  1  (in  January  number). 

It  is  a  smooth  shell  except  for  riblets  on  the  last  whorl,  which 
is  very  shortly  free  in  front.  The  aperture  is  nearly  circular, 
with  a  reflected  peristome.  There  is  a  columellar  lamella  within 
the  penult  whorl.  The  length  of  the  Texan  specimens  is  from 
16.5  mm.  with  12  whorls  to  19.3  mm.  with  12%  whorls. 

The  original  locality  assigned  was  doubtless  owing  to  an 
erroneous  label  as  Mr.  Drake  has  indicated. — H.  A.  P. 

Notes  on  Fauxulus  agulhasensis. — Where  they  were  found 
at  Cape  L'Agulhas  was  halfway  up  the  hill  overlooking  the  sea, 
just  outside  the  village.  The  ground  is  clayey  mountain  soil. 
They  were  picked  off  small  bushes.  Although  it  appears  that  a 
water  sloot  is  in  the  immediate  vicinity,  this  sloot  was  com- 
pletely dry,  being  in  the  heart  of  summer  when  we  were  down 
there  on  holiday.  They  were  in  a  small  colony  by  themselves. 
We  hunted  high  and  low  for  others  but  could  only  find  the  few 
that  we  gathered  in,  some  dead  and  others  alive.  There  was  no 
Fauxulus  capensis  seen  in  the  immediate  vicinitj^,  although  they 
are  abundantly  found  at  Cape  L'Agulhas. — Letter  to  B.  B. 
Baker  from  D.  W.  J.  Ackermann. 

A  further  note  on  the  shells  op  Pyramid  Lake. — In 
Nautilus  66 :  16  f .  I  adduced  certain  ideas  that  tended  to  ques- 
tion the  validity  of  the  newly  named  Pyrgulopsis  nevadensis 
paiutica  Baily  &  Baily  and  Physa  lordi  zomos  Baily  &  Baily. 
However,  under  the  new  rule  of  the  International  Commission 
of  August  1948  (discussed  by  Abbott  in  Nautilus  64:103),  a 
place  has  been  made  for  certain  infra-subspecific  names,  among 
which  the  Baily  &  Baily  names,  the  former  perhaps  more  clearly 
than  the  latter,  might  gain  validity.  But  objection  must  be 
taken  to  putting  the  new  trivial  names  in  the  third  position  in 
the  species  names,  since  this  position  must  be  reserved  for  valid 
subspecific  names  only  (cf.  Richter :  "Einfiihrung  in  die  zoo- 
logische  Nomenklatur, "  Frankfurt  a.M.  1948,  pp.  102-103). 
Hence  it  might  be  possible  to  call  these  new  forms  Pyrgulopsis 
nevadensis  nevadensis  paiutica  and  Physa  lordi  lordi  zomos, 
even  though  the  use  of  the  subspecific  trivial  name  in  this  case 
would  not  be  entirely  unambiguous.     It  would  appear  that  the 


Oct.,    1952]  THE    NAUTILUS  71 

present  observation  poses  the  question  of  the  proper  treatment 
for  infra-subspecific  names  if  these  are  to  be  attached  to  species 
that  contain  no  subspecies.  The  suggestion  given  above  might 
be  one  answer. — Morris  K.  Jacobson. 

"LiGUUs  PiCTUS  Ree\^"  not  extinct. — Tree  snails  of  the 
genus  Liguus  are  known  for  their  ability  to  arise  phoenix-like 
from  the  ashes  of  hammocks  in  which  they  have  apparently  been 
exterminated,  but  the  discovery  of  a  living  specimen  of  Liguus 
fasciatus  solidus  color  form  pictus  Reeve  on  Big  Pine  Key, 
Florida  seems  incredible.  This  form  has  been  considered  ex- 
tinct for  nearly  fift}^  years.  Previous  records  from  Big  Pine 
Key  were  apparently  based  on  dead  shells  found  on  the  ground. 
More  recently  fragments  of  shells  of  pictus  were  found  in  an  old 
cemetery  at  Key  "West,  Florida  (McGinty  &  McGintj',  Nautilus 
60(2)  :  43-46,  1946). 

The  situation  in  which  the  snail  was  found  in  August,  1951, 
is  a  second  growth  hammock  (xeric  jungle  hammock  associes  of 
the  Florida  Keys).  The  tree  growth  consisted  mainly  of  scrubby 
poisonwood  and  wild  sapodilla  with  a  few  scattered  Jamaica 
dogwoods.  A  considerable  understory  of  shrubs  is  present,  but 
the  rocky  floor  was  nearly  free  of  dead  leaves.  There  were 
numerous  indications  of  fires  in  the  past,  but  no  evidence  of 
recent  burning.  No  other  tree  snails  nor  shell  fragments  could 
be  found  anywhere  in  the  vicinity. 

The  snail  was  taken  alive  to  Michigan  where  Dr.  Henry  van 
der  Schalie  succeeded  in  taking  several  colored  photographs  and 
in  extracting  the  animal  for  preservation.  Shell  and  animal 
are  now  preserved  in  the  collection  of  the  Museum  of  Zoology, 
University  of  Michigan.  Dr.  William  J.  Clench  kindly  con- 
firmed the  determination,  remarking  "certainly  pictus  and  a 
beautiful  specimen." 

While  making  photographs  of  the  specimen  Dr.  van  der 
Schalie  observed  that  it  would  crawl  at  much  lower  humidities 
than  specimens  of  L.  f.  roseatus  color  form  lossmanicus  Pilsbry 
from  Key  Vaca.  This  observation  checks  with  the  observations 
on  the  natural  habitats  in  which  the  two  forms  were  taken,  the 
hammock  on  Big  Pine  Key  being  very  open  and  dry. 

The  discovery  of  a  living  specimen  of  pictus  throws  doubt 
on  the  importance  of  population  size  as  a  factor  in  the  extinction 


72  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (2) 

of  Liguss  colonies  (Young,  Occ.  Papers  Mus.  Zool.  U^iiv.  of 
Mich.  (531)  :  4,  1951).  If  a  form  can  exist  for  over  fifty  years 
in  populations  so  small  that  only  one  living'  snail  has  been  re- 
corded, it  is  possible  that  any  colony  can  recover  if  left  to  itself. 
If  any  significant  area  of  Big  Pine  Key  can  be  preserved  for 
the  protection  of  the  nearly  extinct  Key  Deer,  it  is  possible  that 
Liguus  of  the  color  forms  pictus,  graphicus,  and  perhaps  even 
solidus  and  crassus  may  eventually  be  rediscovered  there. 

I  wish  to  thank  Dr.  Irving  J.  Cantrall,  Dale  Rice,  Edward 
Mockford,  and  Larry  Stieglitz  for  their  assistance  on  the  ex- 
pedition which  resulted  in  the  rediscovery  of  pictus. — Prank  N. 
Young,  Indiana  University.  (Contribution  No.  496  from  De- 
partment of  Zoology,  Indiana  University.) 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 

Index  to  the  Nautilus,  volumes  35  to  60.  Compiled  by 
Aurele  La  Rocque,  assisted  by  Geneva  Smithe  and  Harold  W. 
Harry.  332  pp.,  frontispiece  portrait  of  Bryant  Walker.  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan  Press,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  Price  $5.00.  This 
volume  is  uniform  in  style  with  the  index  to  vols.  1  to  34.  There 
are  upwards  of  30,000  references.  The  labor  of  compiling  such 
an  index  and  seeing  it  through  the  press  can  be  appreciated  only 
by  those  who  have  attempted  similar  work.  A  new  and  very 
useful  feature  is  a  list  of  obituaries.  The  authors  are  to  be 
congratulated  upon  the  appearance  of  this  volume,  indispensable 
to  all  who  use  The  Nautilus.  ' '  Index  learning  turns  no  student 
pale,  but  holds  the  eel  of  science  by  the  tail. ' ' — H.  A.  P. 

Les  Types  de  la  Collection  Lamarck  au  Museum  de  Geneve, 
III,  by  G.  Mermod.  Revne  Suisse  de  Zoologie  59,  No.  2.  The 
present  number  of  this  valuable  and  interesting  series  contains 
the  Lamarckian  genera  Siiccinea,  Auricula,  Cyclostoma,  Plan- 
orhis,  Physa,  Lymnaea,  Melania  and  Ampullaria.  Many  Ameri- 
can species  are  figured  and  discussed.  Planorhis  lutescens 
Lamarck  is  apparently  an  Australorhis  which  has  not  been 
recognized  by  recent  authors.  Lymnaea  virginiana,  "dans  les 
eaux  donees  en  Virginie, "  is  an  Indian  species. — H.  A.  P. 


[55 


The  NAUxmtfs 


Vol.  66  JANUARY,  1953  No.  3 

OBSERVATIONS  ON  A  LIVING  SPECIMEN  OF 
OCTOPUS   HUMMELINCKI   ADAM* 

By  gilbert  L.  VOSS 

Marine  Laboratory,  University  of  Miami 

Adam  (1937)  described  Octopus  hummelincki  from  preserved 
specimens  collected  from  the  island  of  Bonaire,  in  the  Dutch 
West  Indies,  and  since  that  date  several  other  papers  have 
appeared  describing  in  detail  the  morphology  of  this  species. 
In  none  of  these  papers,  however,  are  there  any  observations  or 
comments  upon  living  specimens.  On  July  26,  1952  a  specimen 
of  this  species  was  collected  by  Donald  R.  Moore  at  Long  Reef 
in  the  Florida  Keys  while  on  a  class  collecting  trip  with  the 
author.  In  view  of  the  rather  unusual  characters  displayed 
by  this  specimen  it  was  considered  that  these  observations  should 
be  added  to  the  literature  along  with  the  author's  conclusions. 

The  specimen,  a  male  with  a  mantle  length  of  30  mm.,  was 
discovered  at  the  entrance  to  a  hole  beneath  a  slab  of  coral  in 
about  three  feet  of  water.  Immediately  upon  capture  he  was 
handed  to  the  author  who  had  an  opportunity  to  observe  closely 
his  sculpture,  coloration,  movements  and  habitat. 

The  sculpture,  when  living,  is  so  different  from  that  of  the 
preserved  animal  that  it  would  scarcely  be  recognizable  as  the 
same  species.  Outstretched  in  the  palm  of  the  author's  hand 
each  individual  cirrus,  amounting  to  about  50  or  60  in  number, 
was  fully  distended  into  a  wide,  flat  blade  or  band  about  8  to 
10  mm.  in  length  ending  distally  in  an  arborescent  crest.  The 
eyes  were  raised  boldly  above  the  head  and  accentuated  by  the 
prominent  supraocular   cirri.     The   arms,   when  at  rest,   were 

*  Contribution  Number  81,  from  the  Marine  Laboratory,  University 
of  Miami. 

73 


■)/ 


74  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (3) 

held  curled  back  over  themselves  with  the  sucker  discs  fully 
distended,  adding  to  the  irregular  outline  of  the  body.  In 
general  the  entire  surface  is  very  rugose,  especially  on  the 
dorsal  portion  of  the  body  and  arms.  When  swimming  the 
cirri  disappear,  the  rugosity  of  the  skin  itself  smooths  out,  the 
arms  point  forward  and  adhere  tightly  together  and  the  whole 
body  is  streamlined.  Although  the  funnel  is  of  normal  size, 
this  species  appears  to  be  a  very  active  swimmer,  much  more 
so  than  the  other  oetopi  such  as  0.  vulgaris  and  0.  hriareus. 

The  color  and  color  patterns  seem  to  be  rather  distinctive 
although  coloration  is  so  variable  in  the  octopods  that  in  general 
it  is  not  used  as  a  diagnostic  character.  At  rest  or  crawling 
the  basic  color  was  a  rich  reddish  yellow-brown  upon  which 
were  superimposed  mottlings  of  light  golden  yellow.  At  inter- 
vals this  pattern  changed  to  a  lighter  brown  with  granular 
mottlings  of  grayish  white.  When  swimming  the  mottlings 
disappeared  and  the  color  was  a  uniform  light  brown. 

In  the  water,  which  was  stirred  by  wave  action,  the  animal 
appeared  to  be  covered  by  a  dense  growth  of  marine  algae 
waving  with  the  motion  of  the  water.  This  effect  was  heightened 
by  the  reef  being  completely  covered  with  a  heavy  growth  of 
attached  Sargassum  or  Gulf  weed  and  scattered  clumps  of 
Dictyota  having  the  same  general  color  and  appearance  of  the 
cirri.  Unfortunately  the  field  data  of  the  other  specimens  of 
this  species  now  in  the  literature  fail  to  give  any  mention  of 
the  prevailing  algal  growth.  However,  both  Sargassum  and 
Dictyota  are  commonly  found  on  old  coral  reef  formations  in 
Florida  and  the  West  Indies  and  it  would  be  interesting  to 
know  if  it  were  prevalent  in  the  collecting  areas  from  which 
this  species  has  been  taken.  A  small  collection  of  eight  speci- 
mens of  0.  hummelincki  from  Cay  Sal  Bank  were  taken  from 
reefs  having  dense  algal  growth  and  a  single  specimen  from 
Bimini,  Bahamas,  also  was  found  surrounded  by  Sargassum. 
The  striking  coloration  and  general  appearance  of  this  species 
of  octopus  closely  resembles  that  of  the  well-known  Sargassum 
fish  Histrio  histrio  as  was  noted  by  all  of  the  observers  present. 

It  is  the  opinion  of  the  author  that  0.  hummelincki  is  re- 
stricted to  those  reefs  of  coral  origin  now  overgrown  with 
Sargassum,  Dictyota,  and  other  genera  of  the  brown  algae  and 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  75 

is  peculiarly  adapted  among  the  octopoda  to  this  floral  habitat, 
similar  to  the  close  associations  found  in  the  drifting  Sargassum 
complex,  a  field  of  study  of  great  interest  to  marine  biologists 
due  to  the  adaptations  found  within  it.  The  first  color  pattern 
noted  corresponds  in  a  striking  degree  to  the  colors  exhibited 
by  the  surrounding  algae  and  the  granular  grayish-white  mot- 
tlings  of  the  second  phase  imitated  the  white  calcareous  sedi- 
mentation found  in  small  areas  throughout  the  reef. 

The  specimen  when  preserved  in  5  percent  formalin  immedi- 
ately contracted  the  cirri  into  minute,  filiform  structures  hardly 
noticeable  except  over  the  eyes,  and  the  body  changed  in  color 
to  a  mottled  reddish-brown.  In  every  way  the  specimen,  pre- 
served, resembled  the  other  specimens  described  in  the  literature 
or  in  the  possession  of  the  author. 

A  few  remarks  on  the  ocellus  of  this  species  seems  pertinent. 
Adam,  Rees  and  Pickford  variously  described  the  ocellus  of  the 
specimens  examined  by  them  as  consisting  of  a  somewhat  circu- 
lar patch  of  brown  or  dark  slate  gray  separated  from  a  dark 
reddish-brown,  brown,  or  gray  center  by  a  thin  pale,  black,  or 
dark  ring.  Voss  (1949)  described  the  ocellus  of  the  only  other 
known  Florida  specimen  as  "a  grayish-black  ring  surrounding 
a  dark  gray  disc."  These  descriptions  are  extremelj^  confusing 
and,  in  the  light  of  examinations,  made  by  the  author  of  about 
ten  specimens  from  the  Bahamas  and  Florida,  are  erroneous. 

Actually  the  ocellus  consists  of  a  reddish-brown  irregular 
splotch  within  which  is  a  narrow  to  broad  band  forming  a  more 
or  less  circular  ring  which  both  in  life  and  in  freshly  preserved 
animals  is  colored  a  most  intense  purplish-blue.  In  life  this 
may  fluctuate  from  a  pale  blue  to  the  deep  color  mentioned, 
apparently  at  the  will  of  the  animal.  Specimens  more  than  two 
years  in  preservative  still  retain  this  color.  Any  assumptions 
as  to  the  use  or  value  of  this  organ  is  dangerous,  but  the 
author  cannot  but  point  out  that  in  an  animal  with  such  a  high 
degree  of  mimicry  it  may  well  function  as  a  means  of  recog- 
nition. 

References 

Adam,  W.    1936.    Notes  sur  les  cephalopodes.    VI.    TJne  nouvelle 
espece  d 'octopus  (Octopus  hummelincki)  des  Indies  Orientales 


76  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (3) 

Neerlan daises.     Bull.  Mus.  R.  Hist.  Nat.  Belgique,  12:  1-3. 
1937.      Cephalopodes     des     lies     Bonaire     et     Curacao. 


Capita  Zoologica,  8:  1-29. 
Rees,  W.  J.    1950.    Notes  on  Cephalopoda  from  the  Caribbean. 

Proe.  Malacolog.  Soc.  London,  28  (2,  3)  :  9-114. 
PiCKFORD,  G.  E.     1945.     Le  poulpe  americain :  A  study  of  the 

littoral  Octopoda  of  the  western  Atlantic.    Trans.  Conn.  Acad. 

Arts  Sci.,  36:  701-811. 
1946.     A  review  of  the  littoral  Octopoda  from  central 

and  western  Atlantic  stations  in  the  collections  of  the  British 

Museum.     Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (11),  13:  412-429. 

1950.     The  Octopoda  of  the  Oxford  University  Cayman 


Expedition.     Proc.  Malacolog.  Soc.  London,  28   (4,  5)  :  139- 
144. 
Voss,  G.  L.     1949.     Notes  on  a  specimen  of  Octopus  hummel- 
incki  Adam  from  the  Florida  Keys.     Rev.  Soc.  Malacologica, 
7   (1)  :  3-6. 


MUREX  BICOLOR  VALENCIENNES  IN  FLORIDA 

By  MAEGAEET  M.  TEAEE 

While  spending  the  winter  of  1943-44  in  St.  Petersburg, 
Florida  my  sister  and  I  discovered  that  the  beach  along  the 
south  side  of  Shore  Acres  (a  subdivision  of  St.  Petersburg)  was 
a  very  productive  shelling  station  at  low  tide. 

Just  beyond  the  bridge  which  connects  Snell  Island  and  Shore 
Acres  there  was  a  narrow  clearing  off  the  main  road  which  leads 
to  Tampa  Bay  where  we  could  park  the  car  and  walk  about 
fifty  feet  to  the  beach.  We  never  encountered  any  other  col- 
lectors along  that  shore,  but  occasionally  we  would  notice  evi- 
dence that  someone  had  been  there. 

Up  the  beach  a  short  distance  was  an  inlet  the  shores  of  which 
were  quite  rocky  and  the  walking  difficult  because  of  the  dead 
oysters  and  other  shells.  It  was  along  this  shore  that  one  day 
I  saw  a  shell  which  I  had  never  collected  in  Florida,  but  it  was 
deeply  and  firmly  embedded  among  the  broken  shells  and  re- 
quired considerable  effort  to  remove.  The  greater  portion  of 
the  shell  is  foveolate  and  gray  from  chemicals  in  the  water  or 
just  plain  old  age.  The  fresh  new  growth  which  looks  as  though 
the  animal  had  somehow  gotten  a  new  lease  on  life  is  not  pitted 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  77 

but  pinkish  white,  the  aperture  pink ;  peristome  is  not  chipped 
but  the  parietal  callus  while  polished  is  chipped  slig-htly. 

When  picked  up  the  animal  had  withdrawn  so  far  into  the 
shell  that  I  thought  it  was  dead,  but  we  placed  it  in  our  basket 
with  the  live  shells,  and  upon  arrival  at  our  hotel  we  realized 
that  the  animal  was  very  much  alive.  We  boiled  it,  removed  it 
from  the  shell  and  packed  the  shell  with  our  other  loot  for  ship- 
ment home.  It  was  months  after  returning  to  Buffalo  that  I 
realized  it  was  a  Murex  hicolor  Val.  (Plate  6,  fig«.  4,  5).  The 
fact  that  this  shell  was  found  so  far  from  its  home  in  Panama, 
and  the  old  and  new  growth,  makes  it  a  real  oddity.  The  pic- 
tures accompanying  this  article  were  taken  by  Charles  E. 
Simmons,  staff  photographer  of  the  Buffalo  Society  of  Natural 
Sciences. 


FASTIGIELLA  CARINATA  REEVE,  A  LITTLE- 
KNOWN  MOLLUSK 

By  H.  a.  PILSBRY 

In  the  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London  for 
1848  Lovell  Reeve  described  a  gastropod  of  unknown  locality 
in  the  Cuming  collection,  under  the  above  name.  His  account 
was  illustrated  by  a  good  woodcut  which  we  reproduce  in  Plate 
6,  fig.  3. 

Reeve  thought  that  it  was  intermediate  between  Cerithium 
and  Turritella.  H.  &  A.  Adams,  in  their  Genera  of  Recent 
Mollusca,  placed  the  genus  at  first  in  Fasciolariidae,  but  in  their 
second  volume,  p.  655,  in  Cerithiidae.  Here  it  was  left  by 
Tryon  (Man.  Conch.,  9:  149)  and,  with  a  question  mark,  by 
Thiele.  It  still  remained  known  only  by  the  single  type  speci- 
men. The  only  recent  reference  to  the  species  is  that  it  was 
listed  as  ''Fastigiella  (Cerithidea)  carinata  Reeve"  in  A  Com- 
plete List  of  Bahamian  Shells  collected  and  classified  by  the 
Bahamas  Conchological  Club,  1941-1944,  p.  8,  compiled  by  Paul 
Dean  Ford.     No  locality  was  mentioned. 

In  1877  (Journal  de  Conchyliologie,  25  :  208)  Morch  described 
as  Fastigiella  poulsenii  a  crab  shell  from  Eleuthera  collected  by 
Dr.  C.  M.  Poulsen.     It  is  listed  in  Poulsen's  Catalogue  of  West 


78  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (3) 

India  Shells  in  his  collection,  p.  9,  no.  533  (Copenhagen,  1878). 
This  shell  measured  17  X  7l^  mm.  It  was  not  figured,  but  the 
description  gives  one  the  impression  that  it  is  merely  the  almost 
half-grown  young  of  F.  carinata. 

In  assorting  a  collection  from  Eleuthera  made  by  Mr.  A.  J. 
Ostheimer  III  in  1951  a  typical  specimen  of  F.  cariTiata  was 
found.  It  is  figured  on  PI.  6,  fig.  2,  X  nearly  V/o.  This  speci- 
men is  ' ' dead"  and  white  but  otherwise  perfect.  There  are  three 
narrow  but  strong  spiral  ridges  on  the  whorls  of  the  spire, 
seven  on  the  last  whorl,  or  ten  at  its  end  counting  intermediate 
cords  between  the  larger  ribs,  conspicuous  only  on  the  last  half 
whorl  though  beginning  weakly  on  the  penult  whorl.  On  the 
second  to  fifth  whorls  there  are  fine,  close  axial  folds  above  the 
upper  spiral.  There  is  a  conspicuous  convex  siphonal  fasciole 
and  a  short,  deep  umbilical  crease.  The  upper  angle  of  the 
aperture  is  narrowly  channelled.  Length  36  mm.,  diameter  16 
mm. ;  11  whorls. 

Unfortunately  the  operculum  and  soft  parts  are  gone,  so  that 
Mr.  Ostheimer 's  specimen  does  not  help  us  to  classify  Fastigiella 
more  exactly ;  but  at  least  it  tells  us  where  to  go  to  get  the  infor- 
mation needed.  The  exact  locality  of  this  specimen,  no.  189519 
ANSP.,  is  Bottle  Cay,  one  of  the  Schooner  Cay  group,  west  of 
Tarpum  Head  in  southern  Eleuthera. 


THREE  NEW  SPECIES  OF  PHILOMYCIDAE 

By   LESLIE   HUBEICHT 

Pallifera  vaeia,  new  species.    Plate  7,  figs.  1,  6. 

Mantle  dappled  gray  or  brownish-gray.  Tentacles  dark  slaty- 
blue.  Margin  of  foot  reddish-brown.  Length  up  to  65  mm. 
when  fully  extended  in  crawling. 

Jaw  yellow  to  chocolate-brown,  arcuate,  with  six  to  nine  ribs. 

Atrium  extremely  short,  only  reaching  through  the  integu- 
ment. Penis  about  one-third  as  long  as  the  animal  (preserved), 
interior  with  two  non-papillose  longitudinal  channels.  Sperma- 
thecal  duct  with  the  lower  two-thirds  greatly  enlarged,  larger 
than  the  penis,  narrowing  rapidly  to  a  slender  tube.     Sperma- 


THE  NAUTILUS  66   (3) 


PLATE  6 


^M0 


Fig.  1.  Ilolospira  niicdlancnsis  Bartscli  X  2,  p.  69.  Fig.  2.  FastifficUa 
carl  nil  Id  1>((\H' X  nearly  1 VL'.  Fig.  .">.  FastUjieUa  carinaia  after  Reeve. 
Figs,  -t,  .j.  Murex  bicolor  Val.  from  Florida.  FiG.  6.  Pomacea  oligista, 
slightly  enlarged. 


THE  NAUTILUS  66   (3) 


PLATE  7 


# 


1^ 


Figs.  1,  6.     PalUfera  varia.     2,  5,  Philomycus  virginicus. 
3,  4,  Philomycus  venustus. 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  79 

theca  globular.  Vagina  greatly  inflated  at  the  base  into  a  large 
sac,  suggesting  the  dart  sac  of  Philomycus  but  containing  no 
dart. 

Pallifera  varia  is  related  to  P.  dorsalis  (Binn.),  differing  in 
being  larger,  with  a  stronger  dorsal  pattern.  In  P.  dorsalis  the 
atrium  is  longer,  and  the  penis  has  four  non-papillose  longi- 
tudinal channels. 

Distribution. — VIRGINIA :  Rappahannock  Co.  near  Meadow 
Spring,  Shenandoah  Nat.  Park.  Madison  Co. :  woods,  above 
Hemlock  Spring  Overlook,  Shenandoah  Nat.  Park;  near  Sky- 
land,  Shenandoah  Nat.  Park,  Holotype  574701  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus., 
Paratype  189176  A.N.S.P.,  other  paratypes  12164  collection  of 
the  author.  Amherst  Co. :  summit  of  Tobacco  Row  Mtn.,  north  of 
Elon.  Rockbridge  Co. :  Thunder  Ridge,  Blue  Ridge  Parkway. 
Bedford  Co. :  Flat  Top  Mtn.,  Peaks  of  Otter,  Blue  Ridge  Park- 
way. 

Philomycus  venustus,  new  species.    Plate  7,  figs.  3,  4. 

Color  pattern  varying  from  individuals  having  two  dorsal 
bands,  a  narrow  lateral  band  on  each  side,  connected  to  the 
dorsal  bands  by  a  series  of  oblique  stripes;  to  individuals  in 
which  this  pattern  is  broken  up  into  a  series  of  spots.  Pattern 
dark  gray  in  very  young  specimens,  becoming  dark  chestnut- 
brown  in  mature  individuals.  Maximum  length,  extended  in 
crawling,  about  100  mm. 

At  Comers  Rock,  the  type  locality,  this  species  was  found 
associated  with  P.  flexuolaris  and  was  readily  separated.  It 
is  more  terrestrial  than  P.  flexuolaris.  Only  occasionally  being 
found  on  trees.  Some  specimens  show  two  rows  of  spots  down 
the  back  but  the  spots  are  brown,  not  black  as  in  P.  carolinianus. 

Distribution.— WEST  VIRGINIA:  Randolph  Co.:  4500  ft., 
Spruce  Knob.  VIRGINIA:  Wythe  Co.:  4000  ft.,  below  fire 
tower,  Comers  Rock,  Iron  Mtns.,  Holotype  574700,  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.,  Paratype  189459  A.N.S.P.,  other  paratypes  A9876,  collec- 
tion of  the  author.  Grayson  Co. :  spruce  swamp,  4800  ft..  White 
Top  Mtn.,  5000-5500  ft.,  Mt.  Rogers.  Washington  Co. :  1  mile 
south  of  Damascus;  bluff  along  North  Fork  Holston  River,  2 
miles  southeast  of  Hyters  Gap.  Wise  Co. :  summit  of  Black  Mtn., 
at  Va.— 160.     NORTH  CAROLINA:  Watauga  Co.:  4500  ft., 


80  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (3) 

Rich  Mtn.,  2  miles  south  of  Silverstone.  Mitchell  Co. :  5000  ft., 
Roan  Mtn.,  0.5  mile  southeast  of  Carvers  Gap.  Swain  Co. 
near  Smokemont  Campgrounds,  Great  Smoky  Mtns.  Nat  Park 
Nantahala  Gorge,  near  Nantahala.  TENNESSEE  :  Sullivan  Co. 
Worley  Cave  Sink,  2.5  miles  east  of  Bluff  City.  Carter  Co. 
4000  ft.,  north  side  of  Roan  Mtn.,  2.5  miles  south  of  Burbank 
Doe  River  bluff,  1  mile  northwest  of  Hampton.  Sevier  Co. :  near 
Chimneys  Campgrounds,  Great  Smoky  Mtns.  Nat.  Park. 

Philomycus  vieginicus,  new  species.    Plate  7,  figs.  2,  5. 

Color  pattern  consisting  of  a  broad  dorsal  band,  and  a  narrow 
lateral  band  on  each  side,  connected  to  the  dorsal  band  by  a 
series  of  oblique  stripes,  the  whole  pattern  obscured  by  a  general 
fine  flecking.  Young  with  the  pattern  brownish-gray,  becoming 
chestnut-brown  with  age.  Maximum  length,  extended  in  crawl- 
ing, about  100  mm. 

Philomycus  virginicus  has  been  found  associated  with  both 
P.  flexuolaris  (Raf.)  and  P.  carolinianus  collinus  Hubricht  and 
was  readily  separated.  It  differs  from  both  in  being  browner 
and  in  having  a  well-developed  diagonal  pattern. 

Distribution. — VIRGINIA :  Madison  Co. :  0.5  mile  west  of 
milepost  47,  Shenandoah  Nat.  Park;  near  Skyland,  Shenandoah 
Nat.  Park,  Holotype  574699,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Paratype  189175. 
A.N.S.P.,  other  paratypes  12163  collection  of  the  author.  Alle- 
ghany Co. :  wooded  hillside,  near  Griffith,  6  miles  northeast  of 
Cliffton  Forge.  Bedford  Co. :  Flat  Top  Mtn.,  Peaks  of  Otter, 
Blue  Ridge  Parkway.  Pittsylvania  Co. :  bluff  along  Roanoke 
River,  3  miles  northwest  of  Brights ;  bluff  along  Roanoke  River, 
2  miles  northeast  of  Hurt.  Patrick  Co. :  Kibler  Park,  below 
Pinnacles  powerhouse. 


MOLLUSKS  FROM  AN  INTERGLACIAL  DEPOSIT 

(SANGAMON  ?  AGE)  IN  MEADE 

COUNTY,  KANSAS 

By  henry  van  DER  SCHALIE 

One  of  the  interesting  observations  that  has  impressed  most 
investigators  who  have  examined  moUusks  taken  from  Pleistocene 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  81 

deposits  is  the  close  similarity  between  many  of  the  fossil  forms 
and  the  species  found  in  the  area  drained  by  the  IVIississippi 
River  today.  Some  time  ago  two  of  the  active  students  of  the 
Pleistocene  differed  about  the  significance  of  the  differentiation 
observed  and  in  an  article  discussing  these  variations  in  time, 
B.  Shimek  (1930:  40)  wrote: 

"There  is  much  variation  in  both  modern  and  fossil  faunas, 
but  the  two  groups  blend  in  such  a  manner  that  any  attempt  to 
represent  marked  changes  is  extremely  unfortunate  and  mislead- 
ing. Mr.  Baker  is  making  this  attempt  both  by  representing 
that  well  marked  faunas  have  become  extinct,  and  by  the  appli- 
cation of  such  names  as  pleistocenica,  yarmouthensis,  etc.,  with- 
out giving  due  heed  to  the  variations  in  modern  and  fossil 
faunas. ' ' 

The  Pleistocene  shells  reported  here  are  for  the  most  part  the 
same  as  those  found  inhabiting  the  general  region  of  Kansas 
today.  Practically  all  the  more  common  land  and  fresh-water 
genera  and  species  are  represented.  To  date  not  a  single  en- 
demic form  has  been  discovered  in  the  Jinglebob  fauna  among 
the  material  examined  from  Meade  County.  Differences  found 
in  these  assemblages  are  related  largely  to  shifts  which  have 
occurred  in  the  patterns  of  distribution  and  there  certainly  are 
changes  in  the  range  of  some  of  the  species.  By  combining  in- 
formation concerning  the  ecological  needs  of  some  of  these 
Pleistocene  forms  it  is  possible  to  reconstruct  conditions  which 
existed  during  that  geologic  age.  The  difficulty  that  arises  in 
such  an  attempted  reconstruction  relates  to  the  serious  lack 
of  sound  information  about  limiting  factors  in  the  environment 
of  the  mollusks.  Tolerance  ranges  are  not  known  for  most 
recent  species.  Until  the  ecology  of  key  forms  has  been  more 
critically  analyzed  most  attempted  appraisal  of  conditions  dur- 
ing the  Pleistocene  will  be  in  the  realm  of  the  uncertain. 

The  only  previous  account  of  the  mollusks  from  this  horizon 
in  Meade  County  was  contained  in  a  paper  by  George  C.  Rinker 
(1949)  describing  the  skull  of  a  large  bear.  The  mollusks  found 
with  that  skull  in  the  Kingsdown  formation  comprised  11  land 
shells,  10  fresh-water  pulmonates,  and  4  sphaeriids.  An  obvious 
error  in  that  list  (1949:  10)  should  be  corrected,  i.e.,  "Physa 
arbor eus  Say"  should  read  " Zonitoides  arhoreus  Say." 


82  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (3) 

The  fossil  mollusks  of  Kansas  have  been  studied  in  some  detail 
by  A.  Byron  Leonard.  Two  recent  papers  (1950;  1952)  are  of 
special  interest  in  that  the  species  reported  in  them  are  similar 
in  some  respects  to  those  given  here.  Since  the  assemblages  are 
well  figured  in  Leonard's  papers  his  illustrations  can  be  used 
advantageously  for  reference  work.  Other  investigators,  such 
as  Eisely  (1937),  LaRocque  (1952),  Russell  (1934),  Yen  (1947; 
1951),  etc.,  have  considered  the  use  of  fossil  mollusks  for  in- 
terpretations of  prehistoric  conditions. 

The  following  forty-nine  species  were  found  in  the  deposits 
investigated  by  C.  W.  Hibbard  in  Meade  County,  Kansas.  This 
fauna  has  been  designated  by  him  as  the  Jinglebob  local  fauna. 
Its  relation  to  other  faunas  in  Meade  County  will  appear  in  a 
paper  by  Hibbard,  now  in  press,  who  tentatively  correlates  the 
fauna  in  age  with  the  Sangamon.  The  mollusks  in  this  fauna 
consist  of  28  land  shells  (including  one  slug),  15  fresh-water 
snails  (all  pulmonates  with  one  exception),  and  6  sphaeriids. 
All  of  the  material  reported  came  from  only  three  of  the  80 
pounds  of  concentrate  recovered  from  the  washers.  Problems 
that  relate  to  species  in  this  assemblage  and  considerations  of 
the  fauna  as  a  whole  will  appear  following  the  presentation  of 
the  list  of  species. 

Species  list  indicating  the  fossils  found  in  the  Jinglebob 

Fauna  in  Pleistocene  deposits  of  Meade  County, 

Kansas    (collected  by  Claude  W.  Hibbard 

AND  party) 

Number  of 
Specimens 
Eecovered 

Polygyridae 

Stenotrema  monodon  (Rackett)    1 

Zonitidae 

Euconulus  fulvus  (Miiller)    20 

Betinella  electrina  (Gould)   8 

Betinella  cf.  rhoadsi  (Pilsbry)   8 

Hawaiia  minuscula  (Binney)    200 

Zonitoides  arhoreus  (Say)  40 

Limacidae 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  83 

Deroceras  cf.  aenigma  Leonard 30 

Endodontidae 

Helicodiscus  parallelus  (Say)   50 

Punctum  minutissium   (Lea)    (=  Punctum  pygmaeum 

(Drap.))    35 

Suceineidae 

Succinea  ovalis  Say 6 

Succinea  grosvenori  Lea 100 

Succinea  ef.  avara  (Say)   20 

Strobilopsidae 

Strohilops  texasiana  (Pilsbry  and  Ferriss)   70 

Pupillidae 

Pupoides  alhilabris  (C.  B.  Adams)  (=  Pupoides  margi- 

natus   (Say) )    100 

Pupilla  blandi  Morse 2 

Gastrocopta  armifera  ahhreviata  (Sterki)   200 

Gastrocopta  contracta   (Say)    100 

Gastrocopta  holzingeri  (Sterki)   50 

Gastrocopta  pentodoji   (Say)    300 

Gastrocopta  cf.  tappaniana  (C.  B.  Adams)    1 

Gastrocopta  procera  (Gould)    5 

Gastrocopta  cristata  (Pilsbry  and  Vanatta)  200 

Gastrocopta  sp.  (a  small  five-whorled  form  with  stunted 

apertural  teeth;  the  last  whorl  is  decidedly  striate)  1 

Vertigo  milium  (Gould)  100 

Vertigo  ovata  Say  150 

Valloniidae 

Vallonia  parvula  Sterki 50 

Vallonia  gracilicosta  Reinhardt 150 

Carychiidae 

Carychium  ef.  exiguum  (Say)  300 

Pulmonates:  Fresh-Water  Snails 

Lymnaeidae 

Lymnaea  bulimoides  Lea 50 

Lymnaea  caperata  Say  (three  specimens  in  this  series 
have  the  spire  and  upper  whorls  suppressed  and 
twisted  in  a  peculiar  way)   50 


84  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (3) 

Lymnaea  cf.  galhana  (Say)  20 

Lymnaea  humilis  niodicella  (Say)   50 

Lymnaea  cf.  palustris  (Miiller)    15 

Planorbidae 

Helisoma  a7iceps  (Menke)    {=  H.  antrosa  (Conrad)    ..  50 

Helisoma  cf.  lentum  (Say)    30 

Menetus  exacuous  (Say)    50 

Gyraulus  similaris  (F.  C.  Baker)    500 

Physidae 

Physa  cf .  anatina  Lea  30 

Physa  cf .  elliptica  Lea 100 

Aplexa  hypnorum  Linnaeus   15 

Ancylidae 

Ferrissia  parallela  (Haldeman)   5 

Ferrissia  rivularis  (Say)   3 

Operculates:  Fresh-Water  Snails 

Valvatidae 

Valvata  tricarinata  Say  1 

Bivalves 

Sphaeriidae 

Sphaerium  sulcatum   (Lamarck)    30 

Sphaerium  occidentale  Prime  8 

Pisidium  casertanum  (Poli)  (=  P.  ahditum  Haldeman)   500 

Pisidmm  compressum,  Prime 50 

Pisidium  ohtusale  C.  Pfeiffer  (=  P.  rotundatum)   ....     20 

Pisidium  contortum  Prime   14 

A  comparison  of  these  species  with  those  reported  by  Leonard 
as  belonging  to  the  "Yarmouthian  Molluscan  Fauna"  indicates 
that  at  least  the  following  twenty-two  species  did  not  appear 
later  in  the  Jinglebob  assemblage  in  Sangamon  time.  This  dif- 
ference is  especially  noteworthy  when  it  is  realized  that  the 
Yarmouthian  assemblage  represents  a  fauna  w^hich  lived  under 
decidedly  cool  and  generally  different  environmental  conditions. 

Valvata  lewisi  Currier  Planorhula  vulcanata  Leonard 

Amnicola  limosa  parva  Lea  Planorlula  nehraskensis  Leon- 
Pomatiopsis  cincinnatiensis  ard 

(Lea)  Menetus  pearllettei  Leonard 

Lymnaea  reflexa  Say  Gyraulus  labiatus  Leonard 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  85 

Oxyloma  navarrei  Leonard.  Gastrocopta  proarmifera  Leon- 

Cionella  luhrica  Miiller  ard 

Vertigo  tridentata  Wolf  Gastrocopta  falcis  Leonard 

Vertigo  modesta  Say  Vallonia  pulchella  (Miiller) 

Pupilla  muscoriim  (Linne)  Strohilops    sparsicosta    F.    C. 

Gyraulus  pattersoni  F.  C.  Baker 

Baker  Discus  cronkhitei  (Neweomb) 
Carychium  perexiguum  F,  C.     Polygyra  texasiana  (Morieand) 

Baker  Hendersonia  occulta  (Say) 

The  habitat  requirements  of  the  aquatic  snails  that  were 
found  in  the  Jinglebob  fauna  seem  to  indicate  that  the  condi- 
tions during  the  Sangamon  (?)  interglacial  were  in  some  re- 
spects similar  to  those  found  in  the  "woods  pool"  regions  of 
southern  Michigan  today.  Such  aquatic  forms  as  Lymnaea 
caperata,  Lymnaea  palustris,  Menetus  exacuous  and  Aplexa 
kypnorum  are  all  characteristically  associated  with  temporary 
pools  in  lower  Michigan  at  present. 

Some  of  the  land  shells  in  the  Jinglebob  fauna  are  now  more 
southern  in  distribution,  indicating  that  perhaps  conditions  at 
that  time  in  the  Pleistocene  were  warm  and  moist.  Both  Strohi- 
lops  texasiana  and  Gastrocopta  cristata  are  at  the  present  time 
farther  south  in  range.  As  is  also  noticeable,  both  Vallonia 
pulchella  and  Pupilla  muscorum,  which  now  occupy  a  more 
northern  range,  are  conspicuously  absent.  The  land  and  fresh- 
water forms  suggest  a  warm  and  moist  climate  in  a  wooded 
region  containing  temporary  woods  pools. 

The  sphaeriids  were  determined  by  H.  B.  Herrington.  His 
comments  regarding  the  environment  of  the  species  are  of  in- 
terest in  interpreting  the  conditions  that  existed  at  the  time 
those  animals  lived.    In  a  personal  communication  he  stated : 

"The  impression  I  get  on  examining  these  shells  is  that  they 
came  from  a  situation  where  a  slow  stream  is  widening  with 
lagoon  conditions  at  its  sides  The  Sphaerium  occidentale, 
Pisidium  ohtusale  and  the  thin  Pisidium  casertanum  indicate  a 
pond  or  a  lagoon.  But  Sphaerium  sulcatum,  although  always 
requiring  a  soft  bottom,  is  never  found  in  a  pond  that  dries  in 
summer.  It  belongs  to  eddies  in  streams  and,  sometimes,  along 
the  shores  of  lakes  at  a  depth  not  much  disturbed  by  wind 
action.  Pisidium  compresum  I  have  never  found  in  a  stagnant 
pond. 


86  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (3) 

"None  of  the  specimens  in  this  collection  suggest  wave  action 
nor  rolling  by  a  swift  stream,  as  none  are  worn.  ...  If  these 
lived  in  an  enlargement  of  a  stream  the  still  water  would  be 
suitable  for  Pisidium  ohtusale,  and  the  Sphaerium  occidentale 
could  have  lived  among  the  leaves  and  the  grass  along  shore,  or 
in  a  lagoon.  The  shell  of  these  Sphaerium  occidentale  is  of  the 
thicker  texture  such  as  belongs  to  specimens  from  ponds  and 
lagoons,  rather  than  to  swamps  where  there  is  no  water  action 
and  where  the  shell  is  more  fragile. 

"There  seems  to  have  been  two  related  kinds  of  habitats 
contiguous — running  water  where  larger  and  heavier  specimens 
of  Pisidium  castertanum,  Pisidium  compressum  and  Sphaerium 
sulcatum  lived.  The  other  habitat  seems  to  have  been  some- 
thing of  the  nature  of  a  pond  or  lagoon  where  the  water  pretty- 
well  dries  up  for  part  of  the  year." 

The  interpretation  above  as  based  on  sphaeriid  ecology  agrees 
essentially  with  what  has  been  postulated  to  be  the  conditions 
which  the  associated  aquatic  snails  would  require.  It  is  evident 
that  the  presence  of  an  operculate,  such  as  Valvata  tricarinata, 
would  require  the  presence  of  a  body  of  water  of  a  more  perma- 
nent nature  such  as  a  ponded  stream  or  small  lake.  Operculates 
are  not  found  usually  in  woods  pools.  It  is  also  of  interest 
that  Valvata  occurred  at  that  time  in  glacial  history  because 
its  presence  indicates  a  need  for  revising  the  following  conclu- 
sion arrived  at  by  Leonard  (1952:  10):  ".  .  .  None  of  the 
genera  of  branchiate  gastropods,  such  as  Amnicola,  Pomatiopsis, 
and  Valvata,  survived  the  Yarmouthian  interglacial  interval  in 
the  mid-continent  region."  Another  statement  needing  modifi- 
cation in  the  light  of  what  is  contained  in  the  Jinglebob  fauna 
pertains  to  the  pulmonates.  Leonard  (1952:  10)  stated:  ".  .  . 
Likewise,  pulmonate  gastropods,  such  as  Planorhula,  Menetus, 
Promenetus,  Ferrissia,  most  species  of  Gyraulus,  and  large 
species  of  Lymnaea,  failed  to  survive  the  ecological  changes  that 
followed  the  close  of  deposition  of  Sappa  silts."  Again  the 
faunal  list  presented  clearly  indicates  that  Ferrissia,  Menetus 
and  Gyraulus,  as  well  as  sizeable  lymnaeids,  were  not  uncom- 
mon in  Sangamon  or  the  third  interglacial  age. 

It  is  clear  from  the  evidence  adduced  by  Leonard  in  his  ac- 
count of  the  "Illinoian  and  Wisconsinan  MoUuscan  Faunas  in 
Kansas"  that  he  believed  there  was  a  drastic  reduction  in  the 
number  of  species  that  survived  in  the  high  plains  after  the 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  87 

"  Yarmouthian "  interglacial  age.  His  deduction  (1952:  10) 
is  clearly  stated :  "It  is  difficult  to  escape  the  conclusion  that  a 
profound  change  in  ecological  conditions  in  the  Great  Plains 
region  occurred  at  the  close  of  the  Yarmouthian  interglacial 
interval  or  at  the  beginning  of  the  Illinoian  cycle  of  erosion. 
Dramatic  extinction  of  the  great  populations  of  branchiate  and 
other  gastropods  adapted  to  life  in  permanent  water,  which 
thrived  in  western  Kansas  in  late  Kansan  and  early  Yarmouthian 
times,  is  indicative  of  a  less  humid  environment  and  of  less 
alluviated  valley  systems  in  the  Great  Plains  region."  So  rich 
and  varied  an  assemblage  of  approximately  fifty  species  in  an 
age  well  beyond  Yarmouthian  time  definitely  indicates  that  with 
an  accumulation  of  further  evidence  our  concepts  about  condi- 
tions in  the  high  plains  during  the  Pleistocene  will  need  to  be 
modified  as  new  evidence  accumulates. 

Leonard  (1952:  27-35)  presented  a  series  of  distribution 
maps  to  indicate  the  range  of  a  number  of  recent  species  which 
have  a  more  or  less  characteristic  pattern  but  which  do  not 
occur  in  Kansas  or  in  portions  of  the  "mid-continent"  region. 
Although  the  general  information  contained  in  his  maps  is 
useful  and  the  maps  will  prove  of  value  to  those  needing  such 
data,  an  examination  of  the  records  available  in  the  Museum 
of  Zoology  indicates  that  the  distributional  data  are  in  need  of 
revision.  The  following  records  are  submitted  to  show  some 
of  the  discrepancies  observed:  (1)  Cionella  luhrica  (Leonard's 
figure  7)  is  shown  as  not  occurring  in  Kansas,  Nebraska  and 
South  Dakota.  There  are,  however,  records  from  Roberts 
County,  South  Dakota;  and  Manhattan,  Riley  Co.,  Kansas.  (2) 
Discus  cronkhitei  (Leonard's  figure  8)  is  not  supposed  to  occur 
in  Kansas,  Nebraska,  South  Dakota  and  most  of  Iowa.  Its  oc- 
currence is  established  in  Des  Moines,  Polk  County,  Iowa; 
Ruthven,  Palo  Alto  County,  Iowa;  Roberts  County,  South  Da- 
kota; and  Spearfish,  Lawrence  County,  South  Dakota.  (3) 
Striatura  milium  is  recorded  from  Devil's  Lake,  North  Dakota, 
and  Walker,  in  his  Mollusca  of  Alabama,  has  many  records  of 
it  for  that  state,  although  it  is  not  shown  to  have  a  southern 
range  on  Leonard's  map.  (4)  Succinea  ovalis  (Leonard's  fig- 
ure 14)  is  not  supposed  to  occur  in  Kansas,  but  we  have  a  record 
for  it  at  St.  Joseph,  Cloud  County,  Kansas  (on  the  Kansas 
drainage  in  the  north  central  part  of  the  state). 


88  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (3) 

The  above  records  concern  land  snails.  Among  the  fresh- 
water forms  there  are  also  collections  available  which  show  that 
the  ranges  given  by  Leonard  (1950)  are  not  as  accurate  as  they 
could  be.  The  following  data  are  presented  to  supplement  the 
information  already  given  by  him  in  previous  publications. 
(1)  Valvata  tricarinaia  Say  does  extend  into  the  mideontinent 
region  and  the  Museum  of  Zoology  has  records  which  establish 
it  in  Manitoba,  three  counties  in  Iowa,  and  four  counties  in 
South  Dakota.  (2)  Valvata  lewisi  Currier  was  discovered  in 
the  Yarmouthian  fauna  of  "Lincoln  County,  Kansas  (loc.  23)" 
and  Leonard  (1950:  11)  stated:  "...  The  Lincoln  County, 
Kansas,  record  is  far  out  of  the  range  of  the  living  species." 
There  is,  hoAvever,  a  recent  record  of  its  occurrence  in  Douglas 
County,  South  Dakota.  (3)  Ferrissia  parallela  (Haldeman)  is 
recorded  from  Madge  Lake,  Saskatchewan,  as  well  as  from  Rob- 
erts and  Marshall  counties.  South  Dakota.  Such  records  reveal 
that  the  statement  (1952:  21):  "It  is  absent  from  the  mid- 
continent  region"  will  need  to  be  revised.  (4)  Aplexa  kyp- 
norum  (Linne)was  not  known  according  to  Leonard  (1950: 
22)  to  occur  in  the  mideontinent  region.  There  are,  neverthe- 
less, records  from  Franklin,  Palo  Alto  and  Polk  counties  in 
Iowa ;  Cherry  County,  Nebraska ;  Roberts  County,  South  Da- 
kota;  Devil's  Lake,  North  Dakota;  Ravalli  and  Gallatin  coun- 
ties, Montana ;  and  Little  Quill  Lake,  Saskatchewan. 

Although  the  amount  of  information  presented  by  Leonard 
regarding  the  distribution  of  recent  forms  is  commendable,  it  is 
necessary  to  incorporate  available  information  if  we  are  to  in- 
dicate whether  or  not  certain  species  are  among  the  recent  forms 
inhabiting  the  mideontinent  region.  Since  human  occupation 
has  altered  considerably  large  areas  in  the  high  plains  region 
it  goes  without  saying  that  early  collections  must  often  be  relied 
upon  to  attain  an  understanding  of  the  original  range  of  some 
of  the  recent  species.  Many  records  established  by  the  late  B. 
Shimek  will  probably  never  again  be  duplicated  in  a  region  so 
heavily  farmed  as  Iowa. 

In  summary,  the  Jinglebob  fauna  in  Meade  County,  Kansas, 
was  found  to  contain  a  rich  and  varied  mollusk  fauna  consisting 
of  forty-nine  species.  An  interpretation  of  the  ecological  needs 
for   this   assemblage    indicates   that    the    region   was    probably 


Jan.,  19531  the  xautilus  89 

warmer  and  had  a  greater  rainfall  than  at  present.  Some  of 
the  aquatic  snails  are  characteristically  those  which  inhabit 
woods  pools  similar  to  those  found  in  southern  Michigan  today. 
The  fauna  is  typically  Mississippian  and  there  appear  to  be  no 
endemic  species.  Although  many  distributional  records  are 
available  in  centers  housing  mollusk  collections,  more  detailed 
maps  giving  the  range  limits  of  recent  species  are  needed  for 
critical  analyses  of  the  relation  of  Pleistocene  faunas  to  recent 
species.  The  job  of  collating  those  distribution  records  is  diffi- 
cult because  of  the  waj'^  such  records  are  scattered  among  col- 
lections. Also,  there  are  large  areas  still  in  need  of  painstaking 
field  work. 

References 

Baker,    F.    C.     1931.     Pleistocene    History   of   the    Territorial 

Mollusca  of  Fulton  County,  Illinois.     Trans.  111.  Acad.  Sci., 

24:  149-59. 
.     1938.     New   Land  and   Freshwater  Mollusca  from   the 

Upper  Pliocene  of  Kansas  and  a  New  Species  of  Gjjraiilus 

from  Early  Pleistocene  Strata.     Nautilus,  51:  126-31. 
EisELEY,  L.  C.     1941.     Index  Mollusca  and  Their  Bearing  on 

Certain  Problems  of  Prehistory :  A  Critique.    Philad.  Anthro. 

Soc,  1:  77-94. 
HiBBARD,  C.  W.    1941.  Mammals  of  the  Rexroad  Fauna  from  the 

Upper  Pliocene  of  Southwestern  Kansas.    Trans.  Kansas  Acad. 

Sci.,  44:  265-312. 
.      1949.      Pleistocene    Vertebrate    Paleontology    in    North 

America.    Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  60:  1417-28. 
LaRocque,  Aurele.     1952.     Molluscan  Faunas  of  the  Oreleton 

Mastodon  Site,  Madison   County,   Ohio.     Ohio  Journal  Sci., 

52:  10-27. 
Leonard,  A.  Byron.     1948.    Five  New  Yarmouthian  Planorbid 

Snails.    Nautilus,  62:  41-47. 
.    1950.    A  Yarmouthian  Molluscan  Fauna  in  the  Midconti- 

nent  Region  of  the  United  States.    Univ.  Kansas  Paleo,  Con- 

trib.,  Mollusca,  art.  3:  1-48. 

1952.     Ulinoian  and  Wiscousinan  Molluscan  Faunas  in 


Kansas.    Univ.  Kansas  Paleo.  Contrib.,  i\Iollusea,  Art.  4:  1-38. 
Leonard,  A.  Byron,  and  C.  Raymond  Goble.     1952.     Mollusca 

of  the  University  of   Kansas  Natural   History   Reservation. 

Univ.  Kansas  Sci'.  Bull.,  34:  1013-1055. 
Leonard,  Alice  E.     1943.     The  Mollusca  of  Meade  and  Clark 

Counties.  Kansas.    Trans.  Kansas  Acad.  Sci.,  46:  226-40. 


90  THE    NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (3) 

RiNKER,  G.  C.  1949.  Tremarct other ium  from  the  Pleistocene  of 
Meade  County,  Kansas.  Contrib,  Mus.  Paleontol,  Univ.  Mich., 
7;  107-12. 

Russell,  L.  S.  1934.  Pleistocene  and  Post-Pleistocene  Mol- 
luscan  Faunas  of  Southern  Saskatchewan.  Can.  Field.  Nat., 
48:  34-37. 

Shimek,  B.  1930.  Pleistocene  and  Recent  Mollusks.  Nautilus, 
U:  37-41. 

Yen,  Teng-Chien.  1947.  Distribution  of  Fossil  and  Fresh- 
Water  Mollusks.     Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  58:  293-98. 

.  1951.  Fossil  Fresh-Water  Mollusks  and  Ecological  In- 
terpretations.    Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  62:  1375-80. 


A  STUDY  OF  LAMARCK'S  TYPES  OF  UNIONIDAE 
AND  MUTELIDAE 

By  RICHARD  I.  JOHNSON 

{Continued  from  October,  1952,  issue) 

georgina,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  74,  No.  17  (Habite  le 
lac  George,  Cabinet  de  M.  Valenciennes).  Holotype  in  the 
Paris  Museum.  Length  59  mm.  Is  EllijJtio  complanatus. 
Solander. 

glahrata,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  75,  No.  21  (Habite  la 
riviere  de  I'Ohio,  Michaud).  Holotype  in  the  Paris  Museum. 
Length  70  mm.     Is  Elliptio  complanatus  Solander. 

glauca  'Valenciennes'  Lamarck,  Anodonta:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert. 
6,  p.  87,  No.  13  (Habite  en  Amerique,  dans  des  eaux  douces 
voisines  d'Acapulco,  collection  de  MM.  le  baron  Humboldt  et 
Bonpland),  1841,  Delessert,  Rec.  Coq.  pi.  13,  fig.  3.  Figured 
holotype  in  the  Geneva  Museum.  Length  98  mm.  There  is  a 
specimen  in  the  Paris  Museum  from  Humboldt  presumably 
from  the  type  lot  and  figured  by  Fischer  &  Crosse,  1894,  Mis- 
sion Scientifique  au  Mexique  et  dans  1 'Amerique  Centrale. 
Part  7,  2,  p.  533,  pi.  69,  fig.  1,  la.  Is  Anodontites  glaucus 
*Val.'  Lamarck. 

intermedia,  Anodonta:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  86,  No.  10 
(Habite  en  France  dans  la  Loire,  etc.  Cabinet  de  M.  Du- 
fresne),  4  cotypes  in  the  Geneva  Museum.  Is  Anodonta 
cygnea  Linn. 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  91 

ligamentina,  TJnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  72  (Habite  la 
riviere  de  I'Ohio,  A.  Michaud).  Lamarck  gives  the  measure- 
ment 77  mm.  in  length.  The  type  in  the  Paris  Museum  is 
73  mm.  in  length.  Is  Actinonaias  carinata  Barnes,  see  Ort- 
mann  and  Walker,  1922,  Occ.  Papers,  Mus.  Zool.  Univ.  of 
Michigan  No.  112,  p.  47. 

littoralis,  TJnio:  1801,  Systeme  des  Animaux  sans  Vertebres,  p. 
114;  1819.  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  76,  No.  25  (Habite  dans  les 
rivieres  de  France,  commune  dans  la  Seine).  Six  cotypes 
in  the  Geneva  Museum.    Is  TJnio  littoralis  Lamarck. 

luteola,  TJnio:  1810,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  79,  No.  40  (Habite  la 
riviere  Susquehana  et  celle  Mohancks,  dans  les  Etats-Unis). 
Holotype  in  the  Paris  Museum.  Length  69  mm.  The  descrip- 
tion would  indicate  that  Lamarck  was  describing  LampsHis 
cariosa  Say.  The  type,  however,  is  Lampsilis  siliquoideaf 
Barnes. 

manca,  TJnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  80,  No.  43  (Habite  en 
Bourgogne,  dans  la  Dree.  Cabinet  de  M.  de  Ferussac).  Could 
not  be  located,  even  though  the  Ferussac  collections  were 
eventually  deposited  in  the  Paris  Museum.  Is  TJnio  pictorum 
Linn. 

marginalis,  TJnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  79,  No.  41  (Habite 
au  Bengale,  dans  les  rivieres).  Lamarck  refers  to  Encj'' 
Method.  1797,  pi.  247,  fig.  1,  a,  b,  c.  Holotype  in  the  Geneva 
Museum.  Length  75  mm.  Is  Lamellidens  marginalis  La- 
marck. 

nana,  TJnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  76,  No.  27  (Habite  dans 
la  Franche-Comte,  Cabinet  de  M.  de  Ferussac).  Could  not  be 
located,  even  though  the  Ferussac  collections  were  eventually 
deposited  in  the  Paris  Museum.  Is  Unio  crassus  hatavus 
Maton  and  Rackett. 

naviformis,  TJnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  75,  No.  20  (Habite 
la  riviere  de  Ohio,  Michaud  fils).  Holotype  in  the  Paris 
Museum.    Length  75  mm.    Is  Quadrula  cylindrica  Say. 

ohliqua,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  72,  No.  8  (Habite  la 
riviere  de  I'Ohio,  A.  Michaud).  Could  not  be  located  but 
should  be  in  the  Paris  Museum.  Is  Pleurobema  cordatum 
Rafinesque. 


92  THE   NAUTILUS  |  Vol.   66    (3) 

patagonica,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vort.  6,  p.  88,  No.  15  (Habite 
dans  I'Amerique,  les  rivieres  de  la  Plata  et  celles  dii  pays  des 
Patagons).  Lamarck  refers  to  Eney.  Method.  1797,  pi.  203, 
fig.  1,  a,  b.  There  are  two  cotypes  in  the  Geneva  Museum, 
one  measuring  80  mm.  in  length  and  the  other  60  mm.  in 
length.  Lamarck  gives  the  length  as  from  72  to  80  mm.  Is 
Anodontites  paiagonicus  Lamarck. 

pensylvanica.  Anodonfa:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  86,  No.  9 
(Habite  la  riviere  de  Schugikill,  pres  de  Philadelphie,  M. 
Wanuxem),  1841,  Delessert,  Rec.  Coq.  pi.  13,  fig.  4.  La- 
marck gives  the  measurement  51  mm.  in  length.  The  type 
figured  by  Delessert  in  the  Geneva  Museum  is  47  mm.  in  length. 
Is  Strophitus  iindidatus  Say. 

peruviana,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  71,  No.  4  (Habite 
au  Perou,  dans  les  rivieres,  Dombey).  Lamarck  refers  to 
Ency.  Method.  1797,  pi.  248,  fig.  7.  Holotype  in  the  Geneva 
Museum.    Length  109  mm.    Is  Amhlema  peruviana  Lamarck. 

purpuracens,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  73,  No.  12  (Habite 
les  rivieres  de  I'etat  de  New-Yorck,  Cabinet  de  M.  Valenci- 
ennes). The  type  of  this  species  could  not  be  located,  though 
there  are  specimens  of  the  varieties  in  the  Paris  Museum. 
Some  are  Elliptio  complanatus  Solander,  the  others  Lampsilis 
radiata  Gmelin. 

purpurata,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  71,  No.  6  (Habite 
.  .  .  Je  la  crois  des  grandes  rivieres  de  I'Afrique).  Holotype 
in  the  Geneva  Museum.  Length  139  mm.  Is  Lampsilis 
purpurata  Lamarck. 

rariplicata,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  71,  No.  5  (Habite 
la  riviere  de  I'Ohio,  IMichaud).  Lamarck  gives  the  measure- 
ment 62  mm.  in  length.  The  type  in  the  Paris  Museum 
measures  70  mm.     Is  Amhlema  plicata  Say. 

rarisulcata,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  72,  No.  10  (Habite 
dans  le  lac  Champlain,  Cabinet  de  ]M.  Dufresne).  Could  not 
be  located.  Might  be  in  the  Edinburgh  ^Museum  (see  Sher- 
born,  1940,  Where  is  the — Collection?,  p.  47).  Is  Elliptio 
complanatus  Solander. 

recta,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  74,  No.  19  (Habite  le  lac 
Erie,  Michaud  fils).    Holotype  in  the  Paris  Museum.    Length 


Jan.,  19531  the  nautilus  93 

100  mm.  The  original  label  says,  "de  la  [vici]  ite  de  Niaga 
[sic].    Is  Lamj)silis  recta  Lamarck. 

retusa,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  72,  No.  9  (Habite  les 
rivieres  de  la  Nouvelle  Ecosse,  A.  Michaiid).  Lamarck  gives 
the  measurement  47  mm.  in  length.  The  type  in  the  Paris 
IMuseum  measures  40  mm.     Is  Ohovaria  retusa  Lamarck. 

rhomhiila,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  74,  No.  15  (Habite  an 
Senegal,  dans  les  rivieres).  1841,  Delessert,  Rec.  Coq.  pi.  12, 
fig.  8.  Figured  holotype  in  the  Geneva  Museum.  Length  65 
mm.     Is  Elliptio  complanatus  Solander. 

rostrata,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  77,  No.  31  (Habite 
dans  le  Rhone  et  les  grandes  rivieres  de  I'Allemagne,  de 
Silese,  etc.).  There  are  two  specimens  of  this  species  in  the 
Geneva  Museum  with  the  label,  "Type  prob."  They  each 
measure  88  mm.  in  length.  Lamarck  gives  the  measurement 
99  mm.  in  length.     Is  TJnio  pictorum  rostratus  Lamarck. 

rotundata,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  75,  No.  24  (Habite 
.  .  .  Cabinet  de  M.  Daudebard  et  eelui  de  M.  Faujas).  The 
type  of  this  species  could  not  be  located.  Is  Glchula  rotundata 
Lamarck. 

ruhens,  Anodonta:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  85,  No.  6  (Habite 
au  Senegal).  The  type  of  this  species  could  not  be  located. 
It  should  be  in  the  Geneva  iMuseum.  Is  Spatha  ruhens  La- 
marck. 

semi-rugata,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  76,  No.  26  (Habite 
.  .  .),  1841,  Delessert,  Rec.  Coq.  pi.  12,  fig.  6.  Figured  holo- 
type in  the  Geneva  Museum.  Length  40  mm.  Is  Unio  scmi- 
rugata  Lamarck. 

sinuata,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  70,  No.  1  (Habite  dans 
le  Rhin,  la  Loire,  et  les  autres  grandes  rivieres  du  continent 
europeen,  tempere  et  austral).  Four  cotypes  in  the  Geneva 
Museum.  Lamarck  gives  the  measurements  140  to  145  mm. 
in  length.     Is  Unio  crassus  Retzius. 

sinuosa,  Anodonta:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  87,  No.  14  (Habite 
.  .  .  Cabinet  de  M.  Daudebard).  Lamarck  refers  to  Ency. 
Method,  1797,  pi.  203,  fig.  2,  a,  b.  Holotype  in  the  Geneva 
Museum.  Length  85  mm.  There  is  a  smaller  paratype.  Also 
one  idiotype  in  the  Paris  Museum  named  by  Lamarck  and 


94  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (3) 

coming  from  the  Ferussac  collection.  It  has  the  same  length 
as  the  holotj'pe.     Is  Anodo7itites  sinuosus  Lamarck. 

spuria,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  80,  No.  45  (Habite  .  .  . 
les  regions  australes  de  I'Asie?,  Du  voj^age  de  Baudin).  The 
type  could  not  be  found.  It  should  be  in  the  Paris  Museum. 
Identification  uncertain. 

suhorhiculata,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  81,  No.  48 
(Habite  ...  les  eaux  douces  des  elimats  chauds?.  Cabinet 
de  MM.  Daudebard  et  Faujas).  The  type  consists  of  one 
valve  measuring  92  mm.  in  length  with  the  label  "individual 
decrit  par  Lamarck  et  prouvenant  du  Cabinet  de  Faujas." 
Lamarck  gives  the  measurement  80  mm.  in  length.  Is 
Glebula  rotundata  Lamarck. 

sulcata,  Anodonta:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  85,  No.  3  (Habite 
le  lac  Ladoga  et  les  rivieres  des  Etats-Unis).  Lamarck  refers 
to  Ency.  Method.  1797,  pi.  202,  fig.  1,  a,  b.  Holotype  in  the 
Geneva  Museum.  Length  181  mm.  There  is  also  a  smaller 
paratype  which  measures  135  mm.  in  length.  Is  Anodonta 
cygnea  Linn. 

sulcidens,  Unio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  77,  No.  30  (Habite 
dans  une  riviere  du  Connecticut,  M.  Lesueur ;  et  dans  la 
riviere  Schunglkill,  M.  Wanuxem),  1841,  Delessert,  Rec.  Coq. 
pi.  12,  fig.  3.  Figured  paratype  in  the  Geneva  Museum. 
Length  56  mm.  Delessert  figured  the  largest  of  three  para- 
types.  The  other  two  measure  48  mm.  in  length.  The  holotype 
from  the  Connecticut  River  is  in  the  Paris  Museum  and 
measures  80  mm.  in  length.    Is  Elliptio  complanatus  Solander. 

trapesialis,  Anodonta:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  87,  No.  11 
(Habite  .  .  .  dans  les  eaux  douces  etrangeres  a  celles  de 
1 'Europe?).  Lamarck  refers  to  Ency.  Method.  1797,  pi. 
205,  fig.  1,  a,  b.  Holotype  in  the  Geneva  Museum.  Length 
140  mm.  There  is  also  a  smaller  paratype.  Is  Anodontites 
trapesiales  Lamarck. 

uniopsis,  Anodonta:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  86,  No.  8  (Habite 
...  les  regions  australes?,  Du  voyage  de  Baudin).  The  type 
consists  of  one  specimen  measuring  74  mm.  in  length  with  the 
label,  "individual  decrit  par  Lamarck."  It  measures  57  mm. 
in  length.     Is  Microcondylaea  compressa  Menke,  see   Haas, 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  95 

1940  Zool.  Series,  Field  Mus.  Chicago,  Illinois  24,  No.  11, 
p.  133. 

varicosa,  JJnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  78,  No.  36  (Habite  la 
riviere  de  Schuglkill,  pres  de  Philadelphie,  M.  Wanuxem; — 
aussi  dans  le  lac  Champlain.  Cabinet  de  M.  Valenciennes). 
Type  in  the  Geneva  Museum  from  the  former  locality  and 
measuring  30  mm,  in  length.  Lamarck  gives  no  measurements. 
1  specimen  in  the  Paris  Museum  under  this  name,  but  is  not 
varicosa  Lamarck,  but  Alasmidonta  undulata  Say.  Is  Alasmi- 
donta  varicosa  Lamarck. 

virginiana,  TJnio:  1819,  An.  sans  Vert.  6,  p.  79,  No.  39  (Habite 
la  riviere  Potowmac,  en  Virginie),  1841,  Delessert,  Rec.  Coq. 
pi.  12,  fig.  4.  Figured  holotype  in  the  Geneva  Museum. 
Length  60  mm.  In  the  Paris  Museum  is  a  plaque  with  four 
specimens  and  the  label,  "Anodonta  Virginia  Lam.  de  Virginie, 
fig.  dans  le  Rec.  Coq.  pi.  12,  fig.  4 " ;  however  these  specimens 
are  Strophitus  rugosus  Swainson  and  could  not  be  Lamarck's 
types.     Is  Elliptio  complanatus  Solander. 


THE  POSITION  OF  "XESTA"  CINCTA  (LEA) 

By  HAEALD  a.  REHDER 

Xesta  cincta  (Lea)  has  long  been  the  name  of  a  species  with 
several  geographic  races  inhabiting  the  northern  peninsula  of 
Celebes.  Lea  (1834,  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc,  n.  s.,  5  :  56 ;  Observ. 
Genus  Unio,  1:  168,  pi.  19,  fig.  68)  described  under  the  name 
Helix  cincta  a  specimen  which  he  doubtfully  attributed  to  Java. 
Henry  Adams  (1865,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London:  406)  and  von 
Martens  (1867,  Preuss.  Exped.  Ost-Asien.  Zool.  Theil,  2:  212- 
213)  were  the  first  to  assign  this  name  to  the  species  from  north- 
ern Celebes,  basing  their  determinations  on  specimens  labeled 
cincta  Lea  in  the  Cumingian  collection,  although  von  Martens 
noticed  that  Lea's  figure  did  not  quite  agree  with  these  speci- 
mens. Subsequent  students  have  followed  these  workers.  The 
cousins  Sarasin,  for  instance,  (1899,  P.  and  F.  Sarasin,  Die 
Landmollusken  von  Celebes:  151-158,  pi.  19)  gave  a  detailed 
account  of  the  variations  found  in  the  complex  they  called  the 
" Formenkette "  (chain  of  forms)  of  Xesta  cincta  (Lea).    They 


96  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (3) 

recognized  three  forms,  the  typical  one  from  the  eastern  Mina- 
hassa  section  of  the  peninsula,  the  form  mongondica  P.  and  F. 
Sarasin  from  the  central  part  of  the  peninsula,  and  the  form 
limbifera  (v.  Martens)  found  in  the  western  part.  More  re- 
cently Rensch  (1933,  Mitt.  Zool.  Mus.  Berlin,  19:  113-114)  has 
termed  these  forms  geographic  races,  and  considers  the  complex 
to  form  a  typical  Rassenkreis.  Niethammer,  in  his  contribution 
to  the  knowledge  of  the  land  mollusks  of  Celebes  (1937,  Archiv 
f.  Naturgesch.  n.  F.,  6:  399)  agrees  with  the  Sarasins  and 
Rensch. 

An  examination,  however,  of  Lea's  type  of  Helix  cincta 
(U.S.N.M.  105320)  reveals  the  fact  that  it  is  not  the  Celebes 
species  at  all,  but  a  form  of  Eurycampta  arcHstria  (Pfeiffer) 
(Helminthoglyptidae :  Cepolinae)  from  central  and  western 
Cuba.  It  is  noticeably  different  from  the  East  Indian  species  in 
possessing  a  heavier  shell,  with  coarser,  more  malleate  sculpture, 
with  the  columellar  portion  of  the  lip  more  reflexed,  and  without 
the  dark  spot  in  the  umbilical  region.  Von  Martens  (I.e.:  213) 
is  in  error  when  he  says  that  Lea's  description  mentions  this 
umbilical  spot  though  his  figure  does  not  show  it.  On  the 
contrary.  Lea  states  that  the  color  is  ''more  pale"  about  the 
umbilicus. 

The  species  from  northern  Celebes  must,  therefore,  take  the 
next  available  name,  which  is  Naninia  steursi  (Shuttleworth, 
1852),  not  only  because  Lea's  name  relates  to  a  Cuban  snail,  but 
also  because  the  name  Helix  cincta  had  been  used  twice  pre- 
viously, by  Miiller  in  1774,  and  by  Sheppard  in  1823. 

I  might  point  out  that  the  generic  name  Xesta  Albers,  1850, 
which  is  usually  applied  to  the  Celebes  species,  should  be  re- 
placed by  the  earlier  name  Naninia  Sowerby,  1842,  as  pointed 
out  by  H.  B.  Baker  (1936,  Nautilus  50  (1)  :  30;  1938,  51  (3)  : 
104—105),  both  genera  having  the  same  type  species. 

The  Cuban  species  Eurycampta  arctistria  (Pfr.)  appears  to 
break  up  into  several  races.  When  this  ccomplex  is  completely 
studied  Lea's  Helix  ci^icta  will  fall  into  the  synonymy  of  the 
name  applied  to  one  of  those  geographic  subspecies.  In  the 
collections  of  the  United  States  National  Museum  are  specimens 
from  the  shores  of  Bahia  de  Cochinos,  Las  Villas  Province,  that 
match  Lea's  specimen. 


Jan.,  1953 


THE   NAUTILUS 


97 


SOME  SPHAERIIDAE  OF  UTAH 
By  H.  B.  HEREINGTON  and  E.  J.  ROSCOE 

The  specimens  recorded  in  this  paper  were  collected  by  the 
junior  author  in  the  Uinta  Mountains  (Summit  County)  and 
Wasatch  Mountains  (Salt  Lake  County)  in  the  northeastern 
part  of  Utah,  U.  S.  A.,  from  1944  to  1949.  The  determinations 
were  made  by  the  senior  author.  There  were  nineteen  collec- 
tions made  from  sixteen  stations  representing  four  different 
habitats — ten  lakes,  four  ponds,  one  river  and  one  brook.  All 
except  two  stations  (lakes)  were  in  the  Uinta  Mountains.  The 
stations  ranged  in  elevation  from  about  9000  to  10,500  feet  in 
the  Uinta  Mountains  and  from  9030  to  9369  feet  in  the  Wasatch 
range. 

Seven  species  are  represented,  all  belonging  to  the  genus 
Pisidium.  Six  species  were  taken  from  the  waters  of  the  Uinta 
Mountains  and  three  from  those  of  the  Wasatch  Mountains. 
The  names  of  species  are  revised  in  the  light  of  present  knowl- 
edge. There  were  352  complete  specimens  and  87  single  valves. 
Pisidium  casertanum  (Poli)  (87%)  were  taken  in  all  nineteen 
collections ;  P.  ferrugineum  Prime  form  medianum  Sterki  were 
found  in  six  lakes  and  two  ponds;  P.  variabile  Prime  in  three 
lakes ;  P.  lilljehorgi  Clessin  and  P.  subtruncatum  Malm  each  in 
two  lakes;  and  P.  obtusale  C.  Pfeiffer  and  P.  nitidum  Jenyns 
each  in  one  lake  only. 


Distribution  by  Bodies  of  Water 


Lakes 

Ponds 

River 

Brook 

Species 

No. 
lots 

No. 
spms. 

No. 
lots 

No. 
spms. 

No.       No. 
lots     spms. 

No.        No. 
lots       spms 

P.  casertanum 
P.  ferrugineum 
f.  medianum 
P.  variabile 
P.  lilljeborgi 
P.  subtruncatum 

13 

6 
3 
2 
2 

183  20/2 

34  1/2 

21  27/2 

11  1/2 

1  1/2 

4 
2 

78  10/2 
3 

1        3 

1      3  3/2 

P.  obtusale 

1 

1 

P.  nitidum 

1 

14  24/2 

Grand  total  28     265  74/2  6     81  10/2 

Single  valves  are  represented  as  fractions. 


3  3/2 


98  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (3) 

The  senior  author  has  also  a  few  lots  from  other  parts  of 
Utah: 

P.  milium  Held,  Parawan  reservoir,  Parawan  Mountains, 
Iron  County. 

P.  compressum  Prime.  Utah  Lake,  Utah  County ;  center  of 
south  end  of  Bear  Lake,  Cache  County;  Tooele  County,  Pleisto- 
cene sediments  of  Lake  Bonneville. 

Sphaerium  (Musculium)  lacustre  (Miiller)  form  ryckholti 
(Normand),  Slough  at  south  end  of  Fish  Lake,  Sevier  County. 


A  COLOMBIAN  POMACEA  OF  THE  EFFUSA  GROUP 

By  HENEY  a.  PILSBRY  and  AXEL  A.  0L8S0N 

On  the  automobile  road  from  Cartagena  to  Barranquilla  there 
is  a  fresh  water  lake  known  as  the  Cienaga  de  Luruaco.  Stop- 
ping there  one  day  in  March,  1952,  the  junior  author  found 
numbers  of  a  Pomacea  of  the  subgenus  Effusa,  remarkable  for 
their  very  small  size  for  this  genus,  suggesting  the  specific  name. 

Pomacea  (Effusa)  oligista,  new  species.    Plate  6,  fig.  6. 

The  shell  is  quite  thin,  openly  umbilicate,  subplanorboid,  of 
about  43/2  whorls,  the  surface  rather  dull,  olive  buff,  sometimes 
uniform  but  usually  with  spiral  bands  of  sepia  or  nearly  black, 
varying  in  number  from  two  or  three  to  six  (as  in  the  type 
specimen,  the  left  hand  figure,  the  upper  and  lower  bands 
faint).  The  spire  is  very  short,  conic.  The  whorls  weakly 
convex  at  first  but  very  strongly  convex  above  in  the  last  two 
whorls,  which  are  parted  by  a  very  deep  suture.  The  base  is 
narrowly  rounded.  Aperture  oval,  somewhat  oblique,  the  basal 
margin  being  advanced  beyond  the  upper.    Parietal  callus  thin. 

Height  13.1  mm.,  diameter  19  mm.,  length  of  aperture  11.5 
mm.     Type. 

Height  14  mm.,  diameter  20  mm.,  length  of  aperture  12.5  mm. 
Largest  paratype. 

A  careful  study  of  the  Effusa  group  was  made  by  Dr.  H.  B. 
Baker  in  Occasional  Papers  Mus.  Zool.  Univ.  Michigan,  no.  210, 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  99 

pp.  10-26.  The  smallest  form  mentioned  by  him,  P.  glauca 
minuscula  H.B.B.,  is  larger  than  our  species,  and  less  depressed, 
solid,  the  suture  not  so  deep,  and  differently  sculptured.  Equally 
small  young  of  other  races  of  the  P.  glauca  group  compared  are 
less  depressed  and  far  more  solid  than  P.  oligista.  The  thin 
shell  and  dull  texture  of  the  new  form  are  perhaps  its  most 
prominent  characteristics. 

The  spire  is  more  conic  and  the  base  much  less  broadly  open 
than  in  P.  {Marisa)  cornuarietis  (L.),  and  the  shell  is  much 
thinner. 


VENTRIDENS  IN  STATEN  ISLAND,  NEW  YORK 
By  MOEEIS  K.  JACOBSON 

Ventridens  suppressus  (Say)  has  been  reported  from  Staten 
Island  by  Hubbard  &  Smith  (1865)  as  Helix  suppressus,  by 
Sanderson  Smith  (1887)  as  Zonites  suppressus,  and  by  Pilsbry 
( 1946 ) .  The  first  two  reported  it  as  occurring  ' '  not  abundantly ' ' 
and  "rarely"  respectively.  Pilsbry  alone  gave  a  more  definite 
locality,  naming  Richmond,  Staten  Island  as  the  site.  In  a 
personal  communication,  Dr.  Pilsbry  states  that  the  source  of 
his  reference  is  unknown.  It  probably  is  based  upon  either 
a  personal  note  to  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  or  upon  a 
lot  of  shells  I  have  been  unable  to  uncover.  The  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History  has  a  lot  of  45  specimens  (^60844) 
from  the  old  Crooke  Collection,  a  lot  that  has  recently  been 
checked  by  Clench.  However  this  lot  bears  only  **  Staten 
Island"  as  the  locality.  Dr.  Pilsbry  informs  me  that  the  Acad- 
emy has  no  specimens  of  this  shell  from  Staten  Island.  In 
recent  years  we  have  looked  for  this  shell  near  Richmond  Town 
and  elsewhere,  but  have  found  no  trace  of  it  on  Staten  Island. 

Ventridens  ligera  (Say)  is  reported  from  Staten  Island  only 
by  Pilsbry  (1946),  a  reference  probably  based  upon  a  lot  of 
7  specimens  in  the  American  Museum  (?^61377),  locality  ''Staten 
Island,"  collector  unknown.  This  lot  too  was  recently  checked 
by  Clench.  These  shells  are  the  typical  ligera,  a  rather  large, 
heavy  shell,  very  small  umbilicus  and  a  thick,  yellow  callus  in 
the  umbilical  region.    This  species  is  not  reported  by  S.  Smith 


100  THE    NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (3) 

or  Hubbard  &  Smith;  neither  is  it  reported  from  neighboring- 
Long  Island  by  H.  Prime  (1894)  nor  Smith  &  Prime  (1870). 
The  Bulletin  of  the  Brooklyn  Conchological  Club  (1907)  also 
fails  to  report  it  from  the  New  York  area.  Aside  from  the 
Pilsbry  report  noted  above,  the  reference  closest  to  Staten  Island 
for  this  snail  is  contained  in  the  Gratacap  Catalogue  (1901). 
Here,  as  Zonites  (Gastrodonta)  ligerus,  it  appears  in  a  lot  of 
one  specimen  from  Ked  Bank,  New  Jersey,  about  15  miles  from 
the  southwest  tip  of  Staten  Island.  I  was  unable  to  locate  this 
specimen  in  the  American  Museum  collection. 

On  May  10,  1952  the  New  York  Shell  Club,  on  its  fourth 
annual  outing,  found  a  huge  colony  of  this  snail  in  New  Spring- 
ville,  not  far  from  Richmond  Town.  The  locality  is  an  old 
plowed  field,  now  lying  fallow,  on  Travis  Avenue  about  one  mile 
south  of  Victory  Boulevard,  opposite  the  Olson  farm.  The 
snails  were  found  at  the  base  of  high  grasses,  crawling  on  moist 
ground  near  the  old  plow  furrows.  They  were  found  isolated 
or  in  "nests"  containing  six  to  a  dozen  specimens.  The  shell 
is  very  thin,  the  callus  not  at  all  prominent  and  the  perforation 
slightly  larger  in  proportion.  Hence  they  seem  to  approach  the 
form  stonei  Pilsbry  (op.  cit.,  p.  468).  On  this  field,  Ventridens 
preferred  the  moister  situations,  the  drier  ones  being  occupied 
by  Succinea  ovalis  (Say),  its  most  prominent  associate.  In 
addition  we  found  small  numbers  of  the  typically  dwarfed  New 
York  City  forms  of  Mesodon  thyroidus  (Say).  In  the  small 
woods  bordering  the  field,  we  collected  Carychium  exiguum 
(Say),  Zonitoides  arhoreus  (Say)  and  Discus  cronkhitei  catskil- 
lensis  (Pilsbry). 

It  is  surprising  that  so  large  a  colony  has  not  been  reported 
previously,  but  a  fact  we  discovered  serves  to  date  the  appear- 
ance of  this  group  here  and  explains  its  absence  from  the  earlier 
lists.  In  the  Staten  Island  Museum  there  is  a  collection  of  land 
and  fresh  water  shells  made  by  the  late  William  T.  Davis,  the 
world  famous  authority  on  cicadas  and  dean  of  Staten  Island 
naturalists.  Among  these  shells,  each  lot  provided  with  a  com- 
plete label  written  in  precise,  neat  script,  there  appear  three 
lots  collected  in  New  Springville :  Succinea  ovalis  collected  July 
19,  1891,  Succinea  ovalis  collected  March  12,  1921,  and  Mesodon 
thyroidus  collected  April  23,  1933.    Apparently  New  Springville 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  101 

was  a  favorite  collecting  spot  of  Davis's  and  the  lots  collected 
show  that  he  did  not  fail  to  notice  the  larger  and  medium  sized 
land  mollusks  from  this  area.  Hence  I  believe  we  are  safe  in 
assuming  that  this  colony  of  V.  ligera  stonei  must  have  appeared 
on  Travis  Avenue  at  some  time  subsequent  to  April  1933. 
Though  there  are  no  data  to  support  me,  we  can  guess  that  it 
was  introduced  on  seed  or  crops  from  the  area  of  the  drainage  of 
Delaware  Bay. 

Pilsbry  puts  his  form  stonei  1889  in  the  synonymy  of  ligera 
and  in  a  personal  communication  (May  15,  1952)  states:  "The 
form  with  very  thin  or  wanting  internal  callus  is  occasionally 
met  in  places  deficient  in  lime. ' '  However  the  lot  in  the  Ameri- 
can Museum  noted  above  indicates  that  the  heavy-callused  typi- 
cal ligera  as  well  as  the  thin-callused  form  stonei  has  occurred 
in  Staten  Island,  where  very  little  limestone  occurs  on  the  sur- 
face. Thus  the  strong  possibility^  exists  that  in  stonei  we  are 
faced  with  a  valid  subspecies,  or  perhaps  even  a  species.  At  all 
events  I  cannot  agree  that  stonei  is  simple  synonym  of  ligera. 

Besides  to  Dr.  Pilsbry,  who  is  always  ready  to  give  generously 
of  his  time  and  invaluable  advice,  my  warmest  thanks  are  due 
to  Mr.  Fred  "Weir,  who  helped  me  in  my  search  in  the  rich 
American  Museum  collection,  and  to  Miss  Mathilde  Weingartner 
of  the  Staten  Island  Museum,  who  kindly  permitted  me  to  ex- 
amine the  valuable  Davis  collection. 

References  Cited 

Brooklyn  Conchological  Club,  Bulletin,  Vol.  1,  No.  1,  Nov. 

1907. 
Grata  CAP,  Louis  Pope.     1901.     Catalogue  of  the  Binney  and 

Bland  Collection  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  14,  article  23. 
Hubbard,  J.  W.,  and  Smith,  Sanderson.     1865.     Catalogue  of 

the  Mollusks  of  Staten  Island,  New  York.    Ann.  Lye.  of  Nat. 

Hist.  New  York,  vol.  8,  no.  4  &  5,  pp.  151-154. 
Pilsbry,  Henry  A.     1946.     Land  Mollusca  of  North  America. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  monograph  no.  3,  vol.  II,  part  I. 

.    May  15,  1952.     Personal  communication  to  author. 

Prime,  Henry.    1894.    Catalogue  of  Land  Shells  of  Long  Island, 

New  York.    Nautilus,  vol.  8,  p.  69f. 
Smith,  Sanderson.    1887.    Catalogue  of  the  Mollusca  of  Staten 

Island.    Proc.  Nat.  Sci.  Assoc,  of  Staten  Island,  Extra  no.  5. 


102  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (3) 

Smith,  Sanderson,  and  Prime,  Temple.  1870.  Report  on  the 
Molluscs  of  Long  Island,  New  York  and  its  Dependencies. 
Ann.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  New  York,  vol.  9,  pp.  377-407. 


DISPOSING  OF  DUPLICATE  SHELLS 
By  MEREILL  MOORE,  M.D. 

Everyone  who  collects  sea  shells  finds  himself  with  duplicates 
on  hand.  What  to  do  with  them  is  never  a  serious  problem  but 
it  does  present  certain  alternatives  worth  considering"  as  ex- 
pressed in  the  question,  "What  is  the  best  thing  to  do  with 
them?"  The  disposal  of  duplicate  shells  from  any  collection 
can  also  be  tied  in  with  the  fact  that  each  year  there  is  an 
oncoming  wave  of  population,  some  five  or  six  million,  depending 
on  the  annual  birth  rate,  made  up  entirely  of  young  individuals 
who  have  never  seen  a  shell  or  who,  if  they  have,  may  know 
relatively  little  about  them,  because  unfortunately  malacology 
is  not  one  of  the  subjects  to  which  much  attention  is  devoted  in 
the  grade  schools  and  the  high  schools  of  our  nation  and  there 
is  where  most  formal  education  stops  for  the  majority  of  the 
people. 

With  these  two  thoughts  in  mind,  I  have  found  a  present 
solution  that  gives  me  some  pleasure  and  satisfaction  in  its 
pursuit,  enabling  me  in  one  gesture  to  dispose  of  my  duplicates, 
and  at  the  same  time  initiate  others  into  the  mysteries  of 
malacology,  starting  with  the  collection  of  sea  shells  which  is 
its  natural  point  of  origin. 

For  example,  once  I  collected  all  kinds  of  shells  but  soon  my 
shelves  got  so  crowded  I  decided  to  specialize  in  cones,  so  now 
(except  for  a  few  beautiful  specimens)  all  I  keep  are  species 
of  genus  Conns. 

Every  time  I  go  to  Sanibel  I  bring  home  several  bushels  of  all 
sorts  of  shells  in  the  back  of  my  car,  and  the  trips  I  have  made 
to  the  Caribbean  and  to  the  Pacific  have  inevitably  ended  with 
a  large  supply  of  excess  shells.  Just  giving  these  away  indi- 
vidually or  by  the  handful  seems  unorganized  and  relatively 
ineffectual.  Accordingly  some  years  ago  I  hit  on  the  following 
plan:  I  save  old  boxes  and  paper  bags  of  suitable  size  and  fill 
them  with  an  assortment  of  common  shells   (all  duplicates,  of 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  103 

course)  and  into  them  I  put  a  leaflet  I  have  had  printed  which 
gives  a  little  information  about  them  and  a  few  suggestions  which 
the  interested  beginner  may  choose  to  follow  up.  These  I  dis- 
tribute whenever  and  wherever  I  find  anyone  who  might  be 
interested.  For  example,  invalids,  shut-ins,  children  in  hos- 
pitals, bored  people  and  persons  who  have  limited  resources  and 
few  interests  are  all  suitable  candidates  for  this  little  present 
which  may  be  considered  the  nucleus  of  a  collection  (if  they 
wish  to  extend  it),  with  a  small  chart  or  blueprint  outlining  an 
approach  the  receptive  individual  may  take  and  follow  if  he 
chooses  to  do  so.  Any  old  wide-mouthed  bottle  or  jar  or  cello- 
phane bag  or  cardboard  container  will  do  to  hold  the  shells. 
I  put  in  anjrwhere  from  twenty  to  fifty,  usually  one  or  two  of 
each  species  and  maybe  a  dozen  genera,  enclose  the  printed 
leaflet  and  let  it  go  at  that.  I  am  often  delighted  to  find  that 
this  suggestion  and  encouragement  was  just  enough  to  make  a 
beginning  and  start  another  individual  towards  that  fascinating 
sub -department  of  general  biology  (and  adult  education,  if  you 
please),  commonly  known  as  " Conchology, "  but  more  properly 
called  "Malacology." 

I  suppose  the  difference  between  the  conehologist  so-called 
and  the  malacologist  is  one  of  degrees,  but  it  seems  to  me  suitable 
that  every  child  in  the  United  States  might  properly  be  exposed 
to  the  virus  of  shell  collecting  sometime  during  his  stay  at  the 
first  eight  grades  or  his  shorter  sojourn  in  the  four  years  of 
high  school  or  preparatory  school.  The  amazing  thing  to  me, 
and  this  I  can  state  as  a  scientific  fact,  is  that  in  twenty-five 
years  of  collecting  and  distributing  shells  among  my  friends  and 
acquaintances,  /  have  never  once  encountered  a  child  that  did 
not  "take  to  them  naturally"  and  like  them.  Thus,  children 
universally  repeat  in  the  life  of  the  present  individual  the 
ancient  history  of  our  race  as  we  know  it  from  evidence  encoun- 
tered in  the  prehistoric  kitchen-middens  and  the  tomb  treasures 
found  everywhere  on  the  face  of  the  earth,  from  Chinese  cave 
relics  to  the  shell  treasures  unearthed  in  the  burial  sites  of  the 
mysterious  Mound-Builders  of  the  Mississippi,  Tennessee,  and 
Ohio  River  valleys. 

I  enclose  a  printed  leaflet  on  studying  shells  with  each  parcel 
of  shells.    It  begins — 


104  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (3) 

Here  are  a  few  shells.  I  suggest  that  you  take  each  one  in 
your  hand  and  look  it  over.  Some  shells  are  naturally  small 
and  do  not  grow  much  larger  than  these ;  others  are  the  young  of 
larger  species  and  might  have  developed  into  larger  shells.  There 
are  five  easy  things  you  can  do  with  shells :  1.  Look  at  them.  2. 
Draw  them.  3.  Study  and  try  to  classify  them.  4.  Eead  about 
them.    5.  Some  people  like  to  make  things  out  of  shells. 

Then  it  goes  on  to  give  the  means  of  some  elementary  books, 
such  as  Baily  's  edition  of  Keep 's  West  American  Shells,  Aldrich 
&  Snyder's  Florida  Sea  Shells  and  others.  Then  about  the 
classes  of  shells,  Cephalopods,  Gastropods,  Chitons,  Scaphopods 
and  Pelecypods.  I  shall  be  glad  to  send  copies  of  this  leaflet  to 
anyone  interested.    It  can  be  modified  to  suit  different  localities. 


NOTES  AND  NEWS 


His  first  ninety  years. — Dr.  Pilsbry,  who  has  been  senior 
editor  of  The  Nautilus  since  its  beginning,  64  years  ago,  ar- 
rived at  his  90th  birthday  on  a  Sunday,  Dee.  7,  1952.  The  fol- 
lowing day  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia 
gave  a  tea  in  his  honor,  and  presented  him  with  a  life  member- 
ship. Everybody  hoped  that  he  would  enjoy  it  for  the  next  nine 
decades.  Dr.  Pilsbry  spent  Christmas  with  his  daughters  in 
Lantana,  Florida,  and  will  return  to  Philadelphia  with  the 
spring. — H.  B.  B. 

Federal  regulations  on  importing  living  mollusks. — Free 
copies  of  these  regulations  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the 
Division  of  Information,  Bureau  of  Entomology  and  Plant 
Quarantine,  Department  of  Agriculture,  "Washington  25,  D.  C. 
The  regulations  prohibit  the  importation  of  living  land  and 
fresh-water  mollusks  into  the  United  States,  except  by  special 
permit  which  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Chief  of  the 
Bureau  of  Entomology  and  Plant  Quarantine,  Department  of 
Agriculture.  The  regulations  do  not  apply  to  cleaned,  dead 
or  preserved  shells  nor  to  seashells  or  other  marine  mollusks. — 
R,  Tucker  Abbott. 

The  Branham  Shell  Museum,  Fort  Myers  Beach,  Florida, 
opened  to  the  public  November  15th,  the  hours  being  1  to  5 
daily  except  Monday.     All  who  are  interested  in  shells,  either 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  105 

for  scientific  study  or  as  decorative  objects,  are  cordially  invited 
to  visit  the  Museum. — Mrs.  Hugh  Branham. 

The  New  York  Shell  Club  Notes,  No.  7,  March  1952,  con- 
tains the  narrative  of  a  trip  by  Jack  H.  McLellan  to  the  original 
and  only  known  locality  of  Triodopsis  plat y say oides  (Brooks), 
in  Coopers  Rock  State  Forest,  Monongalia  Co.,  West  Virginia. 
A  full  account  of  this  rugged  spot  is  given. 

Egypt.  Dr.  Henry  van  der  Schalie  of  the  University  of 
Michigan  Museum  of  Zoology  is  on  a  visit  to  Egypt,  for  the  study 
of  fresh  water  mollusks. 

L.  A.  BuRRY.  Notice  of  the  death  of  this  well  known  collector 
of  Pompano,  Florida,  has  been  received.  His  friends  and  cor- 
respondents will  miss  him  sorely. 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 

Primitive  fossil  gastropods  and  their  bearing  on  gastropod 
CLASSIFICATION.  By  J.  Brookes  Knight  (Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll., 
vol.  117,  no.  13,  56  pp.,  10  text-figs,  and  2  pis.  1952).  A  tribula- 
tion to  the  student  of  fossil  mollusks  is  the  fact  that,  unlike  the 
skeleton  of  a  vertebrate,  the  relatively  simple  shell  or  test  of  a 
snail  gives  so  few  clues  to  the  animal's  amazing  complexities. 
For  this  reason,  one  can  understand  why  many  conservative 
paleontologists  have  been  satisfied  to  assign  most  of  their  shells 
to  some  major  group  of  living  mollusks.  Knight  goes  to  the 
other  extreme,  and  on  the  basis  of  six  (or  8?)  admittedly  bi- 
lateral muscle-scars,  proposes  to  revolutionize  the  division  of 
the  MoUusca  into  classes.  Of  course,  even  though  the  time  from 
Cambrian  to  Recent  may  be  only  a  fraction  of  the  total  span 
of  living  things  (or  even  of  mollusks),  a  zoologist  is  willing  to 
admit  that  a  Cambrian  snail  possibly  may  have  been  bilaterally 
symmetric  internallj',  although,  on  the  sole  basis  of  its  muscle- 
scars,  he  might  prefer  the  ungrammatic  "Scotch  verdict  of  not 
proven."  One  of  the  outstanding  eccentricities  of  the  gastro- 
pods is  their  repeated  development,  in  widely  diverse  groups, 
of  some  degree  of  at  least  external  symmetry',  either  with  patelli- 


106  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (3) 

form  shells  or,  even  more  markedly,  in  naked  slugs.  On  the 
other  hand,  one  of  the  more  constant  characteristics  of  the 
phylum  Mollusca,  outside  Lankester's  grade  (subphylum)  Iso- 
pleura  (Polyplacophora  ^),  is  the  secretion  of  the  principal 
exoskeleton,^  mainly  by  the  mantle  periphery,  around  (or  away 
from)  one  or  two  centers.  For  these  reasons,  to  infer  "that  the 
eight-segmented  shell  of  the  polyplacophoran  was  merely  the 
single  shell  of  the  monoplacophoran  separated  into  eight  seg- 
ments .  .  .  ,"  seems  almost  as  inconsequent  to  this  zoologist  as 
does,  to  many  geologists,  Scharif 's  erection  and  destruction  of  a 
mighty  Atlantic  mountain-chain,  largelj^  on  the  basis  of  a  few 
recent  clausiliids.  Nevertheless,  the  data  in  this  real  contribu- 
tion are  presented  excellently. — H.  Burrington  Baker. 

Revision  of  the  pelecypod  genus  Echinochama.  By  David 
Nicol  (Jour,  of  Paleontology,  Sept.,  1952,  pp.  803-817,  2  plates). 
Five  species  and  three  subspecies  are  recognized,  all  in  American 
Miocene  to  Recent  faunas.  Two  of  them  are  from  the  Pacific 
coast :  Echinochama  arcinella  calif ornica  Dall,  Lower  California 
to  Panama,  living,  and  E.  a.  olssoni  Nicol,  Burica  Peninsula, 
R.P.,  Pliocene  or  Pleistocene.  E.  cornuta  (Conrad)  is  the  only 
species  found  living  within  the  United  States,  South  Carolina 
to  Florida.  It  has  usually  been  reported  as  "Chama  arcinella'' 
or  as  a  variety  of  arcinella  (as  in  Nautilus,  51:  79)  ;  but  the 
typical  E.  arcinella  (L.)  is  Caribbean. 

Nomenclatural  review  op  genera  and  subgenera  of 
Chamidae.  By  David  Nicol.  (Jour.  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  42, 
pp.  154r-156).  A  list  with  bibliographic  references,  type  desig- 
nations, and  brief  comments. 

A  NEW  glycymerid  from  the  Western  Atlantic.  By  David 
Nicol  (Jour.  Washington  Acad.  Sci.,  42:  266,  267.  1952).  Gly- 
cymeris  spectralis,  n.  sp.,  is  widely  spread,  from  Cape  Lookout, 
S.C.  to  Central  America,  the  type  from  Lake  Worth,  Boynton, 
Fla.  It  is  a  small  species,  about  20  mm.  long,  with  narrow, 
slightly  raised  radial  ribs  and  radial  striae. — H.  A.  P. 

MoLLUscAN  FAUNA  OF  THE  KiSHENEHN  FORMATION,  Southeast- 
ern British  Columbia.    By  Loris  S.  Russell  (Ann.  Rep.  Nat.  Mus. 

1  Chitons;  the  "Aplaeophora"  are  not  closely  related  and  may  not  be 
mollusks. 

2  Shell,  valves,  or  shell  and  operculum. 


Jan.,  1953]  the  nautilus  107 

Canada  for  1850-51,  pp.  120-133,  4  plates,  10  text  figs.  1952). 
The  age  of  this  Tertiary  formation  of  the  Flathead  River  VaUey 
is  thought  from  the  evidence  now  available  to  be  Middle  Eocene, 
several  species  being  comparable  to  Bridger  mollusks.  The 
species  are  all  new,  belonging  to  the  genera  Elliptio,  Lampsilis 
Sphaerium,  Stagnicola,  Planorhis,  Oyraulus  and  Goniohasis. 
The  "Planorhis"  kishenehnensis  is  a  peculiar,  large  (32  mm.) 
form,  somewhat  like  a  depressed  Australorhis,  which  does  not 
seem  referable  to  any  recognized  American  genus. — H.  A.  P. 

Description  of  a  new  pelecypod  of  the  genus  Lima  from 
deep  water  otf  central  California.  By  Leo  George  Hertlein 
(Proc.  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.,  27:  377-381,  pi.  20,  figs.  12,13.  1952). 
Lima  (Acesta)  mori  is  a  large  species,  height  61.8  mm.,  from 
off  San  Mateo  Co.  in  690-800  fms. 

Shells  from  the  bird  guano  of  Southeast  Farallon  Island, 
California,  with  description  of  a  new  species  of  Liotia.  By 
Allyn  G.  Smith  (Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  27:  383-387). 
Southeast  Farallon  is  a  bare  and  rugged  rocky  island  about  a 
mile  long  and  half  a  mile  wide,  lying  27  miles  west  of  the  Golden 
Gate.  It  is  noted  for  the  vast  numbers  of  sea  birds  nesting 
there.  Good  numbers  of  shells  were  found  in  the  guano  in 
some  places,  30  species  being  listed,  many  of  them  species  living 
at  moderate  depths  ordinarily  taken  only  by  dredging.  Liotia 
farallonensis,  n.  sp.,  a  fine  species  of  12.9  mm.  diameter,  is  de- 
scribed and  figured. 

A  rare  species  of  chiton  from  Pioneer  Seamount  off  central 
California.  By  A.  G.  Smith  and  G.  D.  Hanna  (Proc.  Cal.  Acad. 
Sci.,  27:  389-392).  The  peculiar  and  little  known  Placiphorella 
(Placophoropsis)  pacifica  Berry  was  brought  up  on  rocks 
dredged  from  this  seamount.  It  was  previously  known  only 
from  Alaska.  It  is  fully  described  and  for  the  first  time  figured. 
— H.  A.  P. 

The  scaphopod  mollusks  collected  by  the  first  Johnson- 
Smithsonian  Expedition.  By  William  K.  Emerson  (Smiths. 
Misc.  Coll.  117,  no.  6,  1952).  Seventeen  species  are  recorded,  all 
from  stations  in  the  Puerto  Riean  Deep.  Dentalium  (Episiphon) 
johnsoni,  n.  sp.,  is  described  and  figured. 

Generic  and  subgeneric  names  in  the  molluscan  class 
ScAPHOPODA.    By  W.  K.  Emerson  (Jour.  Washington  Acad.  Sci., 


108  THE    NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (3) 

42,  No.  9,  1952).  The  names  are  listed  and  genotypes  indicated. 
The  subgenus  Antalis  is  credited  to  Herrmannsen,  though  that 
author  merely  listed  a  pre-Linnean  name,  gave  no  definition 
whatever  and  mentioned  no  species. 

NOMENCLATURAL    NOTES    ON    THE    ScAPHOPOD    MOLLUSCA :    the 

type  species  of  Fustiaria  and  Pseudantalis.  By  William  K.  Em- 
erson (Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  65:  201-208).  A  critical 
and  apparently  exhaustive  study  of  involved  type  designations. 
In  conclusion:  "Pseudantalis  (genotype  Dentalium  ruhescens 
Deshayes,  1825)  is  a  junior  subjective  synonym  of  Fustiaria 
(genotype  Dentalium  circinatiim  Sowerby,  1823)." — H.  A.  P. 


NOTICE  TO  SUBSCRIBERS 

Inflation  is  still  with  us.  This  year,  the  costs  of  printing 
The  Nautilus  have  been  raised  again.  Even  before  the  in- 
crease, the  total  intake  from  subscriptions  did  not  equal  these 
charges.  As  our  readers  are  aware,  The  Nautilus  has  no  en- 
dowment, pays  no  salaries,  and  declares  no  dividends.  We  give 
our  time  gladly,  but  cannot  ajfford  monetary  losses. 

Beginning  with  volume  67  (July,  1953),  the  subscription  rate 
will  become  $3.00  a  year  to  domestic  subscribers,  including 
Canada,  all  American  nations  and  the  Phillipines,  and  $3.15  to 
other  foreign  subscribers.  Single  copies  will  be  75  cents.  Re- 
newals to  subscriptions  for  1953  will  be  at  the  old  rate,  but  new 
subscriptions  beginning  with  the  January,  1953,  number  will  be 
$2.75,  and  those  beginning  with  the  April  number,  $3.00. — 
H.  A.  P.  and  H.  B.  B. 


Imogene  Strickler  Robertson    (1872-1953) 


The  Nautilus 


Vol.  66  APRIL,  1953  No.  4 

A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  PLEUROBRANCHUS  FROM 
THE  CARIBBEAN  (TECTIBRANCHIATA)  ' 

By  N.   T.   MATTOX 

Department  of  Zoology  and  Allan  Hancock  Foundation, 
University  of  Southern  California 

During  the  period  from  March,  1950  through  April,  1952 
various  invertebrates  were  collected  on  a  small  coral  island  off 
shore  from  Parguera,  Puerto  Rico.  In  four  of  these  collections, 
an  interesting  tectibranch  was  encountered,  in  all,  about  30 
specimens.  Upon  study,  this  form  proved  to  be  an  undescribed 
species  of  the  genus  Pleurohranchus. 

As  pointed  out  by  Abbott  (1949)  a  great  deal  of  confusion 
exists  in  the  classification  of  the  subfamily  Pleurobranchinae, 
especially  those  forms  which  have  been  associated  with  the  genus 
Pleurohrmichus  Cuvier,  1805.  In  this  regard  the  writer  agrees 
with  Thiele  (1931)  on  the  separation  of  the  subgenera.  The 
subgenus  Pleurohranchus  s.s.  Cuvier,  1805,  is  made  up  of  those 
forms  with  an  anteriorly  located  shell,  and  with  female  orifice 
and  penis  not  separated;  the  subgenus  Oscanius  (Leach)  Gray, 
1847,  has  forms  with  a  posteriorly  located  shell,  and  with  the 
female  orifice  separated  from  penis  by  fleshy  lip  or  space. 
Susania  Gray,  1857  stands  as  a  synonym  of  Oscanius. 

The  subgenus  Pleurohranchopsis  Verrill,  1900  is  comprised 
of  those  with  a  rudimentary  or  poorly  developed  shell.  The 
species  here  described  is  considered  a  member  of  the  subgenus 
Oscanius. 

1  Contribution  from  the  Allan  Hancock  Foundation  No.  109. 

109 


110  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (4) 

Pleurohranchus  (Oscanius)  amarillius  new  species. 

Body. — The  living  animal  is  elongately  rounded  and  dorsally 
convex,  the  holotype  measuring  37.5  mm.  in  length  and  25.5  mm. 
in  width  (fig.  1).  The  mantle  is  larger  than  the  foot,  in  a 
slightly  contracted,  preserved  specimen  with  the  mantle  36  by 
23  mm.  The  foot  measures  24  by  15  mm.  The  anterior  edge 
of  the  mantle  has  a  very  shallow,  indistinct  median  sinus.  The 
dorsum  appears  to  be  smooth,  but  is  covered  with  microscopic 
(approximately  0.1  mm.)  papillae  which  may  be  retracted  into 
tiny  dorsal  perforations.  The  color  of  the  living  animal,  young 
and  adults,  is  a  uniform  bright  yellowish  orange.  The  entire 
body  is  very  soft  and  semi-translucent,  suggesting  a  mass  of 
"orange  gelatin";  it  is  more  translucent  toward  the  edge  of 
the  dorsum.  Clusters  of  small,  crystalline  spicules  are  embedded 
throughout  the  dorsum.  These  spicules  are  variable  in  size  from 
0.3  mm.  to  0.1  mm.  in  length  by  0.07  to  0.01  mm.  in  width.  As 
indicated  in  fig.  4,  the  form  and  arrangement  of  these  spicules 
are  variable. 

Head. — The  velum  extends  anteriorly  beyond  the  foot,  is 
rounded  anteriorly  and  roughly  trapezoid  in  outline.  The  lat- 
eral edges  of  the  velum  are  grooved  (fig.  2).  The  color  of  the 
veil  and  head  is  the  same  yellow-orange  as  that  of  the  body. 
During  locomotion,  the  veil  may  be  extended  completely  beyond 
the  anterior  margin  of  the  dorsum.  The  mouth  is  located  at  the 
median,  ventral  junction  of  the  veil  and  body.  The  two  rhino- 
phores  arise  slightly  dorsal  to  and  anterior  to  the  deeply  set, 
black  eyes.  The  rhinophores  are  elongated,  cylindro-conic  struc- 
tures, each  being  a  loosely  rolled  plate,  the  margins  external,  the 
lower  overlapping  the  upper.  In  life,  the  rhinophores  are  very 
contractile. 

Ctenidium. — The  branchial  plume  lies  on  the  right  side  in 
the  space  between  the  foot  and  the  mantle ;  in  life  the  gill  may 
be  completely  covered  by  the  mantle  or  extended  posteriorly  and 
laterally.  The  plume  may  be  extended  beyond  the  posterior  edge 
of  the  mantle  or  contracted  to  less  than  one-half  the  body  length. 
The  posterior  third  of  the  plume  is  free  from  the  body,  being 
supported  by  a  membrane.  Arising  from  the  primary  rachis  is 
an  average  of  20  pairs  of  secondary  pinnules.     Each  pinnule 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  HI 

arises  from  a  swollen  area  on  the  rachis.  Each  pinnule  is 
plumose  in  form.  Twenty-two  is  the  maximum  number  of  pin- 
nules observed.  At  the  base  of  the  membrane  supporting  the 
posterior  third  of  the  ctenidium  is  located  the  anal  opening. 
Directly  anterior  to  the  base  of  the  plume  and  dorsal  to  the 
genital  eminence  is  found  the  external  opening  of  the  excretory 
organ. 

Shell. — The  shell  (fig.  3)  is  small,  calcareous,  auriculiform, 
and  semi-quadrate  in  outline.  It  is  approximately  one-seventh 
the  total  length  of  the  animal ;  in  an  alcohol  specimen  33  mm.  in 
length  the  shell  was  5  mm.  long  by  2.9  mm.  wide.  It  is  thin,  flat, 
only  slightly  convex  in  last  whorl.  The  spire  is  short,  but  con- 
spicuous, with  about  2.1/2  whorls.  The  color  in  life  is  white 
with  a  yellowish  tint.  The  shell  is  embedded  in  the  dorsum  ap- 
proximately one-fifth  the  length  from  the  posterior  edge.  It 
lies  slightly  to  the  left  of  the  mid-dorsal  line. 

Mandihles. — The  mandibles  are  elongate,  flat,  squared  pos- 
teriorly, and  rounded  on  the  more  narrow  anterior  edge,  the 
dimensions  are  approximately  2.6  mm.  by  1.3  mm.  Each  man- 
dible is  composed  of  a  closely  set  series  of  platelets.  There  are 
approximately  115  rows  of  these  platelets  with  approximately 
85  in  each  row  in  the  wide  part  of  the  mandible.  Each  platelet 
is  approximately  0.9  mm.  in  length  by  0.19  mm.  in  width  at  the 
extended  articulation  points  (fig.  7).  Each  platelet  possesses 
a  prominent,  median  denticle  with  from  1  to  3  lateral,  smaller 
denticles  on  each  side. 

Radula. — The  radula  is  located  in  an  extensible  proboscis, 
extendable  to  about  one-fourth  the  body  length.  In  an  alcohol 
specimen  20  mm.  in  body  length,  the  radular  plate  was  5  mm. 
in  length  by  7  mm.  in  greatest  width.  The  outline  of  the  flat- 
tened radular  plate  is  pyramoidal,  the  teeth  are  very  closely  set 
anteriorl}"  and  more  widely  spread  posteriorly.  The  radula  is 
composed  of  from  180  to  190  rows  of  teeth  with  about  400  teeth 
in  each  row;  the  formula  is  200-0-200.  The  teeth  are  long, 
slender,  and  slightly  arcuate  with  an  uncinate  apex.  Below  the 
apical  tooth  there  are  from  2  to  10  smaller  denticles.  Figures 
5,  6,  8,  and  9  indicate  the  variations  in  this  dentition.  The  teeth 
of  the  anterior  rows  average  0.25  mm.  in  length,  the  lateral  teeth 
being  slightly  wider  than  the  median  teeth   (figs.  8,  9).     The 


112  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (4) 

median  posterior  teeth  average  about  0.10  mm.  in  length,  and 
the  more  elongate  lateral  teeth  average  0.30  mm.  in  length. 

Genitalia. — The  external  genitalia  are  located  on  a  papilla, 
5  mm.  in  width,  on  the  right  side  of  the  body  anterior  and 
ventral  to  the  ctenidium.  The  female  openings  are  located  in  a 
depression  posterior  to  the  conical  penis;  the  vagina  is  anterior 
to  the  oviduct-nidamental  opening  (fig.  10).  The  internal  geni- 
tal mass  is  very  conspicuous.  The  hermaphroditic  duct  leads 
directly  from  the  posteriorly  located  hermaphroditic  gland  over 
the  surface  of  the  large  nidamental  gland  to  a  foliate,  oblong, 

2  mm.  long  prostate  gland.  From  the  prostate  gland  the  vas 
deferens  extends  to  the  base  of  the  penis  with  a  few  undulations. 
At  approximately  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  vas  deferens,  a 

3  mm.  long  diverticulum  arises.  This  structure  seems  to  be  a 
seminal  vesicle,  "poche  annexe  du  canal  deferent"  of  Vayssiere. 
From  the  point  of  connection  with  the  prostate  gland,  the 
hermaphroditic  duct  proceeds  ventrally  as  the  oviduct  to  open 
in  close  junction  with  the  nidamental  aperture.  The  nida- 
mental-albumen  gland  complex  is  a  very  large,  lobate  structure ; 
in  an  alcohol  specimen  40  mm.  in  length,  this  complex  was  13.0 
mm.  in  length.  Anterior  and  slightlj^  ventral  to  the  oviducal 
opening  is  the  vaginal  opening.  The  vagina  is  approximately 
0.25  mm.  in  length  and  opens  dorsally  into  an  ovate  sperma- 
totheca  of  about  0.17  mm.  in  length.  From  approximately  the 
middle  of  the  vagina,  there  arises  a  posteriorly  extended  tube 
which  terminates  in  a  spermatocyst,  ' '  poche  copulatrice  annexe ' ' 
of  Vayssiere.  The  vaginal  and  oviduct-nidamental  openings  en- 
ter a  common  crescent-shaped  depression  on  the  posterior  half 
of  the  genital  papilla. 

Type  locality. — Isla  de  la  Gata,  Parguera,  Puerto  Rico,  April 
16,  1952. 

Types. — Holotype  U.S.N.M.  No.  574844 ;  2  paratypes  and  shell 
U.S.N.M.  No.  574845;  12  paratypes  and  paratype  shell  in  the 
Allan  Hancock  Foundation  collections. 

Remarks. — This  species  has  been  found  by  the  writer  and 
collector,  only  in  the  type  locality.  This  small,  1-acre,  coral- 
formed  island  lies  about  1  mile  off  shore.  The  Pleurohranchus 
was  found  under  coral  rocks  and  fragments  of  dead  Acropora 
which  lie  on  beds  of  the  finger  coral,  Porites  porites.     As  indi- 


THE  NAUTILUS  (iG   (4) 


PLATE  !) 


Fleurohranclius   {Oscanius)   ainarilliiis  Mattox 


THE  NAUTILUS  6G   (4) 


PLATE  10 


Plcitrohmnchiis    {()scaniii.'<}    ainariUui.s   Mattox.     Explanation    on   page   H?-. 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  113 

cated  for  P.  ailanticus,  by  Abbott,  these  animals  were  normally 
found  resting  on  the  regions  of  the  dead  zooids.  They  have 
been  found  only  in  shallow,  1  to  3  feet  deep,  water  on  the  coral 
flats  around  this  island;  they  probably  occur  on  other  nearby 
islands  but  have  not  as  yet  been  observed. 

Pleurohranchus  (Oscanius)  amarillius  seem  to  be  most  closely 
related  to  Pleurohranchus  qnadridens  (Morch)  described  from 
nearby  St.  Thomas,  Virgin  Islands.  The  excellent  description 
of  P.  quadridens  by  Bergh  (1897-98)  leaves  no  doubt  as  to  the 
validity  of  that  species  and  also  points  out  differences  from  the 
form  here  under  consideration.  Both  P.  quadridens  and  ama- 
rillus  are  orange  as  adults  as  are  at  least  eight  other  members 
of  the  genus.  The  young  of  quadridens  is  recorded  as  being 
cinnamon  in  color,  a  color  not  observed  for  amarillius.  The  more 
numerous  pinnae  on  the  ctenidium,  more  elongate  body,  fewer 
teeth  on  the  radula  (only  150  rows  with  70-0-70  formula),  and 
the  shorter  shell  of  quadridens  separate  it  from  amarillius. 
The  radular  teeth  of  quadridens  are  elongated  as  in  amarillius 
but  have  fewer  sub-denticles  and  seem  to  be  longer  in  proportion. 
The  large  nidamental  gland  complex  seems  to  be  unique  for 
amarillius,  Bergh  gives  6.5  mm.  as  the  diameter  of  this  complex 
for  quadridens.  The  presence  of  the  seminal  vesicle,  the  color 
of  the  body,  long  radular  teeth,  radular  formula,  form  of  the 
shell,  smooth  dorsum,  and  the  straight-sided  crystalline  spicules 
will  separate  P.  amarillius  from  the  other  American  species  of 
this  group. 

Explanation  of  Plates  9  and  10 

Fig.  1.  Photograph  of  dorsal  view  of  living  animal  in  Petri 
culture  dish.     (Plate  9;  figs.  2-10  on  pi.  10.) 

Fig.  2.  Lateral  view  of  animal.  An,  anus;  ct,  ctenidium 
or  gill ;  ge,  genital  papilla ;  ne,  nephridiopore ;  rh,  rhinophore ; 
sh,  position  of  shell;  ve,  velum.     Scale  equals  5  mm. 

Fig.  3.     Dorsal  view  of  the  shell.     Scale  0.5  mm. 

Fig.  4.     Spicules  of  dorsum.     Scale  0.1  mm. 

Fig.  5.  Posterior,  lateral  radular  tooth.  (Scales  for  figs. 
5-9  equal  0.05  mm.) 

Fig.  6.     Posterior,  median  radular  tooth. 

Fig.  7.     Mandibular  denticles. 

Fig.  8.  A,  anterior  median  radular  tooth.  B  and  C,  varia- 
tions in  denticulations. 

Fig.  9.     Anterior,  lateral  radular  tooth. 


114  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (4) 

Fig.  10.  The  genitalia.  Hd,  hermaphroditic  duct,  hg,  herma- 
phroditic gland ;  ni,  nidamental-albumen  gland  complex ;  ov,  ovi- 
duct ;  pe,  penis ;  pr.  prostate  gland ;  sc,  spermatocyst ;  st,  sperma- 
totheca ;  sv,  seminal  vesicle ;  va,  vagina ;  vd,  vas  deferens.  Scale 
equals  1  mm. 

Bibliography 

Abbott,  E,.  T.     1949.     A  New  Florida  Species  of  the  Tectibranch 

Genus   Pleiirohranchus.     Nautilus,    vol.    62    (3),    pp.    73-78, 

pi.  5. 
Bergh,   R.     1897-1898.     Malacologisehe   Untersuchungen.     Die 

Pleurobranchiden.     Semper 's  Reisen  Arch,  der  Philippinen, 

Bd.  7,  Absch.  1,  Leif.  1-3,  pp.  1-158,  pis.  1-11. 
Dall,  W.  H.,  and  Simpson,  C.  T.    1901.    The  Mollusca  of  Porto 

Rico.     U.  S.  Fish  Commission  Bull,  for  1900,  vol.  1,  pp.  351- 

524  (p.  367),  pis.  53-58. 
MacFarland,  F.  M.     1909.     The  Opisthobranchiate  Mollusca  of 

the  Branner-Agassiz  Expedition  to  Brazil.     Leland  Stanford 

Junior  Univ.  Publ.,  Univ.  series,  no.  2,  pp.  1-104   (pp.  58- 

64),  19  pis. 
MoRCH,  M.  0.     1863.     Contributions  a  la  Faune  Malacologique 

des  Antilles  Danoises.     Jour,  de  Conchyl.,  s.  3,  T.  3,  vol.  11, 

pp.  21-43. 
PiLSBRY,  H.  A.     1896.     Tryon's  Manual  of  Conchology,  vol.  16, 

pp.  1-262,  74  pis. 
Thiele,   J.     1931.     Handbuch    der    Systematischen   Weichtier- 

kunde,  vol.  2,  pp.  377-778  (pp.  418-420). 
Vayssiere,  a.     1898.     Monographic  de  la  Famille  des  Pleuro- 

branchides.     Annales  Sci.  Nat.  Zool.  et  Paelo.,  vol.  8,  pp.  209- 

402,  pis.  13-28. 


LAND  SNAILS  OF  THE  SOUTHERN  ATLANTIC 
COASTAL  PLAIN 

By  LESLIE  HUBEICHT 

The  land  snails  of  the  southern  Atlantic  Coastal  Plain  have 
been  less  well  known  than  those  of  any  comparable  area  in  eastern 
North  America.  There  are  two  reasons  for  this:  first,  there 
have  been  few  collectors  there,  and  second,  visitors  have  not 
known  how  to  collect  in  that  region. 

Because  of  the  humid  climate,  dead  leaves  rot  rapidly  and  do 
not  form  a  deep  ground  cover  in  which  snails  can  hide.     The 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  115 

snails  crawl  at  night  and  burrow  into  the  sandy  soil  to  hide  dur- 
ing the  daytime.  Unless  one  is  able  to  resort  to  night  collecting 
it  is  very  difficult  to  find  them  in  the  woods.  It  is  only  where 
man,  in  his  untidiness,  has  provided  shelter  that  one  finds  them 
abundant  during  the  day.  Old  pasteboard  boxes  thrown  into 
the  woods  and  the  paper  behind  signboards  provide  good  col- 
lecting places.  But  it  is  in  the  towns  that  one  can  be  most  cer- 
tain of  success.  Here,  under  old  boards  and  paper  on  vacant 
lots  and  waste  ground,  one  may  find  them  extremely  abundant. 
I  have  collected  over  five  hundred  snails  from  the  underside  of 
a  single  old  board  in  such  a  location. 

I  should  warn  the  reader  of  the  dangers  of  collecting  in  towns. 
There  is  a  surprisingly  large  number  of  people  who,  instead  of 
satisfying  their  curiosity  by  coming  to  me  and  asking  what  I 
am  doing,  will  call  the  police.  For  the  most  part  the  police  have 
been  pleasant.  But  there  was  the  time  at  Courtland,  Virginia, 
when  someone  told  the  constable  that  there  was  a  crazy  man 
loose  in  the  town.  The  constable  rounded  up  a  posse  of  about 
ten  men  before  approaching  me,  in  the  event  I  should  become 
violent.  At  Kinston,  North  Carolina,  a  man  called  the  police, 
and  then  argued  with  them  for  at  least  fifteen  minutes  that  I 
was  a  dangerous  character  to  be  securely  locked  up.  He  seemed 
to  believe  that  the  pose  of  snail  collector  was  the  favorite  dis- 
guise of  foreign  spies.  After  the  police  left,  he  followed  me 
around  and  carefully  jotted  down  my  license  number  as  I  drove 
out  of  town. 

In  the  present  paper,  only  records  for  the  species  which  are 
endemic  to  the  coastal  plain,  or  whose  occurrence  there  is 
sporadic  or  little  understood,  have  been  cited.  The  many  widely 
distributed  species  which  occur  there  have  not  been  listed. 

Helix  aspersa  (Miiller) 

Virginia  :  Norfolk  Co. :  found  on  several  vacant  lots  in  Norfolk. 

Helicella  (Helicopsis)  striata  (Muller) 

Virginia  :  Norfolk  Co. :  very  common  on  vacant  lots  in  the 
older  part  of  Norfolk  and  on  dumps  in  the  suburban  areas. 

This  species  was  determined  by  Dr.  Fritz  Haas. 


116  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (4) 

Polygyra  septemvolva  volvoxis  (Pfr.) 

South  Carolina  :  Horry  Co. :  roadside,  Nixon  Cross  Roads, 
3  miles  southwest  of  Little  River.  Georgetown  Co. :  near  Pee 
Dee  River,  Georgetown.  Charleston  Co. :  near  Cooper  River, 
west  of  Mt.  Pleasant;  near  Cooper  River,  north  of  Lee  Street, 
Charleston. 

On  Sullivan's  Island,  South  Carolina,  where  Mr.  Ralph  W. 
Jackson  collected  a  large  series  of  this  species,  all  specimens 
opened  had  a  well  developed  internal  lamina.  Along  the  Cooper 
River,  about  one-third  of  the  shells  had  either  a  lamina  or  a  row 
of  small  papillae.  At  Georgetown  and  near  Little  River,  none 
of  the  shells  opened  showed  any  trace  of  an  internal  lamina. 
Quite  evidently  the  internal  lamina  is  not  a  valid  specific  char- 
acter, and  P.  septemvolva  and  P.  cereolus  are  one  species. 

Polygyra  postelliana  (Bland) 

North  Carolina  :  Beaufort  Co. :  along  RR.  1  mile  west  of 
Belhaven ;  Leechville.  Pamlico  Co. :  Vandemere ;  Hobucken. 
Carteret  Co. :  Roe ;  Sealevel ;  Davis ;  Marshalburg ;  Barkers 
Island ;  Atlantic  Beach ;  Newport ;  western  edge  of  Morehead 
City.  Onslow  Co. :  Swansboro.  Columbus  Co. :  under  logs,  3.2 
miles  northwest  of  Ash. 

Some  of  the  lots  recorded  above  could  be  referred  to  P.  p. 
Carolina  Pilsbry,  but  since  most  large  lots  show  complete  inter- 
gradation,  an  attempt  to  maintain  that  subspecies  seems  im- 
pratical. 

Stenotrema  iarhatum  (Clapp) 

North  Carolina  :  Nash  Co. :  swamp  along  Tar  River,  west  of 
Rocky  Mount.  Chowan  Co. :  Edenton.  Edgecombe  Co. :  near 
Tar  River,  Princeville.  Pamlico  Co. :  Mimiesott  Beach.  Bladen 
Co. :  Cape  Fear  River  Bluff,  Elizabethtown.  Johnston  Co. :  near 
Neuse  River,  Smithfield. 

Mesodon  appressa  f.  sculptior  (Chadwick) 

Virginia  :  Norfolk  Co. :  waste  ground,  Norfolk. 

Mesodon  appressa  f .  laevior  Pilsbry 

North  Carolina  :  Pamlico  Co. :  Vandemere.  Carteret  Co. : 
Atlantic.    Sampson  Co. :  Clinton. 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  117 

Mesodon  perigraptus  (Pilsbry) 

South  Carolina  :  Horry  Co. :  1  mile  east  of  Conway. 
Darlington  Co. :  Darlington.  Lee  Co. :  Bishopville.  George- 
town Co. :  Georgetown. 

Triodopsis  juxtidens  (Pilsbry) 

Virginia  :  York  Co. :  Yorktown.  Elizabeth  City  Co. :  Fox  Hill. 
Nansemond  Co. :  cane-brake,  0.5  mile  west  of  Driver ;  just  east 
of  Suffolk.  Norfolk  Co.:  Norfolk;  South  Norfolk.  Princess 
Anne  Co. :  1  mile  northwest  of  Herberts.  North  Carolina  : 
Hertford  Co. :  Winton.  Nash  Co. :  Rocky  Mount.  Edgecombe 
Co. :  near  Tar  River,  Princeville.  Pamlico  Co. :  Minnesott  Beach. 
Cumberland  Co. :  Fayetteville.  Bladen  Co. :  Cape  Fear  River 
bluff,  Elizabethtown. 

At  a  number  of  localities  in  western  Virginia  and  North  Caro- 
lina, T.  juxtidens  has  been  found  associated  with  T.  trideritata 
and  was  readily  separated.  I  believe  it  to  be  a  distinct  species, 
and  not  a  subspecies  of  T.  tridentata  as  originally  described. 

Triodopsis  fallax  (Say) 

Virginia  :  York  Co. :  Yorktown.  New  Kent  Co. :  Providence 
Forge.  Sussex  Co. :  Wakefield.  Southampton  Co. :  Franklin ; 
Courtland.  North  Carolina  :  Gates  Co. :  pinewoods,  2  miles 
southeast  of  Roduco.  South  Carolina  :  Sumter  Co. :  State- 
burg. 

Over  most  of  North  Carolina,  T.  fallax  is  found  only  in  the 
Piedmont,  but  near  the  Virginia  line  its  range  moves  eastward 
onto  the  Coastal  Plain.  In  Virginia  it  is  found  as  far  east  as 
the  Miocene  Escarpment. 

Specimens  from  Stateburg,  South  Carolina,  have  the  internal 
tubercle  on  the  columella,  characteristic  of  T.  fallax,  but  show 
evidence  of  admixture  with  T.  vannostrandi  in  the  large  number 
of  closely  coiled  whorls,  and  in  the  angular  periphery  of  some 
specimens. 

Triodopsis  vannostrandi  (Bland) 

South  Carolina  :  Richland  Co. :  Columbia.  Lexington  Co. : 
West  Columbia;  Lexington;  lumber  yard,  Batesburg.  Calhoun 
Co. :  Fort  Motte ;  St.  Matthews.     Orangeburg  Co. :  Orangeburg ; 


118  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (4) 

North.  Aiken  Co. :  vacant  lot,  east  side  of  Aiken ;  just  west  of 
Aiken;  along  RR.,  Warrenville.  Barnwell  Co.:  Williston. 
Bamberg^  Co. :  Denmark;  Bamberg.  Dorchester  Co. :  St.  George. 
Allendale  Co. :  Allendale.  Georgia  :  Richmond  Co. :  vacant  lot, 
1448  North  Reynolds  St.,  Augusta. 

T.  vannostrandi  intergrades  completely  with  T.  hopeto7iensis. 
But  this  intergradation  appears  to  be  the  result  of  extensive 
hybridization  rather  than  being  the  gradient  between  two  sub- 
species. The  purest  vannostrandi  lot  is  probably  that  from 
Allendale.  These  are  large,  high  spired,  with  6  to  6yo  whorls. 
A  number  of  specimens  have  the  angular  periphery  of  gonio- 
soma,  which  should  probably  be  treated  as  a  form  rather  than 
as  a  subspecies.  Other  lots,  notably  those  from  Augusta,  Co- 
lumbia, Denmark,  and  the  east  side  of  Aiken,  are  small,  low 
spired,  with  5  to  51/2  whorls.  They  differ  from  T.  hopetonensis 
only  in  having  the  rib  striae  a  little  courser,  the  umbilicus  a 
little  smaller,  and  the  teeth  a  little  heavier,  but  they  would  un- 
doubtedly be  classified  as  hopetonensis  if  considered  by  them- 
selves. A  number  of  specimens  from  Denmark  have  the  angular 
periphery  of  goniosoma.  Some  other  lots  are  intermediate, 
notably  those  from  Batesburg,  where  the  complete  range  of 
intergrades  occur  together. 

Triodopsis  hopetonensis  (Shuttleworth) 

Virginia  :  Nansemond  Co. :  marsh,  along  Nansemond  River, 
Suffolk.  Norfolk  Co.:  Norfolk;  South  Norfolk;  Deep  Creek. 
Princess  Anne  Co. :  Ocean  Park.  North  Carolina  :  Currituck 
Co.:  Moj^ock;  Point  Harbor;  Coinjock;  Poplar  Branch;  Pow- 
ells Point ;  Currituck ;  swamp,  3  miles'  southeast  of  Shawboro. 
Camden  Co. :  South  Mills ;  Old  Trap ;  Camden ;  Shiloh ;  bank  of 
Pasquotank  River,  3.3  miles  southwest  of  Camden.  Pasquotank 
Co. :  Elizabeth  City.  Perquimans  Co. :  Hertford ;  Winfall. 
Hertford  Co. :  Ahoskie.  Bertie  Co. :  Windsor.  Pitt  Co. :  Bethel ; 
near  Greenville.  Martin  Co. :  Williamston ;  Robersonville. 
"Wayne  Co. :  Goldsboro ;  Mount  Olive.  Lenoir  Co. :  Kinston. 
Duplin  Co. :  Wallace.  Onslow  Co. :  Swansboro ;  Jacksonville ; 
Kellum ;  Richlands.  Jones  Co. :  Pollocksville.  Pender  Co. : 
swamp,  13.5  miles  northeast  of  Burgaw;  Hempstead.  Bladen 
Co. :  Elizabethtown.  Scotland  Co. :  Laurinburg.  Columbus  Co. : 
Tabor  City.  Brunswick  Co. :  Seaside ;  Southport,  near  Shallotte ; 
Woodburn.  South  Carolina:  Horry  Co.:  Conway;  Crescent 
Beach  ;  Myrtle  Beach ;  Little  River ;  Cherry  Grove  Beach.    Sum- 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  119 

ter  Co. :  Sumter.  Darlington  Co. :  Darlington.  Georgetown  Co. : 
Georgetown.  Williamsburg  Co. :  Kingstree.  Berkeley  Co. :  near 
Moncks  Corner.  Colleton  Co.,  near  Canadys;  Ashepoo.  Rich- 
land Co. :  Columbia. 

In  North  Carolina,  T.  hopetonensis  is  found  over  the  entire 
Coastal  Plain  except  the  three  peninsulas  between  Albemarle 
Sound  and  Beaufort.  Near  the  Virginia  line,  its  western  limit 
moves  eastward,  and  in  Virginia  it  is  found  only  on  the 
Pleistocene  land  east  of  the  Miocene  Escarpment.  It  apparently 
does  not  occur  north  of  the  James  River. 

Triodopsis  messana  Hubricht 

Maryland  :  Wicomico  Co. :  Nanticoke.  Somerset  Co. :  Chance ; 
Princess  Anne.  North  Carolina  :  Gates  Co. :  Sunbury.  Hali- 
fax Co. :  Hobgood.  Wilson  Co. :  Stantonsburg.  Nash  Co. : 
Rocky  Mount.  Lenoir  Co. :  La  Grange.  Craven  Co. :  4  miles 
east  of  Dover.  Sampson  Co. :  Roseboro ;  Clinton.  Hoke  Co. : 
Raeford.  Robeson  Co. :  roadside,  1.4  miles  northwest  of  Allen- 
ton  ;  Red  Springs ;  Fairmont ;  Pembroke.  Bladen  Co. :  Clarkton ; 
dump,  1.8  miles  west  of  White  Lake ;  Bladenboro.  Columbus  Co. : 
Chadbourn;  Fair  Bluff;  Hallsboro.  Brunswick  Co.:  roadside, 
2.4  miles  northwest  of  Ash.  South  Carolina  :  Dillon  Co. :  Lake 
View.  Marion  Co. :  MuUins.  Horry  Co. :  edge  of  swamp,  8 
miles  north  of  Cool  Spring ;  roadside,  3  miles  southwest  of  Little 
River ;  Loris ;  Homewood.    Kershaw  Co. :  Clio. 

Additional  records  will  be  found  with  the  original  description 
in  The  Nautilus,  65:  80. 

Like  T.  hopetonensis,  T.  messana  in  North  Carolina  is  found 
over  most  of  the  Coastal  Plain,  but  in  Virginia  and  Maryland  it 
is  found  only  on  Pleistocene  land.  In  South  Carolina,  it  ap- 
parently does  not  occur  south  of  the  Santee  River. 

At  Clarkton,  North  Carolina,  there  is  a  form  in  which  the  lip 
teeth  are  well  developed  but  the  parietal  tooth  is  absent. 

Triodopsis  ohsoleta  (Pils.) 

Maryland  :  Somerset  Co. :  Crisfield ;  near  Pocomoke  River,  op- 
posite Pokomoke  City.  Worcester  Co. :  Public  Landing,  1.5 
miles  southeast  of  Spence ;  Snow  Hill ;  roadside,  2  miles  east  of 
Stockton.  Virginia  :  Accomac  Co. :  Chincoteague ;  Saxis ;  Hall- 
wood;  Onancock;  Wachapreague.     Northampton  Co.:  Harbor- 


120  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (4) 

ton;  Willis  Wharf;  Bridgeton;  Cheriton;  Cape  Charles; 
Brighton.  King  William  Co. :  near  Pamunkey  River,  West  Point. 
Norfolk  Co. :  vacant  lots,  May  Ave.,  and  West  Olney  Rd.,  Nor- 
folk ;  South  Norfolk.  North  Carolina  :  Hertford  Co. :  Winton. 
Perquimans  Co. :  Hertford.  Chowan  Co. :  Edenton.  Dare  Co. : 
Wanchese ;  Manteo ;  beach,  3.6  miles  south  of  Nags  Head ;  East 
Lake;  Manns  Harbor;  Stumpy  Point.  Tyrrell  Co.:  Columbia; 
edge  of  swamp,  3.5  miles  west  of  Columbia.  Washington  Co. : 
Plymouth ;  swamp,  1.3  miles  east  of  Plymouth.  Martin  Co. : 
Williamston.  Beaufort  Co. :  edge  of  swamp,  2.5  miles  northeast 
of  Chocowinity ;  Belhaven ;  Swan  Quarter.  Craven  Co. :  New 
Bern ;  James  City.  Pamlico  Co. :  Mesic ;  Bayboro ;  Grantsboro ; 
Stonewall ;  Hobucken ;  Oriental ;  Vandemere.  Carteret  Co. : 
Roe;  Atlantic;  Sealevel;  Davis;  Harkers  Island;  Marshallberg ; 
Morehead  City ;  Atlantic  Beach ;  Newport.  Jones  Co. :  Trenton. 
Onslow  Co. :  Swansboro.  Sampson  Co. :  Clinton.  Brunswick 
Co. :  Shallotte ;  Village  Point. 

Sinistral  specimens  were  found  at  Vandemere,  Newport,  and 
Swansboro,  North  Carolina. 

With  one  exception  (Clinton,  North  Carolina,  where  it  is 
probably  introduced),  all  the  records  for  T.  ohsoleta  are  from 
Pleistocene  land.  It  is  abundant  on  the  three  peninsulas  between 
Albemarle  Sound  and  Beaufort. 

Early  in  my  collecting  of  this  species,  I  noted  that  it  was 
surprisingly  uniform  with  practically  no  intergradation  to  T. 
hopetonensis.  Occasionally  I  would  find  a  specimen  in  which 
the  lip  teeth  were  overdeveloped  until  they  were  of  the  size  of 
those  of  T.  hopetonensis,  but  these  seemed  to  be  more  of  the 
nature  of  freaks  rather  than  intergrades.  That  is,  there  were 
occasional  intermediate  specimens  but  never  intermediate  colo- 
nies. Not  until  my  collecting  program  was  nearing  completion, 
at  Swansboro,  North  Carolina,  did  I  find  T.  ohsoleta  abundant 
on  the  marshy  ground  along  the  Whiteoak  River,  while  on  the 
slope  in  back  T.  hopetonensis  was  found.  For  the  most  part, 
the  two  forms  occupied  separate  areas,  but  at  one  place  they 
occurred  together.  Here  they  could  be  sorted  readily.  There 
was  no  hybridization  or  intergradation.  T.  ohsoleta  differed 
from  T.  hopetonensis  in  being  larger,  with  a  lower  spire,  larger 
umbilicus,  and  a  lighter  colored  shell,  the  shell  color  alone  being 
different  enough  to  separate  95%  of  the  specimens.  Here  was 
proof  that  T.  ohsoleta  was  not  a  subspecies  of  T.  hopetonensis  as 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  121 

it  has  been  originally  described,  but  a  distinct  species.  Its 
true  relationships  were  discovered  later  at  Clinton,  North 
Carolina. 

At  Clinton,  North  Carolina,  in  a  vacant  lot,  fine  large  speci- 
mens of  T.  obsoleta  were  found  abundant.  Two  blocks  away 
along  a  railroad  T.  messana  was  likewise  abundant.  On  a  vacant 
lot,  in  the  intervening  block,  was  found  a  complete  admixture  of 
the  two  species.  None  of  the  specimens  could  be  called  pure  T. 
ohsoleta,  or  T.  messana,  but  represented  varying  degrees  of  inter- 
mediacy.  Here  the  two  species  had  met  and  hybridized,  show- 
ing that  T.  obsoleta,  although  looking  like  a  T.  hopetonensis 
with  reduced  teeth,  is  very  closely  related  to  T.  messana. 

At  Cheriton,  Virginia,  T.  obsoleta  is  quite  typical,  with  very 
small  teeth  and  large  umbilicus.  But  at  most  of  the  other 
localities  on  the  Delmarva  Peninsula,  it  has  the  small  umbilicus 
and  larger  teeth  of  the  form  described  as  T.  hopetonensis 
chincoteaguensis  (Pils.).  This  variation  is  all  in  the  direction 
of  T.  messana.  In  Maryland,  T.  messana  likewise  shows  varia- 
tion in  the  direction  of  T.  obsoleta.  Quite  probably  at  one  time 
there  was  considerable  hybridization  between  these  two  species 
in  this  area. 

On  the  same  day  in  December,  a  series  of  specimens  of  T. 
obsoleta  from  two  localities  and  specimens  of  T.  hopetonensis 
from  two  other  localities  were  examined  anatomically.  In  all 
the  specimens  of  T.  obsoleta,  the  penis  was  fully  developed,  but 
in  the  specimens  of  T.  hopetonensis  all  had  the  penis  very  small 
and  immature  in  appearance.  This  suggests  that  a  factor  in  the 
reproductive  isolation  of  these  two  species  may  be  a  difference  in 
breeding  season. 

In  Richmond,  Virginia,  where  T.  obsoleta  has  been  introduced, 
it  has  hybridized  freely  with  T.  fallax  (Say).  Many  of  the 
resultant  progeny  are  not  distinguishable  from  T.  hopetonensis. 

Triodopsis  soelneri  (J.  B.  Henderson) 

North  Carolina:  Bladen  Co.:  Bladenboro.  (For  additional 
records  see  The  Nautilus,  64:  67.) 

In  the  Baldenboro  specimens,  the  outer  lip  tooth  is  more 
strongly  developed  than  in  any  other  specimens. 


122  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (4) 

T.  soelneri  has  been  found  both  with  T.  hopetonensis  and  T. 
messana  and  there  was  no  hybridization. 

A  few  years  ago  a  canal  was  dug  through  the  swamp  on  the 
north  shore  of  Lake  Waceamaw  about  three  hundred  yards  back 
from  the  lake  shore.  The  earth  removed  was  used  to  fill  in  the 
swamp  between  the  canal  and  the  edge  of  the  lake.  This  land 
was  then  subdivided  and  sold  as  cottage  sites.  This  operation 
covered  up  most  of  the  colony  of  T.  soelneri,  but  on  a  few  of 
the  vacant  sites  there  were  small  holes  where  the  original  surface 
had  not  been  covered.  In  these  places  they  were  abundant  and 
I  was  able  to  collect  a  good  series.  But  when  cottages  have  been 
built  on  these  sites,  and  the  earth  has  been  smoothed  out  and 
sown  to  lawn,  the  type  colony  of  T.  soelneri  will  be  extinct. 

Triodopsis  denotata  (Fer.) 

North  Carolina  :  Bladen  Co. :  Cape  Fear  River  bluff,  Eliza- 
bethtown.  South  Carolina  :  Darlington  Co. :  flood-plain  of 
Pee  Dee  River,  3  miles  east  of  Mechanicsville.  Berkeley  Co. : 
floodplain  of  Santee  River,  5.5  miles  northwest  of  St.  Stephen. 

Bumina  decollata  (L.) 

North  Carolina  :  Lenoir  Co. :  waste  ground,  Spring  Hill  & 
South  Heritage  St.,  Kinston.  Brunswick  Co. :  Southport.  South 
Carolina  :  Richland  Co. :  Columbia.  Lexington  Co. :  West  Co- 
lumbia.   Aiken  Co. :  Aiken. 

Opeas  pyrgula  Schmacker  &  Boettger 
North  Carolina  :  Lenoir  Co. :  Kinston. 

Mesomphix  pilshryi  (Clapp) 

South  Carolina  :  Darlington  Co. :  Darlington.  Richland  Co. : 
Columbia. 

Betinella  cryptomphala  solida  H.  B.  Baker 

North  Carolina  :  Craven  Co. :  along  RR.,  4  miles  east  of 
Dover.  Sampson  Co. :  Roseboro.  Bladen  Co. :  dump,  1.8  miles 
west  of  White  Lake.  Brunswick  Co. :  roadside,  2.4  miles  north- 
west of  Ash.  South  Carolina  :  Horry  Co. :  roadside,  3  miles 
southwest  of  Little  River;  Homewood;  Myrtle  Beach. 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  123 

Ventridens  cerinoideus  (Anthony) 

Virginia  :  York  Co. :  Yorktown ;  Seaford.  Warwick  Co. :  War- 
wick. Sussex  Co. :  Wakefield.  Southampton  Co. :  Courtland. 
Nansemond  Co. :  just  east  of  Suffolk.  Norfolk  Co. :  swamp  along 
Northwest  River,  2  miles  south-southwest  of  Cornland;  1  mile 
south  of  South  Norfolk;  edge  of  swamp,  3  miles  south  of  North 
Landing.  North  Carolina  :  Currituck  Co. :  Moyock ;  swamp, 
3  miles  southeast  of  Shawboro.  Camden  Co. :  Camden ;  South 
Mills.  Pasquotank  Co. :  marsh,  Knobbs  Creek,  1  mile  north  of 
Elizabeth  City.  Northampton  Co. :  Jackson.  Halifax  Co. :  Hob- 
good.  Washington  Co. :  Plymouth ;  swamp,  1.3  miles  east  of 
Plymouth.  Dare  Co. :  Manns  Harbor.  Pitt  Co. :  roadside,  2 
miles  southwest  of  Greenville.  Beaufort  Co. :  edge  of  swamp, 
2.5  miles  northeast  of  Chocowinity;  along  RR.,  1  mile  west  of 
Belhaven.  Craven  Co. :  along  RR.,  9.3  miles  southeast  of  Vance- 
boro  ;  James  City ;  North  Harlowe.  Lenoir  Co. :  oak-pine  woods, 
0.4  mile  south  of  Leflin's  Crossroads;  roadside,  1.5  miles  south 
of  Kinston.  Jones  Co. :  Polocksville ;  roadside,  2  miles  north  of 
Polloeksville.  Carteret  Co. :  Roe ;  Harkers  Island ;  Marshall- 
berg  ;  western  edge  of  Morehead  City ;  Newport.  Wilson  Co. : 
Stantonsburg.  Scotland  Co. :  just  east  of  Laurinburg.  Bladen 
Co. :  roadside,  Council ;  Clarkton ;  White  Oak.  Pender  Co. : 
roadside,  0.5  mile  south  of  Rocky  Point ;  Hempstead.  Hoke  Co. : 
Raeford.  Robeson  Co. :  Fairmont ;  roadside,  1.4  miles  north- 
west of  Allenton.  Columbus  Co. :  under  logs,  3.2  miles  north- 
west of  Ash;  pine  woods,  1.3  miles  west  of  Evergreen.  Bruns- 
wick Co. ;  swamp,  6  miles  northeast  of  Winnabow ;  1.5  miles  east 
of  Supply;  roadside,  2.8  miles  northwest  of  Ash.  South  Caro- 
lina :  Florence  Co. :  Coward.  Marion  Co. :  Marion.  Horry  Co. : 
pine  woods,  2.5  miles  east  of  Green  Sea ;  roadside,  3  miles  south- 
west of  Little  River ;  edge  of  swamp,  2.3  miles  southeast  of  Gore 
Town.  Georgetown  Co. :  Georgetown.  Sumter  Co. :  low  woods, 
Stateburg.  Calhoun  Co. :  St.  Matthews.  Richland  Co. :  Co- 
lumbia. 

V.  cerinoideus  is  not  strictly  a  species  of  the  Coastal  Plain. 
It  is  quite  common  in  the  Piedmont  of  South  Carolina. 

There  is  considerable  variation  in  this  species.  Specimens 
from  the  swamps  are  small,  low  spired,  and  with  the  callous 
within  the  lip  greatly  reduced  or  wanting.  Those  from  the  pine 
woods  are  larger,  high  spired,  and  with  a  heavy  callous  within 
the  lip.  The  general  run  of  specimens  collected  in  the  towns  is 
usually  intermediate  between  these  two  extremes. 


124  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (4) 

Ventridens  ligerus  (Say) 

Virginia  :  Southampton  Co. :  Courtland.  Nansemond  Co. : 
near  Magnolia.  Elizabeth  City  Co. :  Fox  Hill.  North  Caro- 
lina :  Jones  Co. :  roadside,  2  miles  north  of  Pollocksville. 
Bladen  Co. :  Elizabethtown. 

Specimens  from  near  Pollocksville  are  quite  small  with  the 
shell  pink  instead  of  the  usually  yellow-green, 

Ventridens  intertextus  (Binney) 

South  Carolina  :  Dillon  Co. :  Lake  View.  Berkeley  Co. :  flood- 
plain  of  Santee  River,  5.5  miles  northwest  of  St.  Stephen. 
Richland  Co. :  Columbia. 

Anguispira  fergusoni  (Bland) 

Maryland  :  Somerset  Co. :  near  Pocomoke  River,  opposite 
Pocomoke  City.  Virginia  :  Isle  of  Wight  Co. :  near  river,  oppo- 
site Franklin.  Nansemond  Co. :  just  east  of  Suffolk.  Norfolk 
Co. :  Norfolk.  North  Carolina  :  Camden  Co. :  bank  of  Pasquo- 
tank River,  3.3  miles  southwest  of  Camden.  Pasquotank  Co. : 
Elizabeth  City.  Gates  Co. :  bank  of  Chowan  River,  opposite 
Winton.  Perquimans  Co. :  Hertford ;  Winf all.  Martin  Co. :  1 
mile  northeast  of  Williamston ;  Robersonville.  Washington  Co. : 
swamp,  1.3  miles  east  of  Plymouth.  Pitt  Co. :  dump,  1.5  miles 
north  of  Greenville.  Beaufort  Co. :  Aurora.  Pamlico  Co. : 
Vandemere.  Wayne  Co. :  Goldsboro.  Craven  Co. :  New  Bern. 
Lenoir  Co. :  Kinston.  Carteret  Co. :  Atlantic.  Onslow  Co. : 
Swansboro.  Cumberland  Co. :  Fayetteville.  New  Hanover  Co. : 
Wilmington.  Columbus  Co. :  north  shore  of  Lake  Waccamaw, 
near  Lake  Waccamaw  Station.  South  Carolina  :  Horry  Co. : 
1  mile  east  of  Conway.     Richland  Co. :  Columbia. 

At  Columbia,  South  Carolina,  this  species  was  found  associ- 
ated with  A.  crassa  under  the  same  log  and  the  two  species  could 
be  separated  without  difficulty. 

Anguispira  alternata  form  angulata  Pilsbry 

Maryland  :  Worcester  Co. :  Snow  Hill.  Virginia  :  Northamp- 
ton Co. :  near  Cape  Charles. 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  125 

Anguispira  crassa  Walker 

South  Carolina  :  Sumter  Co. :  low  woods,  Stateburg.  Rich- 
land Co. :  Columbia.  Calhoun  Co. :  Fort  Motte ;  along  RR., 
Creston.    Lexington  Co. :  lumber  yard,  Batesburg. 

Pallifera  fosteri  F.  C.  Baker 

Maryland  :  Somerset  Co. :  near  Westover.  Virginia  :  Sussex 
Co. :  "Wakefield.  Warwick  Co. :  1.5  miles  northeast  of  Morrison. 
Nansemond  Co. :  cane-brake,  1  mile  west  of  Driver;  near  Chucka- 
tuck  River,  just  north  of  Chuckatuck.  Norfolk  Co. :  South  Nor- 
folk. Princess  Anne  Co. :  edge  of  swamp,  1  mile  southeast  of 
Thalia.  North  Carolina:  Hyde  Co.:  1.3  miles  northeast  of 
Engelhard.  Beaufort  Co. :  edge  of  swamp,  2.5  miles  northeast 
of  Choeowinity.  South  Carolina  :  Richland  Co. :  Columbia. 
Georgia  :  Screven  Co. :  Flood-plain  of  Savannah  River,  17  miles 
northeast  of  Sylvania. 

Quickella,  new  species? 

South  Carolina  :  Colleton  Co. :  near  Edisto  River,  1  mile  east 
of  Jacksonboro. 

Three  specimens  were  collected.  The  anatomy  is  similar  to 
that  of  Quickella  vagans  (Pilsbry)  but  the  shell  looks  more  like 
that  of  a  small  Oxyloma  salleana  (Pfr.)  rather  than  the  Succinia 
campestris-like  shell  of  Q.  vagans. 

Gulella  hicolor  (Hutton) 

South  Carolina  :  Charleston  Co. :  near  Cooper  River,  north 
of  Lee  Street,  Charleston. 

This  species  was  determined  by  Dr.  H.  A.  Pilsbry. 


CONGERIA  LEUCOPHAEATA  (CONRAD) IN  THE 
HUDSON  RIVER 

By  MOERIS  K.  JACOBSON 

In  1937  (Naut.,  50:  143)  Rehder  reported  the  finding  of  two 
live  specimens  of  Congeria  leucopheata  (Conrad)  in  the  Hud- 


126  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (4) 

son  River  at  Haverstraw,  Rockland  County,  New  York.  As  he 
noted,  this  record  constituted  "a  notable  extension  of  this 
brackish-water  form, ' '  since  its  supposed  northernmost  limit  was 
given  as  Chesapeake  Bay  by  C.  W.  Johnson  (List  of  Marine 
Moll,  of  Atlantic  Coast,  1934,  p.  29). 

On  September  27,  1952,  Mr.  Herbert  Athearn  of  Taunton, 
Massachusetts  and  the  writer  found  this  mussel  in  moderate 
numbers  on  submerged  rocks  on  a  beach  just  south  of  the  New 
York  Trap  Rock  Company  at  Haverstraw.  The  animals  were 
attached  by  their  byssus  to  the  underside  of  these  submerged 
rocks.  On  October  12,  1952,  with  Anthony  D'Attilio  and  Edwin 
Carswell,  we  returned  to  this  spot  and,  since  the  tide  was  lower, 
found  larger  specimens  in  similar  situations  but  in  somewhat 
deeper  water. 

To  find  out  whether  C.  leuco'pheata  was  limited  only  to  this 
locality,  we  crossed  the  river  by  the  Bear  Mt.  Bridge,  and  at 
Croton  Point  Park,  almost  directly  opposite  Haverstraw,  found 
good-sized  specimens  of  this  shell  in  overwhelming  numbers, 
fixed  to  the  submerged  portions  of  a  diving  float  that  had  been 
hauled  on  shore  for  the  winter.  This  habitat  was  shared  by 
large  numbers  of  the  barnacle  Balanus  ehurneus.  Some  fisher- 
man who  led  us  to  live  specimens  attached  to  a  recently  retrieved 
anchor,  told  us  that  the  mussel  had  appeared  in  such  large  num- 
bers in  this  area  for  the  first  time  this  year,  though  they  had 
noticed  it  occasionally  in  earlier  years. 

Two  weeks  later  at  Palisades  Park,  opposite  the  Yonkers  Ferry 
and  not  far  from  the  limits  of  New  York  City,  we  again  collected 
some  dead  shells  of  Congeria  on  a  small  sand  beach  near  the 
picnic  grounds.  The  day  was  blustery  and  the  waves  high,  so 
we  did  not  look  with  too  much  care  for  live  specimens.  How- 
ever the  state  of  preservation  of  the  mussel  shells  was  such 
as  to  indicate  that  they  had  not  been  brought  down  from  far 
upstream  but  had  probably  lived  not  far  from  the  spot  where 
they  had  been  collected.  Of  course,  we  are  interested  in  de- 
termining the  uppermost  point  on  the  river  where  Congeria 
appears  as  well  as  its  nearest  approach  to  the  open  sea.  This 
we  shall  do  when  the  weather  again  permits.  Preliminary  analy- 
ses made  by  Mr.  Arthur  Clarke  of  Boston  of  the  water  samples 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  127 

collected  in  September  and  October  give  8.2%  sea  water  at 
Croton  Point  Park  and  6.0%  at  Haverstraw.  At  the  Palisades 
Park,  the  salt  is  readily  perceptible  to  the  taste.  In  1929  (Naut., 
43:  34)  Baily  found  in  Chesapeake  Bay  a  conglomeration  of  salt 
and  fresh  water  organisms.  Similarly  at  the  two  former  lo- 
calities we  found,  besides  the  barnacles  already  mentioned, 
fragments  of  the  blue  crab  (CalUnectes  sapidus  Ordway)  and 
some  beach  fleas  (Gammarus  locusta  Linne  ?),  in  company  with 
dwarfed  Stagnicola  palustris  (Miiller)  and  some  small  gastro- 
pods that  agree  well  with  the  recently  discussed  Littoridina 
tenuipes  (Couper)   (Naut.,  66:  50  ff.). 

It  is  hardly  likely  that  C.  leucopheata  has  existed  undetected 
in  the  Hudson  River  for  so  many  years,  defying  the  efforts  of 
the  most  indefatigable  and  skillful  collectors  to  find  it.  Much 
more  plausible  is  the  possibility  that  it  was  more  or  less  recently 
introduced,  possibly  by  accidental  means.  At  any  rate,  we 
have  here  an  interesting  counterpart  to  the  disappearance  of 
such  southerly  forms  as  Littorma  irrorata  Say,  Nassarius  vihex 
Say  and  Noetia  ponder osa  (Say)  from  our  shore  in  the  north- 
east. In  this  case,  we  have  a  southern  form  advancing  north- 
ward and  adapting  itself  with  great  success.  Hence  the  theory 
which  sees  evidence  for  ' '  a  change  in  the  climate  for  the  colder ' ' 
(Johnsonia,  7:  7,  1943)  in  the  dying  out  of  L.  irrorata  at  the 
northern  edge  of  its  range,  may  have  to  be  revised. 

Johnson  (I.e.)  used  the  name  Congeria  leucopheata  and  gave 
Mytilopsis  Conrad  1857  as  a  synonym  of  Congeria  Partsch  1835. 
Thiele  (Handb.  d.  Weicht.,  862-3,  1935)  listed  Mytilopsis  [type 
B.  leucophaeata  (sic)  Conrad]  as  a  section  of  Congeria  which 
was  a  subgenus  of  Dreissena.  However,  since  many  of  the 
Thiele  subgenera  have  been  accorded  generic  rank  and  the  sec- 
tions are  generally  regarded  as  subgenera,  the  name  as  of  now 
probably  is  Congeria  {Mytilopsis)  leucopheata  Conrad. 

Specimens  of  the  material  we  collected  are  in  the  collections 
of  the  above  named  gentlemen  as  well  as  in  the  United  States 
National  Museum,  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  and  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  We  will  be 
happy  to  send  specimens  to  anyone  asking  for  them  as  long  as 
they  last. 


128  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (4) 

REVISED  LIST  OF  MOLLUSKS  FROM  YORK 
COUNTY,  PENNSYLVANIA 

By  KOBEET  a.  HEILMAN  and  GORDON  K.  MacMILLAN 

York  Comity,  Pennsylvania,  is  a  territory  not  unfamiliar  to 
the  malacologist.  At  various  times  throughout  the  history  of 
this  part  of  the  state,  collectors  have  obtained  mollusks  and 
have  reported  on  that  fauna  of  this  county. 

Probably  the  first  mention  on  the  fauna  of  York  County  was 
made  by  S.  S.  Haldeman.  Haldeman,  writing  in  Rupp's 
"History  of  Lancaster  County"  published  in  1844,  records 
"Limnea  columella"  from  York  County. 

In  1894,  Dr.  H.  A.  Pilsbry's  "Critical  List  of  Mollusks  col- 
lected in  the  Potomac  Valley"  listed  32  species  collected  by 
Witmer  Stone  at  York  Furnace. 

Stanley  Brooks  in  1931  in  "A  List  of  the  Land  Snails  of 
Pennsylvania  with  a  Summary  of  their  Distribution"  includes 
a  list  of  27  terrestrial  species  from  York  County.  Of  these,  13 
species  were  previously  reported  by  Dr.  Pilsbry. 

Others  who  have  mentioned  the  York  County  fauna  are  Arnold 
E.  Ortmann  (1919),  Charles  B.  Wurtz  (1940),  and  Gordon  K. 
MacMillan  (1948). 

A  compilation  of  the  species  reported  by  these  persons  gives 
York  County  a  record  of  54  species  of  which  22  are  aquatic  and 
the  remaining  32  are  terrestrial. 

Armed  with  this  known  record,  the  senior  author  spent  the 
summer  of  1952  collecting  mollusks  throughout  York  County 
with  the  hope  of  adding  new  species  to  the  county  record  and 
also  to  determine  what  change  has  taken  place  in  the  fauna  of 
the  county.  Collecting  was  done  chiefly  in  the  vicinity  of  York, 
York  Furnace,  New  Salem  and  Zion  View. 

To  the  list  of  shells  obtained  by  the  senior  author,  the  junior 
author  has  added  13  species  and  varieties.  These  specimens 
were  taken  from  the  material  incorporated  in  the  unpublished 
thesis  for  a  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  by  the  junior  author. 

Now  that  the  results  of  the  field  trips  have  been  evaluated, 
evidently  York   County  supports   a   greater  and  more  varied 


April,  1953] 


THE   NAUTILUS 


129 


fauna  than  has  previously  been  reported.  A  total  of  35  species 
and  subspecies  not  previously  known  in  York  County  has  been 
found.  As  has  also  been  observed,  industrial  pollution  of  the 
county  creeks  and  of  the  Susquehanna  River  is  bringing  about 
the  extinction  of  the  mussels  and  the  freshwater  gastropods. 

A  revised  list  of  species  known  from  York  County  follows. 
Species  new  to  the  county  fauna  are  indicated  by  an  asterisk. 


Triodopsis  tridentata  (Say) 
T.  tridentata  juxtidens  (Pilsbry) 
T.  fallax   (Say) 

T.  fraudulenta  vulgata  Pilsbry* 
T.  notata   (Deshayes) 
T.  albolabris  (Say) 
T.  albolabris  dentatus   (Tryon)* 
Mesodon  thyroides   (Say) 
Allogona  profunda   (Say)* 
Stenotrema  hirsntum  (Say) 
S.  fraternum   (Say) 
Haplotrema  concavum   (Say) 
Paravitrea   multidentata    (Binney)* 
Ventridens  intertextus    (Binney)* 
V.  ligera  (Say) 
V.  siippressus  (Say) 
V.  suppressus  virginicus  (Vanatta)* 
Zonitoides  arboreus   (Say) 
Eawaiia  minuscnla   (Binney)* 
Retinella  indentata   (Say) 
R.  indentata  paucilirata   (Morelet)* 
R.  electrina   (Gould) 
R.   wheatleyi    (Bland)* 
R.  rhoadsi  (Pilsbry)* 
Striatura  milium   (Morse) 
Omphalina  cupreus   (Rafinesque) 
Limax  maximus   (Linnaeus)* 
L.  flavus  (Linnaeus) 
Deroceras   laeve    (Mueller) 
D.  reticulatum  (Mueller)* 
Angvispira  alternata  (Say) 
A.  alternata  angulata  Pilsbry  &  Van- 
atta* 
Discus  cronTcliitei  (Newcomb) 
D.  cronlchitei  catsl-illensis  (Pilsbry)* 
D.  patulus   (Deshayes)* 
Helicodiscus  parallelus  (Say) 
Philomycus    carolinianus    flexuolaris 

Eafinesque 
Pallifera  dorsalis  (Binney) 
Succinea  avara  Say* 
S.  decampi  gouldi   (Pilsbry) 
S.  oralis  Say 
S.  ovalis  optima  Pilsbry* 
Cionella  hibrica  (Mueller)* 
Pupoides  albilabris  (Ward) 
Gastrocopta  armifera   (Say) 


G.  armifera  clappi  (Sterki)* 

G.  pcntodon   (Say)* 

G.  corticaria  (Say) 

Vertigo   gouldi    (Binney) 

r.  tridentata  Wolf 

F.  ventricosa   (Morse)* 

Columella  edentula  (Draparuaud) 

Strobilops  aenea  (Pilsbry) 

S.  labyrinthica  (Say) 

Vallonia  puleliella  (Mueller)* 

F.  costata   (Mueller)* 

F.  excentrica  Sterki 

Punctvm  minutissimum  (Lea)* 

Pseudosuccinea  columella  (Say) 

Stagnicola  caperata  (Say) 

Fossaria  obrussa  (Say)* 

F.  modicella  (Say)* 

F.  parva  (Lea)* 

Helisoma  anceps  (Menke) 

Helisoma  trivolvis  (Say) 

Gyraulus  parvus  (Say) 

Planorbula  jenTcsii  (H.  F.  Carpen- 
ter) 

Physa  heterostropha  (Say) 

Ferrissia  rividaris  (Say)* 

Campeloma  decisum   (Say) 

Valvata  tricarinata  (Say) 

F.  bicarinata   (Say) 

Lioplax  subcarinata   (Say) 

Amnicola  limosa  ^Say) 

Pomatiopsis  lapidaria  (Say)* 

Goniobasis  virginica  (Gmelin) 

Anculosa   carinata    (Brug) 

Elliptio  complanatus   (Dillwyn) 

Anodonta  cataracta    (Say) 

Alasmidonta  nndulata    (Say) 

A.  variocosa  (Lamarck) 

Strophitus  rugosus  (Swainson) 

Lampsilis  cariosa  (Say) 

L.  radiata   (Gmelin) 

Sphaerivm  sulcatum  (Lamarck)* 

S.  striatinum  (Lamarck)* 

S.  (Musculium)  transversum  (Say)* 

S.   (Musculium)   partumi  ium  (Say) 

S.  (Musculium)  truncatum  (Lins- 
ley)* 

Pisidium  casertanum  (Poll)* 


130  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (4) 

FRESH-WATER  MUSSELS  USED  BY  ILLINOIAN 
INDIANS  OF  THE  HOPEWELL  CULTURE 

By  max  E.  MATTESON 
University  of  Illinois,  Urbana,  Illinois 

Much  of  our  knowledge  of  Indian  culture  has  been  obtained 
through  the  examination  of  ancient  village  sites,  mounds,  and 
other  structures  which  were  once  associated  with  Indians  of 
past  ages.  By  examining  various  items  such  as  pottery,  cooking 
utensils  of  various  types,  weapons,  and  the  inedible  remains  of 
different  kinds  of  food,  the  ancient  cultures  of  certain  Indian 
groups  have  been  ascertained.  Anthropologists  have  both  care- 
fully studied  and  written  about  many  sites  once  ococupied  by 
the  American  Indian.  States  appearing  commonly  in  the  vast 
accumulation  of  literature  on  this  subject  are  Maine,  New  York, 
Indiana,  Illinois,  Arizona,  Tennessee,  and  several  others. 

Illinois  ranks  high  in  the  preceding  list.  The  main  reason 
for  this  fact  is  that  this  state  was  arranged  excellently,  both 
geographically  and  geologically,  for  the  semipermanent  residence 
of  many  Indians.  The  flat  or  gently  rolling,  highly  fertile 
topography  was  well  suited  for  agriculture.  Many  artifacts 
have  been  found  which  were  used  for  cultivating  plants.  Then, 
too,  the  numerous  w^aterways  offered  excellent  opportunity  for 
the  navigation  of  canoes  both  within  Illinois  and  to  distant 
areas.  The  Ohio  River  on  the  south  was  navigable  for  hundreds 
of  miles  to  the  east,  while  the  Mississippi  and  Missouri  Rivers 
carried  both  Indians  and  goods  to  the  north,  south  and  west. 

Although  relics  of  Indian  origin  have  been  found  in  most 
of  the  counties  of  Illinois,  certain  areas  have  been  outstanding 
in  their  contributions  from  these  very  interesting  people.  Usu- 
ally the  most  important  areas  have  been  typified  by  the  presence 
of  mounds  of  varying  shapes,  which  were  mainly  used  as  burial 
sites.  Some  of  the  more  important  mounds  are  located  near  the 
confluence  of  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  Rivers,  on  the  lower 
reaches  of  Cahokia  Creek  near  East  St.  Louis,  near  Peoria, 
and  near  Havana.  However,  former  village  sites  have  been 
excavated  in  several  areas  which  have  contained  many  utensils 
and  farming  implements,  with  many  items  of  animal  origin 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  131 

having  been  discovered  in  the  various  kitchen  middens  and 
refuse  heaps.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  all  of  the  larger 
sites  are  located  near  the  banks  of  a  stream  of  considerable  size. 
On  several  occasions,  suggestions  concerning  the  former  dis- 
tribution of  animals  have  been  obtained  from  the  study  of  bones 
and  other  indestructible  items  of  animal  origin  which  were 
either  eaten  by,  or  were  closely  associated  with  the  Indians  of 
various  eras.  The  analysis  of  animal  remains  from  Illinois  sites 
has  been  conducted  chiefly  by  F.  C.  Baker,  who  was  formerly 
curator  of  the  University  of  Illinois  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
In  his  outstanding  papers  on  this  subject  (1930,  1931),  he  has 
presented  a  formidable  list  of  fish,  birds,  mammals  and  mollusks 
from  various  sites  in  Illinois.  He,  unlike  other  authors  on  the 
subject,  made  an  attempt  to  classify  the  mollusks  instead  of 
merely  listing  them  as  being  present.  His  lists  are  mainly 
qualitative  in  that  they  are  an  inventory  of  the  forms  present, 
without  the  enumeration  of  individuals  represented  by  the  vari- 
ous species.  He  found  that  the  food  supply  of  these  Indians 
was  significantly  augmented  by  fresh-water  mussels.  During 
the  excavation  of  a  mound  near  Havana,  Baker  observed  one 
kitchen  midden  of  clam  shells  of  such  size  that  its  origin  was 
confused  as  the  pile  resembled  a  Pleistocene  formation  many  of 
which  were  also  found  in  that  area.  He  also  stated  that  several 
species  of  aquatic  snails  were  probably  used  as  food  while  land 
snails  seemed  to  be  rare  in  kitchen  middens.  This  is  an  in- 
teresting observation  because  the  author  of  this  paper  has  ob- 
tained large  quantities  of  well  preserved  land  snails  which  have 
been  taken  from  village  sites  recently  excavated  on  the  Illinois 
River.  However,  he  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  land  snails 
crawled  onto  the  exposed  mass  of  a  kitchen  midden  composed 
mostly  of  clam  shells,  found  the  situation  to  their  liking  mainly 
due  to  the  calcium  content  of  the  valves  and  remained  there. 
Large  numbers  of  them  completed  their  life  cycle  and  thus  a 
large  uppermost  layer  of  these  land  snails  were  gathered  here 
during  the  process  of  excavation.  There  is  an  excellent  possi- 
bility that  many  terrestrial  snails  may  have  found  the  pile  of 
discarded  valves  while  the  village  was  still  being  occupied  by 
Indians.  However,  the  author's  opinion  does  not  coincide  with 
that  of  the  noted  anthropologist.  Professor  John  McGregor  of 


132 


THE   NAUTILUS 


[Vol.  66    (4) 


the  University  of  Illinois,  who  was  in  charge  of  this  investiga- 
tion. He  feels  that  they  were  gathered  and  eaten  by  the 
Indians.  A  student  of  conchology  will  profit  by  reading  his 
treatise  on  this  subject  as  soon  as  it  is  published. 


la 


Large    Hill 


Spring 


Former  River  Bed 


lb 


WEST 


Dwelling 


Fig.  la.  Diagram  of  McGee's  Creek  adjacent  to  a  former  village  site 
occupied  by  Illinoian  Indians  in  500  B.C. 

Fig.  lb.  Cross-section  of  the  basin  of  McGee's  Creek  showing  its  former 
river  bed. 


Recently,  the  author  has  been  the  fortunate  recipient  of  a 
large  collection  of  fresh-water  and  snail  shells  which  had  been 
removed  from  kitchen  middens.  These  were  presented  by  Pro- 
fessor McGregor  who  had  uncovered  them  at  several  sites  along 
the  lower  Illinois  River,  and  other  sites  near  Batchtown  and 
Hamburg,  Illinois,  adjacent  to  the  Mississippi  River. 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  133 

Of  the  several  sites  which  were  included,  one  seemed  of  un- 
usual interest.  This  site,  formerly  a  small  village,  included  a 
large  variety  of  unionid  valves  whose  environmental  demands 
did  not  seem  to  fit  the  aquatic  situation  as  it  exists  at  the  present 
time.  It  is  located  on  McGee's  Creek,  a  small  tributary  of  the 
Illinois  River,  entering  that  stream  a  few  miles  below  and  op- 
posite Meredosia  which  is  located  in  Morgan  County.  The  creek 
originates  near  Quincy,  Illinois,  flows  southeastward  through  a 
series  of  hills  and  then  breaks  through  the  bluffs  of  the  Illinois 
River  which  are  low  at  this  point.  It  then  proceeds  several 
miles  along  the  flood  plain  of  the  large  river  before  entering  it. 
The  site  is  located  on  the  Robert  Poole  farm  about  two  miles 
before  the  stream  enters  the  flood  plain.  A  dwelling  of  con- 
siderable size  was  discovered  about  forty  feet  from  the  bank  of 
the  creek  (fig.  la).  Also  nearby,  the  remains  of  several  fires 
which  had  been  used  for  cooking  over  a  long  period  of  time 
were  unearthed.  Dr.  McGregor,  by  means  of  carbon  ^*  determi- 
nation, has  dated  the  village's  existence  as  being  about  500  B.C. 
Many  pieces  of  pottery,  beads,  artifacts  of  various  nature,  and 
the  remains  of  many  animals  which  had  been  used  as  food  were 
found  around  the  buildings  and  in  the  trash  which  had  accumu- 
lated throughout  the  small  village. 

At  present,  the  creek  is  about  twenty  feet  wide  at  this  point 
and  flows  in  a  channel  with  almost  perpendicular  banks  which 
are  about  fifteen  feet  in  height.  The  east  bank,  adjacent  to  the 
dwelling,  has  been  subjected  to  scouring  action  brought  about 
by  many  periods  of  flood  over  an  indefinite  span  of  time  to  the 
extent  that  perhaps,  in  time,  the  entire  remains  of  the  perma- 
nent dwelling  may  be  lost.  The  author  has  visited  the  site  in 
early  spring  when  the  waters  of  the  creek  had  left  the  present 
stream  bed  and  were  flowing  through  the  nearby  forest.  How- 
ever, the  village  site  which  is  fortunately  on  higher  ground  was 
several  feet  above  water. 

One  of  the  first  indications  that  a  village  might  have  existed 
at  this  location  was  the  plowing  up  of  several  unionid  valves  by 
Mr.  Poole.  Later,  Dr.  McGregor  investigated  the  spot  where 
they  were  found.  He  immediately  discovered  that  a  large  ac- 
cumulation of  valves  had  been  discarded  by  the  Indians  so  that 
a  kitchen  midden  of  large  size  had  been  formed  which  extended 


134  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (4) 

into  the  earth  for  a  distance  of  several  feet.  Although  the  com- 
pact mass  of  mussel  valves  was  quite  free  from  soil,  dispersed 
among  them  were  individual  beads,  broken  artifacts,  and  other 
items  which  were  no  longer  of  value  to  the  Indians.  No  shells 
of  aquatic  snails  were  found,  which  may  imply  that  they  were 
not  eaten,  at  least  by  these  Indians.  As  most  of  the  mussel 
valves  exhibited  various   stages   of   disintegration,    there   is  a 


Fig.  2.     Valve  of  Megalonaias  gigantea  which  was  used  as  a  hoe.     The 
tip  of  the  hoe  (posterior  end)  was  broken. 

chance  that  the  relatively  frail  shells  of  aquatic  snails  might 
have  been  decomposed.  Many  valves  were  represented  only  by 
the  umbonal  area  or  by  some  other  fragment  of  the  original 
shell.  In  all,  the  periostraeum  had  been  lost  and  upon  the 
slightest  exertion  of  pressure  the  outer  layers  of  nacre  falls 
apart.  Many  terrestrial  snails  were  found.  Although  they 
were  more  concentrated  at  the  top  of  the  kitchen  midden,  there 
were  shells  present  at  all  levels.  Most  of  them  are  excellently 
preserved.    On  many,  the  color-patterns  are  still  clearly  in  evi- 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  135 

dence  and  the  lips  are  unbroken.  One  artifact,  a  hoe  (fig.  2), 
was  made  by  boring  a  hole  through  the  disc  of  a  valve  and  then 
chipping  off  a  portion  of  the  anterior  end  so  that  it  would  fit 
the  right  hand  of  the  user.  The  index  finger  would  be  inserted 
in  the  hole. 

Although  the  unionid  valves  were  in  various  stages  of  dis- 
integration, most  of  them  could  be  identified  with  surpris- 
ing ease.  There  are  several  structures  on  a  valve  which  are 
constant,  or  almost  so,  for  any  given  species  of  mussel.  Usually, 
when  one  of  these  was  obliterated,  those  which  remained  were 
sufficient  for  accurate  identification.  Often  small  fragments 
were  identifiable  by  the  presence  of  a  single  key  characteristic. 

In  the  following  inventory  of  the  fresh-water  mussels  ob- 
tained at  the  site,  the  numbers  in  parentheses  represent  speci- 
mens which  were  measurable ;  when  two  numbers  are  given,  the 
first  refers  to  length  and  the  second  to  height.  The  numbers 
collected  (and  measured)  are  followed  by  mean  lengths  and 
heights,  unless  otherwise  indicated. 

Actinonaias  carinata.  64  (39) ,  7.9  X  4.7  cm.  Uniformly  small ; 
posterior  tips  usually  lost. 

Actinonams  ellipsiformis.  17  (10) ,  4.9  X  2.9  cm.  Very  common 
in  headwaters;  occasionally  in  small  rivers. 

AmMema  costata.  37  (15,  21),  6.6  X  4.9  cm.  Small,  as  is 
typical  in  small  rivers. 

AmMema  peruviana.  28  (14,  18),  6.8  X  4.8  cm.  Compara- 
tively small. 

Amhlema  rariplicata.  5  (4,  5),  7.5  X  5.4  cm.  Comparatively 
small. 

Elliptio  crassidens.  9  (2,  3),  9.6  X  5.9  cm.  No  record  of 
presence  in  Illinois  during  historical  times. 

Elliptio  dilatatus.  40  (39),  length  7.1  cm.  Species  is  typical 
of  small  rivers   (form  delicatus). 

Fusconaia  ehenus.  9  (9),  5.2  X  5.8  cm.  Much  smaller  than 
those  found  in  large  rivers. 

Fusconaia  flava.  12  (10),  4.2x3.2  cm.  Species  and  size 
typical  of  small  rivers. 

Lampsilis  anodontoides.  1  (1),  height  5.2  cm.  Usually  found 
in  bottom  composed  of  coarse  sand. 

Lampsilis  siliquoidea.  50  (42),  7.3  X  4.0  cm.  Small;  both  lake 
and  river  forms  present. 

Lampsilis  ventricosa.  36  (26),  8.9  X  6.0  cm.  Small,  as  is 
found  in  small  rivers;  valves  rounded. 


136  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (4) 

Lasmigo7ia  costata.  5.  Only  umbonal  areas  found;  lives  in 
many  environments. 

Ligumia  recta.  11  (3),  9.8  X  4.1  cm.  Usually  lives  in  gravel 
or  sand  in  clear  water. 

Megalonaias  gigantea.  3.  Two  were  artifacts;  species  lives 
only  in  large  rivers. 

Micromya  iris.  3  (3),  4.6  X  2.5  cm.  Very  common  in  head- 
waters ;  occasionally  in  small  rivers. 

Pleurohema  coccineum.  26  (19),  5.2  X  3.8  em.  Small,  as  is 
typical  of  small  rivers ;  prefers  gravel  bottom. 

Pleurohema  pyramidatum.  3  (2),  5.6  X  6.6  cm.  Occurs  in 
large  rivers  or  nearby  in  tributaries. 

Quadrula  pustidosa.  5  (5),  4.3  X  4.2  cm.  Small,  as  in  small 
rivers ;  prefers  gravel  bottom. 

Strophitus  rugosus.  1.  Umbo  only;  sole  representative  of 
thin  shelled  forms. 

Tritogonia  verrucosa.  2  (2),  9.9  X  5.4  cm.  Lives  in  large  and 
small  rivers;  prefers  gravel  bottom. 

As  will  be  observed,  many  of  the  mussels  listed  are  typical 
residents  of  small  or  medium-sized  rivers.  Others  can  live  in 
either  large  or  small  rivers,  but  if  they  occupy  the  latter  their 
size  becomes  diminished.  Often,  other  features  of  shells  may 
become  altered  during  their  transmission  from  larger  rivers  to 
smaller  streams  (Ortmann,  van  der  Schalie).  There  is  no  defi- 
nite explanation  for  this  phenomenon.  Certain  taxonomists  have 
gone  to  the  extent  of  establishing  subspecies  for  several  of  those 
forms  which  occur  in  both  large  and  small  rivers. 

Two  forms  which  are  typical  of  headwaters  are  represented 
in  the  list.  Actinonaias  ellipsiformis  and  Micromya  iris  have 
been  collected  in  large  numbers  from  the  extreme  headwaters  of 
several  rivers  in  Illinois.  However,  they  may  be  found  occa- 
sionally farther  down  these  streams  where  small-river  conditions 
prevail.  There  is  a  definite  tendency  for  an  increase  in  size 
in  the  latter  environment.  A  small  river  may  arbitrarily  be  de- 
scribed as  being  approximately  30  feet  wide  with  a  maximum 
depth  of  three  or  four  feet  during  periods  of  normal  water 
level. 

Those  forms  in  the  list  which  are  most  typical  of  small  rivers 
are  Amhlema  costata,  Elliptio  dilatatus,  Fusconaia  flava  and 
Pleurohema  coccineum.  In  all  these  forms,  certain  variations  in 
the  shell  are  noticeable.     The  advisability  of  creating  subspecies 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  137 

where  these  slight  differences  occur  within  a  species  is  problem- 
atic. Baker  (1928)  would  identify  some  of  the  individuals  listed 
here  as  E.  dilatatus  delicatus. 

The  forms  Actinonaias  carinata,  Amhlema  peruviana,  Am- 
hlema  rariplicata,  Fusconaia  ehenus,  Lanipsilis  ventricosa  and 
Pleurohema  pyramidatiim  are  usually  described  as  being  found 
in  large  rivers.  However,  these  species,  or  so-called  subspecies 
of  them,  may  be  found  in  a  small-river  environment,  often  in 
large  numbers.  When  this  situation  occurs,  the  individuals  be- 
come reduced  in  size  and  the  ratios  between  length,  height  and 
width  of  shell  may  change.  The  latter  phenomenon  has  been 
emphasized  by  Ortmann.  Probably  Baker  (1928)  would  take 
strong  exception  to  the  possibility  that  these  forms  are  found  in 
a  small  river. 

Decrease  in  size  which  accompanies  the  entrance  of  most 
large-river  species  into  a  small-river  environment  is  well  illus- 
trated by  F.  ehenus.  The  means  for  length  and  height  of  the 
nine  specimens  which  were  found  at  the  site  were  5.2  and  5.8 
centimeters  respectively.  The  means  for  the  same  measure- 
ments of  134  specimens  which  were  taken  from  a  site  near 
Batchtown,  Illinois,  adjacent  to  the  Mississippi  River  were  5.8 
and  7.7  centimeters  respectively.  The  valves  of  L.  ventricosa 
were  observed  to  be  uniformly  small  and  delicate  when  compared 
with  those  from  large  rivers  and  were  unusual  in  that  they  pre- 
sented few  differences  in  general  shape  which  is  highly  variable 
in  this  species. 

Indications  show  that  the  valves  of  Megalonaias  gigantea  were 
carried  to  the  site  from  either  the  Illinois  or  Mississippi  Rivers. 
As  the  hoes  of  the  primitive  Indians,  who  formerly  occupied  the 
village,  were  usually  made  from  this  species,  the  three  valves 
which  were  found  could  have  been  secured  at  any  point  on  these 
rivers  where  they  existed.  As  today,  this  species  then  probably 
occupied  only  the  largest  rivers. 

The  other  species  mentioned  in  the  chart  occupy  either  large 
or  small  rivers.  As  is  interesting  to  note,  Elliptio  crassidens 
has  not  been  found  in  Illinois  during  the  present  era.  However, 
Baker  (1928)  states  that  it  has  been  found  in  several  Pleistocene 
deposits  in  northern  Illinois.     P.  pyramidatum  is  said  by  Baker 


138  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (4) 

(1928)  to  occupy  large  rivers  but  it  will  enter  the  smaller 
tributary  streams  nearby  them.  He  lists  the  unionid  as  P. 
coccineum  solida  but  the  author  feels  that  Ortmann  and  Walk- 
er's  name  (1922)  is  more  accurate. 

The  umbonal  area  of  a  single  valve  of  Strophitus  rugosus 
represented  the  only  thin-shelled  form  which  was  found  in  the 
kitchen  midden.  The  reason  for  the  scarcity  of  thin-shelled 
unionids  is  unknown.  Although  all  the  valves  were  carefully 
removed  from  their  original  positions,  there  is  a  chance  that 
the  valves  of  the  more  fragile  forms  had  already  disintegrated. 
Another  assumption  might  be  that  the  Indians  had  learned  to 
favor  certain  species  over  others  as  food.  And,  of  course,  the 
thinner-shelled  mussels  may  not  have  existed  near  the  site. 
However,  it  seems  impossible  that  such  forms  as  Anodonta 
grandis  and  Anodontoides  ferussacianus  were  not  present.  They 
invariably  exist  in  varying  numbers  in  a  community  of  fresh- 
water mussels  when  the  forms  mentioned  here  are  included  in 
the  group.  Also,  one  is  almost  sure  to  find  other  thick-shelled 
mussels  in  this  community,  especially  Alasmidonta  marginata 
and  Lasmigona  complanata.  These  forms  were  lacking  from  the 
collection.  Little  debris  which  might  have  originated  from  the 
deterioration  of  unionid  valves  was  present  in  the  kitchen  mid- 
den. From  the  foregoing  facts,  it  is  logical  to  assume  that  for 
reasons  unknown  at  present  the  Indians  selected  some  forms  for 
their  diet  and  rejected  others. 

The  creek  as  it  exists  today  does  not  afford  favorable  living 
conditions  for  most  of  the  mussels  which  are  included  in  the  in- 
ventory. As  has  been  stated  before,  it  flows  between  two  rela- 
tively high  banks  over  a  barren  clay  bottom.  There  are  no 
evidences  of  those  aquatic  plants  or  other  forms  of  aquatic  life 
which  are  usually  associated  with  a  small  river.  The  water 
itself  is  somewhat  turbid  and  moves  rapidly,  other  than  in  late 
summer  when  the  stream  becomes  only  a  series  of  shallow 
pools.  An  inventory  of  the  present  day  unionid  fauna  reveals 
that  there  are  two  mussels  in  evidence  which  typically  occupy 
the  headwaters  of  rivers.  Alasmidonta  calceolus  and  Actinonaias 
ellipsiformis  were  found  sparingly  in  the  vicinity  of  the  site. 

(Concluded  in  next  number) 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  139 

IMOGENE  STRICKLER  ROBERTSON 

or 

(MRS.  HAROLD  R.  ROBERTSON) 

(1872-1953) 

Our  beloved  Mrs.  Robertson  (Genie  to  most  of  us)  died  Febru- 
ary 6,  1953.  Her  untimely  death  is  a  great  loss  to  every  member 
of  the  American  Malacologieal  Union,  whether  they  knew  her 
or  not,  as  her  long  and  devoted  services  as  Secretary  from  the 
date  of  its  organization  April  30,  1931,  until  1951  can  never  be 
matched.     There  was  only  one  Genie  Robertson. 

During  Mr.  Robertson's  long  illness  she  was  unable  to  attend 
the  A.M.U.  Meetings  with  the  exception  of  the  one  held  in  Wash- 
ington in  1946.  As  Mr.  Robertson's  death  occurred  in  July, 
1951,  just  a  few  weeks  before  the  Buffalo  meeting,  it  was  quite 
an  emotional  effort  for  her  to  greet  old  A.M.U.  friends  at  that 
time.  However  she  was  very  happy  to  have  the  meeting  here. 
As  the  A.M.U.  was  very  dear  to  her  heart,  she  valiantly  proceeded 
to  supervise  the  preparations  for  that  meeting,  which  was  the 
last  one  she  attended.  As  is  pleasant  to  recall,  the  host  in  1951 
was  the  Museum  where  she  had  worked  faithfully  and  happily 
for  many  years. 

Mrs.  Robertson  was  a  member  of  an  old  South  Buffalo  family. 
From  the  age  of  three  until  her  death  she  had  lived  at  136 
Buffum  Street.  She  is  survived  by  two  sons,  Clarence  P.  Rob- 
ertson and  Ralph  A.  Robertson,  both  of  Buffalo ;  tAvo  daughters, 
Mrs.  Walter  McCausland  of  Buffalo  and  Mrs.  J.  Gordon  Petrie 
of  Grand  Junction,  Colorado. 

Mrs.  Robertson  gave  freely  of  her  time  to  those  who  consulted 
her  on  scientific  problems.  She  carried  on  a  wide  correspondence 
with  many  people  whom  she  had  never  met  and  those  who  have 
had  this  privilege  must  have  derived  much  pleasure  and  benefit 
from  their  contact  with  her. 

She  served  as  Secretary  of  the  Buffalo  Naturalists  Field  Club ; 
Secretary  of  the  Microscopical  Section  of  the  Buffalo  Society  of 


140  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (4) 

Natural  Sciences  from  June  1920  when  this  group  was  organized, 
until  October,  1947 ;  Secretary  of  the  Conchological  Section  from 
1918  to  1936,  and  as  President  of  that  Section  until  her  death. 
She  was  Curator  of  Conchology  and  later  Associate  in  Mala- 
cology; Curator  of  Biology;  Science  Editor  and  Registrar  as 
well  as  Librarian  of  the  Museum's  collection  of  microscopical 
slides. 

Mrs.  Robertson  was  co-author  with  the  late  Clifford  L.  Blakes- 
lee  of  "The  Mollusca  of  the  Niagara  Frontier  Region,"  the 
Bulletin  of  the  Society  of  Natural  Sciences,  Volume  19,  Number 
3,  Buffalo,  1948. 

In  looking  through  some  of  her  files,  her  daughter,  Mrs.  Mc- 
Causland,  and  I  have  found  papers  on  widely  diversified  sub- 
jects, which  no  doubt  were  written  for  the  numerous  groups  of 
which  she  was  a  member.  A  few  of  the  papers  are  :  ' '  Conchology 
in  Buffalo";  "Some  Minute  Mollusks  of  the  Niagara  Frontier"; 
"What  About  Slugs";  "Molluscan  Jaws";  and  many  more  on 
conchology;  "What  I  found  on  a  Sycamore  Tree";  "Furs  and 
Feathers";  "Plant  Hairs";  "Opals  with  the  Microscope,"  and 
the  last  article  she  wrote  was  ' '  Once  an  Indian  Village, ' '  a  brief 
sketch  of  the  historical  background  of  the  surroundings  which  so 
long  had  been  familiar  to  her. 

In  checking  records  at  the  Museum,  I  find  that  for  "Hobbies" 
(the  magazine  of  the  B.S.N.S.)  she  had  written  approximately 
sixty-five  articles.  She  retired  from  the  Museum  in  1942,  and 
until  her  death  was  Research  Associate  in  Malacology. 

Fossil  shells  were  among  some  of  Mrs.  Robertson's  childhood 
playthings  as  their  house  was  built  on  a  limestone  ledge  and  the 
rocks  blasted  out  in  making  the  excavation  for  the  cellar  were 
rich  in  fossils.  The  only  mollusk  named  for  her  is  a  cephalopod, 
Tylorthoceras  rohertsonae  Flower,  which  in  1912  she  found 
practically  on  her  own  back  doorstep.  This  fossil  shell  is  in  the 
Buffalo  Museum,  as  is  also  the  entire  Robertson  shell  collection. 

Fond  memories  of  Genie  Robertson  will  remain  forever  with 
those  who  knew  her  well. — Margaret  M.  Teare. 

This  versatile  woman  left  not  one  empty  space  but  several.  A 
devoted  mother,  she  is  sadly  missed  by  her  bereft  family.  Her 
passing  is  felt  keenly  by  all  the  church  of  which  she  was  a  life- 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  141 

long  member.  Scientifically,  literally  hundreds  of  persons  came 
to  love  this  friendl}'  woman,  who  gave  patient  and  detailed  at- 
tention to  their  requests  for  information  or  advice.  An  old 
friend  once  said :  ' '  Genie  had  a  head  start,  for  she  was  born  with 
dimples,  a  tranquil  disposition,  and  an  inquiring  mind. ' ' 

In  1903,  Imogene  Christobel  Strickler  married  Harold  Ralph 
Robertson.  Together  they  started  and  built  a  magnificent  col- 
lection of  shells,  another  of  minerals. 

In  later  years,  Mrs.  Robertson  became  an  authority  on  the 
culture  of  the  Indians  of  western  New  York,  and  her  last  pub- 
lished work  was  a  history  of  the  old  burying  ground,  now  a  city 
park,  across  from  her  home.  The  second  installment  appeared 
in  the  same  number  of  a  neighborhood  newspaper  which  an- 
nounced her  death. 

As  secretary  of  the  A.  M.  U.,  Imogene  carved  for  herself  a 
lasting  niche  in  the  hearts  of  her  fellows,  for  she  was  unfailing 
in  what  she  considered  the  greatest  of  her  duties,  that  of  afford- 
ing every  encouragement  to  any  person  who  sought  her  aid. 
She  saw  the  Union  double  in  size,  and  no  small  factor  in  that 
growth  was  the  patient  effort,  which  did  not  feel  that  her  duties 
stopped  with  the  mailing  of  announcements  and  form  letters. 

She  made  no  claim  to  being  other  than  an  amateur,  never 
named  a  species,  and  preferred  rather  to  serve  science  by  ad- 
ministering to  the  needs  of  other  scientists.  Appreciation  of 
this  attitude  is  expressed  in  a  letter,  written  by  one  who  often 
benefited  from  her  kindness :  * '  She  was  an  inspiration  to  many 
collectors,  amateur  and  professional.  Perhaps  our  loss  can  be 
tempered  with  the  thought  that  when  some  of  us  finally  take 
passage  across  the  River  Styx,  we  shall  forever  be  condemned 
to  sit  and  identify  the  species  we  have  described,  while  Mrs. 
Robertson  will  be  free  to  wander  over  sunnj'  Eh^sian  meadows 
and  gather  in  quantity  the  rarest  and  most  beautiful  of  mollusks. 
May  I  join  her  friends  and  fellow  club  members  in  wishing  her 
happy  hunting." 

And  so  say  we  all.  Good  shelling,  Imogene ! — Margaret  C. 
Teskey.^ 

1  A  few  excerpts  from  a  fine  biography.  Mrs.  Teskey  also  furnished  the 
photograph  for  the  frontispiece  of  this  number. — H.  B.  B. 


142  THE  NAUTILUS  [Vol.   66    (4) 

NOTES  AND  NEWS 

The  Eighth  Annual  Shell  Show  of  the  St.  Petersburg, 
Florida,  Shell  Club  was  held  in  the  Rod  and  Gun  Club  house  on 
Lake  Maggiore,  February  19  to  26.  The  Smithsonian  Award 
for  the  best  collection,  a  handsome  framed,  lithographic  plate 
of  shells  in  color,  was  given  to  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Myron  P.  Van  Woert. 
Their  exhibit  comprised  a  collection  of  Florida  sea  shells,  and 
an  extensive  general  collection  arranged  to  show  classification 
of  Mollusca  down  to  genera.  The  numerous  species  were  all 
named,  and  genotypes  present  were  indicated. 

So  many  of  the  exhibits  were  of  high  merit  that,  short  of 
describing  them  all,  selection  of  any  for  special  mention  would 
be  difficult.  They  comprised  local  and  Florida  collections,  deep 
water  shells  of  the  Gulf,  exhibits  of  single  families,  such  Halio- 
tidae,  Volutidae,  Muricidae  and  poison  Conus,  also  shells 
adapted  to  decorative  purposes,  engraved  shells,  cameos,  and 
many  others.  Mention  may  also  be  made  that  an  Award  of 
Merit  was  given  to  a  boy  of  ten,  Berry  J.  Weekesser,  for  the 
best  collection  by  juniors  under  14  years  of  age.  The  salt  water 
aquarium  of  James  Kelley,  Jr.,  also  received  an  Award. — 
H.  A.  P. 

Another  specimen  of  Fastigiella  carinata  Reeve. — You 
may  be  interested  to  know  that  we  have  a  specimen  of  this  rare 
shell,  almost  identical  with  that  collected  by  Mr.  Ostheimer, 
which  we  have  seen.  Ours  was  taken  last  July  at  Powell 's  Point, 
Eleuthera,  Bahamas.  It  is  a  crab  shell,  39  mm.  long,  and  was 
found  in  about  four  feet  depth  at  low  tide. — George  F.  Kline 
(in  letter  to  Ed.). 

Note  on  Mesodon  andrewsae  normalis. — In  Pilsbry's  Land 
Mollusca  of  N.  A.,  vol.  1,  p.  720,  the  locality  "North  Carolina: 
Ben  Creek  Experimental  Forest,  Walnut  Cove,  Stokes  Co. 
(A.  P.  Jacot) "  for  Mesodon  andrewsae  normalis  (Pils.)  is 
cited.  This  record  seemed  questionable  to  me  and  I  set  out  to 
check  it.  I  made  numerous  inquiries  in  Stokes  Co.,  N.  C,  but 
could  not  find  anyone  who  knew  of  any  experimental  forest  in 
that  area.  On  my  last  visit  to  Philadelphia,  I  examined  the 
specimen.  Although  it  is  dead  and  somewhat  deformed,  it  was 
undoubtedly  M.  a.  7iormalis.     The  label,  however,  gave  the  lo- 


April,  1953]  the  nautilus  143 

cality  as  "Bent  Creek"  rather  than  Ben  Creek.  On  the  U.  S. 
G.  S.  topographic  map  of  the  Dunmore  Mtn.  N.  C.  quadrangle, 
in  Buncombe  Co.,  was  an  area  marked  "Bent  Creek  Experi- 
mental Forest."  I  believe  this  to  be  the  true  locality  for  this 
specimen,  and  that  in  some  way  the  data  on  the  label  became 
mixed. — Leslie  Hubricht. 


PUBLICATIONS  RECEIVED 

Marine  Mollusca  of  the  eastern  coast  of  North  America  : 
THEIR  NAMES  AND  MEANINGS.  By  Henry  Poirier.  167  pp., 
mimeographed.  1952.  Roger  Bretet,  $5.25. — This  checklist, 
with  the  derivation  or  meanings  of  the  names  of  taxonomic 
groups  from  classes  to  subspecies,  contains  the  species  in  John- 
son's "List  of  marine  Mollusca  of  the  Atlantic  Coast"  plus 
many  described  since,  making  2915  in  all.  It  shows  careful 
study  and  should  be  very  useful  to  collectors  and  students.  A 
few  of  the  derivations  are  translated  too  literally ;  for  examples, 
Rissoella  and  Rissoina  were  founded  on  Rissoa,  and  only  in- 
directly "Named  for  Risso,"  and  Phenacolepas  (Phenacolepa- 
didae)  probably  connoted  a  false  (not  s.s.)  lepas  rather  than 
"a  deceptive  limpet." — H.  B.  B. 

Methods  and  principles  of  systematic  zoology.  By  Ernst 
Mayr,  E.  Gorton  Linsley  and  Robert  L.  Usinger.  328  pp.  1953. 
McGraw-Hill,  $6.00. — This  text  and  reference  book  is  divided 
into  3  parts:  "Categories"  and  concepts  (59  pp.),  with  chapters 
on  taxonomy,  the  species  and  its  subdivisions,  and  higher  groups 
in  classification;  Procedure  (115  pp.),  with  6  chapters  on  meth- 
ods, and  Nomenclature  (84  pp.),  with  8  chapters  which  include 
discussions  of  the  international  rules  and  proposals  for  the  fu- 
ture. The  work  also  includes  a  bibliography  (15  pp.),  a  glossary 
of  technical  terms  (16  pp.)  and  an  index.  The  book  should  be 
very  useful,  at  least  as  a  focus  for  discussion.  Naturally  it 
mainly  emphasizes  the  ornithologic  and  entomologic  viewpoints, 
with  their  accentuation  of  the  species. — H.  B.  B. 

Einfuhrung  in  die  Biotaxonomie.  By  F.  A.  Schilder. 
1952.     162  pp.     Gustav  Fischer,  13.50  DM.— This  introduction 


144  THE   NAUTILUS  [Vol.    66    (4) 

to  bio-taxonomy,  which  in  the  author's  semantics  means  the 
"  Formenkreis "  ideology,  after  a  synopsis  of  general  taxonomy 
(15  pp.),  definitions  of  distribution  (6  pp.),  discussions  of  the 
"Formenkreis"  or  superspecies  (19  pp.)  and  generalizations  on 
morphologic  parallelism  (4  pp.),  illustrates  the  ideas  with  ex- 
amples from  the  literature,  which  understandingly  are  not  ar- 
ranged in  the  same  categories,  since  taxonomic  groups  seldom 
agree  with  any  one  generality.  The  first  and  many  subsequent 
examples  are  Cypraeidae,  which  are  claimed  to  represent  the 
best  research  on  marine  mollusks.  The  123  text  figures,  founded 
on  these  examples,  mainly  superimpose  diagrams  on  rather 
vague  outline  maps ;  like  most  of  Dr.  Schilder  's  contrivances, 
they  are  highly  ingenuous  but  often  somewhat  puzzling.  This 
little  book  is  a  very  useful  concentration  of  many  widely  dis- 
persed (although  mainly  European)  taxonomic  publications. 
— H.  B.  B. 

A  HISTORICAL  REVIEW  OF  THE  MOLLUSKS  OF  LiNNAEUS.      Part  1. 

The  classes  Loricata  and  Pelecypoda.  By  Henry  Dodge.  1953. 
Bull.  American  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  100,  art.  1,  263  pp.  $4.00. 
— This  is  an  exhaustive  series  of  studies  on  the  Linnean  genera 
and  species.  Each  identifiable  species  is  traced  to  its  modern 
systematic  position,  and  a  characteristic  figure  is  cited.  Without 
too  much  emphasis  on  the  Linnean  collection,  studied  by  Han- 
ley,  or  on  the  figures  cited  by  Linne  in  his  synonymies,  Dodge 
makes  a  careful  attempt  to  identify  each  species  in  its  original 
description,  which  is  quoted.  The  type  of  each  of  Linne 's 
genera  and  of  each  subsequent  group,  of  which  any  of  his 
species  has  become  the  type,  is  discussed.  Besides  providing 
very  interesting  reading  from  its  historic  aspects,  this  work  will 
be  extremely  useful  to  all  students  of  these  difficult  problems  of 
nomenclature. — H.  B.  B. 


Vol.  66  JULY,  1952  No.  1 

TT  H  F 

NAUTILUS 

A  QUAETERLY 
DEVOTED  TO  THE  INTERESTS  OF  CONCHOLOGISTS 

EDITORS  AND  PUBLISHERS  |  ManHj  BioIogical  LaboTatorv 

Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Curator  of  the  Department  of  MoIlt^caP  ^ 

Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philaflelphia  %  -'-  -^  Jt<  .A.  IR,  '^T 

H.  Burrington  Baker,  Professor  of  Eoologj^i  j  f    i  .^    1Qh9 
University  of  Pennsylvania^  '-^'^'u-l         I^JZ. 

i       WOODS  HOLE,  MASS. 

CONTENTS  * 

Notes  on  Ncsta  (Laevinesta)  atlantica,  etc.     By  Henry  A. 

Pilshry  and  Thomas  L.  McGinty 1 

Ciliary  feeding  in  Pomacea  paludosa  (Say).     By  Bert  M. 

Johnson    3 

Carychium  exiguum  Say  of  Lower  Michigan,  Morphology, 

Ecology,  etc.    By  PL\rold  W.  Harry 5 

The  Duxbury  Bay  1950  set  of  Mya  arenaria  L.    By  Henry 

D.  Russell   7 

The  Land  Shells  of  Pittsylvania  County,  Virginia.    By  Leslie 

Huhricht    10 

Some  land  shells  from  Japan  and  Siberia.     By  Walter  J. 

Eyerdam    13 

The  shells  of  Pj-ramid  Lake,  Nevada,  By  Morris  K.  Jacob- 
son  15 

A  new  subspecies  of  Pecten  gihhus  (L).  By  Gilbert  Gran  17 
Observations  on  the  genus  Schizothaerus     By  Emery  F. 

Swan  and  John  R.  Finucane 19 

European  snails  sold  as  fish  bait.     By  Wm.  Marcus  Ingram     2(3 

Harold  John  Finlay.     Bv  //.  A.  Rehder 30 

William  F.  Clapp.    By  W.  J.  Clench 31 

Notes  and  News   31 

Publications  Received  34 


$2.50  per  year   ($2.65  to  Foreign  Countries)   65  cents  a  copy 


HORACE  B.  BAKER,  Bv-finess  Manafjer 

University   of   Pennsylvania,   Zoological   Laboratory, 

38th  and  Woodland  Avenue,  Philadelphia  4,  Pa. 

Entered  aR  Second-Class  matter,  October  29,  1932.  at  the  Post  Office  at 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  under  the  Act  of  March  3.  1879. 


11  THE   NAUTILUS 


THE  NAUTILUS: 

A  Quarterly  Journal  devoted  to  the  study  of  Mollusks,  edited  and  pub- 
lished by  Henry  A.  Pilsbry  and  H.  Burrington  Baker. 

Matter  for  publication  should  reach  the  senior  editor  by  the  first  of  the 
month  preceding  the  month  of  issue  (January,  April,  July  and  October). 
Manuscript  should  he  typewritten  and  double  spaced.  Proofs  will  not  be 
submitted  to  authors  unless  requested. 

Reprints  are  furnished  at  printer's  rates.     Orders  should  be  written 

ON   OR  ATTACHED  TO   FIRST  PAGE   OF   MANUSCRIPT. 

4  pp.  8  pp.  16  pp. 

50  copies ^ $4,30  $6.86  $11.16 

100  copies 5.15  8.16  13.73 

Additional     100s    1.72  2.58  5.15 

Plates  (pasted  in):  $3.43  for  50;  additional  plates  2.58  each 
[Postage  Extra] 

The  Nautilus  is  the  official  organ  of  the  American  Malacologieal  Union. 
Information  regarding  membership  in  the  Union  may  be  obtained  from  Mrs. 
Imogene  C.  Robertson,  Financial  Secretary,  Buffalo  Museum  of  Science, 
Buffalo,  N.  Y, 


EXCHANGE  NOTICES 

Wanted  :  Back  Volumes  and  Numbers  of  The  Nautilus.  Esi^ecially,  vol.  3 ; 
vol.  4,  no.  1;  vol.  6,  no.  3;  vol.  9,  no.  1;  vols.  17  to  24;  vol.  25,  no. 
5;  vols.  26,  27;  vol.  52;  vol.  53,  nos.  2,  3;  vols.  54  to  58;  vol.  59,  no. 
1 ;  vol.  60,  no.  2.  Some  nos.  of  volumes  listed  are  in  stock,  but  others 
are  desired.  Address  Horace  B.  Baker,  Univ.  Penna.  Zoo.  Lab., 
Philadelphia  4. 

Wanted:  Preserved  or  living  viviparid  snails,  in  exchange  for  local  MoUusca. 

Glenn  R.  Webb,  Ohio  (P.O.),  Illinois. 

For  Exchange:  Fifteen  varieties,  Florida  tree  snails  (Ligiiiis)  including 
three  of  the  rare  L.  solidus,  to  exchange  for  Achatinella,  Amphidromus, 
Bulimulus,  Cochlostyla,  Orthalicus,  Porphyrobaphe  and  Placostylus. 
Send  your  list  to  Paul  P.  McGinty,  Boynton,  Florida. 

For  Exchange:  Native  material  for  live  land  Mollusca,  especially  Cepaea 
nemoralis,  Ofala  species,  and   Helix  aspersa. 

Glenn  R.  Webb,  5348  Ohmer  Ave.,  Indianapolis,  Indiana. 


TUB   NAUTILUS  HI 


Wanted:  Exchange  of  books  and  pamphlets  on  malacology.     New  long  list 

ready.     Ask  for  it,  and  send  yours. 

Dr.  F.  Haas,  Curator  of  Lower  Invertebrates,  Field  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  Chicago  5,  Illinois. 

Wanted:   Recent  and  Tertiary  Mollusca.     Offered:   Similar  material  from 
various  countries.     Apply  with  list. 

J.  L.  Staed,  123  rue  Clovis,  Eheims,  Marne,  France. 

Wanted:  Marine  shells,  in  exchange  for  identified  marines,  land  and  fresh 
water  mollusks. 

Mrs.  H.  B.  Baker,  11  Chelten  Road,  Havertown,  Pa. 

For    Exchange:    Bookbinding    and    book    repair    done — The    Nautilus, 
JoHNSONiA,  etc. — for  duplicate  shells  or  molluscan  literature. 

Dr.  Walter  H.  Jacobs,  124  West  93rd  Street,  New  York  25,  N.  Y. 

Wanted:  Pectens    (world-wide).     Exchange   or   purchase.     Can   offer   good 
marine  specimens,  many  genera,  with  data. 

Gilbert  Grau,  2457  Claremont  Ave.,  Hollywood  27,  Calif. 

For  Exchange  :  Sixty  species  of  Cypraca,  including  rare  local  varieties,  from 
Red  Sea  and  Indian  Ocean. 

Darrell  Bates,  Secretariat,  Hargeisa,  Somaliland  Protectorate. 


New  England  Coast  Shells  for  sale  or  exchange.     List  sent  on  request. 
List  of  foreign  shells  for  sale  on  request. 

Mrs.  F.  K.  Hadley,  Box  33,  West  Newton,  Mass. 

Specimen  Shells  and  books  or  papers  relating  to  them  bought,  sold  and 
exchanged. 

John  Q.  Burch,  1584  West  Vernon  Ave.,  Los  Angeles  37,  Calif. 

Translations  of  German,  French  and  Spanish  shell  literature  done  in  ex- 
change for  shells,  shell  literature,  duplicates  or  money. 

Morris  K.  Jacobson,  455  B.  139  St.,  Rockaway  Beach,  New  York. 


IV  THE    NAUTILUS 


TRITON  HELMET  AND  HARP  SHELLS $5.00 

EAST  COAST  MARINE  SHELLS  (Fourth  revised  edition)  . . .     6.00 

WORLD-WIDE  SEA  SHELLS   4.50 

A  REVIEW  OF  THE  VOLUTIDAE 6.00 

PANAMIC  MARINE  SHELLS    6.00 

All  post-paid  in  U.   S.  A. 


Address  autlior: 

MAXWELL  SMITH, 
Box  65,  Windermere,  Florida 


INDEX  TO  THE  NAUTILUS 

Volumes  35-60 
Compiled  by  Aurele  La  Rocque 

The  index  to  The  Nautilus  for  volumes  35  through  60  is  now  available 
for  distribution.  Copies  may  be  procured  from  the  University  of 
Michigan  Press,  311  Maynard  Street,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan.  The  book 
is  made  up  in  the  same  format  as  the  First  Index,  is  cloth  bound  and 
divided  into  two  sections,  an  author  index  and  an  index  to  genera  and 
species. 

Pages:  322,  frontispiece  Price:  $5.00 


Vol.  66  OCTOBER,  1952  No.  2 

THE 

NAUTILUS 

A  QUARTERLY 
DEVOTED  TO  THE  INTERESTS  OP  CONCHOLOGISTS 

EDITORS    AND   PUBLISHERS 

Henrt  a.  Pilsbry,  Curator  of  the  Department  of  Mollusca, 

Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelpiia  iJ     n-   i      :    '^7  ,     ,         , 

XT  T,  -Q        T.  /      .    '^-.ine  Biological  Laboratory 

H.  BuRRiNGTON  Baker,  Professor  of  Oology,     ._  _,   °        -o  -=?- 


University   of  Pennsylvania 


1. 1 13  i^  jfv  JR -y 

DEC  2-  i9o2 

WOODS  HOLE,  MASS. 


CONTENTS 

New  Gastropods  from  the  Blanco  formation.  *"Dj>  li.'Biff'Oiff 

Leonard    37 

Rafinesque's  Slugs.    By  Leslie  Hubricht 4G 

A   bristled   Monadenia    from    California.      By   Robert   R. 

Talmadge  47 

Littoridina  tenuipes  (Couper).    By  //.  A.  Pilshry 50 

Checklist  of  New  Jersey  Land  Snails.     By  Robert  C.  Alex- 
ander       54 

The  Publication  Dates  of  Kobelt  's  ' '  Illustriertes  Conchylien- 

buch. "    By  Harald  A.  Rehder 59 

A  preliminary  list  of  the  Mollusca  of  Hanover   County, 

Virginia.    By  John  Bayard  Burch GO 

A  study  of  Lamarck's  types  of  Unionidae  and  Mutelidae. 

By  Richard  I.  Johnson 03 

Eighteenth  Annual  Meeting  A.M.U.    By  Margaret  C.  Teskey     07 

Notes  and  News  09 

Publications  Received  72 


.50  per  year   ($2.65  to  Foreign  Countries)   65  cents  a  copy 


HORACE  B.  BAKER,  Business  Manager 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  Zoological  Laboratory, 

38th  and  Woodland  Avenue,  Philadelphia  4,  Pa. 

Entered  as  Second-Class  matter,  October  29,  1932,  at  the  Post  Office  at 
Philadelphia.  Pa.,  under  the  Act  of  March  3.  1879. 


THE   NAUTILUS 


THE  NAUTILUS: 

A  Quarterly  Journal  devoted  to  the  study  of  Mollusks,  edited  aud  pub- 
lished by  Henry  A.  Pilsbry  and  H.  Burrington  Baker. 

Matter  for  publication  should  reach  the  senior  editor  by  the  first  of  the 
month  preceding  the  month  of  issue  (January,  April,  July  and  October). 
Manuscript  sJiould  he  typewritten  and  douhle  spaced.  Proofs  will  not  be 
submitted  to  authors  unless  requested. 

Reprints  are  furnished  at  printer's  rates.     Orders  should  be  written 

ON   OR   ATTACHED   TO   FIRST  PAGE   OF   MANUSCRIPT. 

4  pp.  8  pp.  16  pp. 

50  copies $4.30  $6.86  $11.16 

100  copies 5.15  8.16  13.73 

Additional     100s     1.72  2.58  5.15 

Plates  (pasted  in):  $3.43  for  50;  additional  plates  2.58  each 
[Postage  Extra] 

The  Nautilus  is  the  official  organ  of  the  American  Malacological  Union. 
Information  regarding  membership  in  the  Union  may  be  obtained  from  Mrs. 
Margaret  C.  Teskey,  Financial  Secretary,  144  Harlem  Avenue,  Buffalo 
22,  N.  Y. 


EXCHANGE  NOTICES 

Wanted:  Back  Volumes  and  Numbers  of  The  Nautilus.  Especially,  vol.  3; 
vol.  4,  no.  1;  vol.  6,  no.  3;  vol.  9,  no,  1;  vols.  17  to  24;  vol.  25,  no. 
5;  vols.  26,  27;  vol.  52;  vol.  53,  nos.  2,  3;  vols.  54  to  58;  vol.  59,  no. 
1 ;  vol.  60,  no.  2.  Some  nos.  of  volumes  listed  are  in  stock,  but  others 
are  desired.  Address  Horace  B.  Baker,  Univ.  Penna.  Zoo.  Lab., 
Philadelphia  4. 

Wanteb:  Preserved  or  living  viviparid  snails,  in  exchange  for  local  Mollusra. 

Glenn  R.  Webb,  Ohio  (P.O.),  Illinois. 

For  Exchange:  Fifteen  varieties,  Florida  tree  snails  (Li.pinis)  including 
three  of  the  rare  L.  soUdus,  to  exchange  for  Achatinella,  Amphidromus, 
Bulimulus,  Cochlostyla,  Orthalicus,  Porphyrobaphe  and  Placostylus. 
Send  your  list  to  Paul  P.  McGinty,  Boynton,  Florida. 

For  Exchange:  Native  material  for  live  land  Mollusca,  especially  Cepaea 
vemnralis,  Otala  species,  and  Helix  aspersa. 

Glenn  R.  Webb,  5348  Ohmer  Ave.,  Indianapolis,  Indiana. 


THE   NAUTILUS  Ul 


Wanted:  Exchange  of  books  and  pamphlets  on  malacology.     New  long  list 
ready.     Ask  for  it,  and  send  yours. 

Dr.   F.  Haas,  Curator  of  Lower  Invertebrates,  Field  Museum   of 
Natural  History,  Chicago  5,  Illinois. 

Wanted:   Kecent  and  Tertiary  MoUusca.     Offered:    Similar  material   from 
various  countries.     Apply  with  list. 

J.  L.  Staed,  123  rue  Clovis,  Rheims,  Marne,  France. 

Wanted:  Marine  shells,  in  exchange  for  identified  marines,  land  and  fresh 
water  mollusks. 

Mrs.  H.  B.  Baker,  11  Chelten  Road,  Havertown,  Pa, 

For    Exchange:    Bookbinding    and    book    repair    done — The    Nautilus, 
JoHNSONiA,  etc. — for  duplicate  shells  or  molluscan  literature. 

Dr.  Walter  H.  Jacobs,  124  West  93rd  Street,  New  York  25,  N.  Y. 

Wanted:  Pectens    (world-wide).     Exchange   or   purchase.     Can   offer   good 
marine  specimens,  many  genera,  with  data. 

Gilbert  Grau,  2457  Claremont  Ave.,  Hollywood  27,  Calif. 

For  Exchange  :  Sixty  species  of  Cypraca,  including  rare  local  varieties,  from 
Red  Sea  and  Indian  Ocean. 

Darrell  Bates,  Secretariat,  Hargeisa,  Somaliland  Protectorate. 


New  England  Coast  Shells  for  sale  or  exchange.     List  sent  on  request. 
List  of  foreign  shells  for  sale  on  request. 

Mrs.  F.  K.  Hadlet,  Box  33,  West  Newton,  Mass. 

Specimen  Shells  and  books  or  papers  relating  to  them  bought,  sold  and 
exchanged. 

John  Q.  Burch,  1584  West  Vernon  Ave.,  Loa  Angeles  37,  Calif. 

Translations  of  German,  French  and  Spanish  shell  literature  done  in  ex- 
change for  shells,  shell  literature,  duplicates  or  money. 

Morris  K.  Jacobson,  455  B.  139  St.,  Rockaway  Beach,  New  York. 


tV  THE   NAUTIIiUS 


TRITON  HELMET  AND  HARP  SHELLS $5.00 

EAST  COAST  MARINE  SHELLS  (Fourth  revised  edition)  . . .     6.00 

WORLD-WIDE  SEA  SHELLS   4.50 

A  REVIEW  OF  THE  VOLUTIDAE 6.00 

PANAMIC  MARINE  SHELLS    6.00 

All  post-paid   In   U.  S.  A. 
Address   author: 

MAXWELL  SMITH, 
Box  65,  Windermere,  Florida 


SOUTH  SEA  SHELLS 

A  large  collection  of  South  Sea  and  other  shells  including  also  fresh 
water  shells,  many  of  them  from  the  W.  D.  Hartman  collection,  collected 
by  Andrew  Garrett,  is  offered  for  sale. 

It  is  fine  material  but  not  adaptable  to  Secondary  School  work,  and  oc- 
cupying space  needed  for  local  material.     Address 

Prof.  Fred  Swan,  Westtown  School,  Westtown,  Penna. 


INDEX  TO  THE  NAUTILUS 

Volumes  35-60 
Compiled  by  Aurele  La  Rocque 

The  index  to  The  Nautilus  for  volumes  35  through  60  is  now  available 
for  distribution.  Copies  may  be  procured  from  the  University  of 
Michigan  Press,  311  Maynard  Street,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan.  The  book 
is  made  up  in  the  same  format  as  the  First  Index,  is  cloth  bound  and 
divided  into  two  sections,  an  author  index  and  an  index  to  genera  and 
species. 

Pages:  322,  frontispiece  Price:  $5.00 


Vol.  66  JANUARY,  1953  No.  3 

THE 

NAUTILUS 

A  QUARTEELY 
DEVOTED   TO   THE   INTERESTS   OF   CONCHOLOGISTS 

EDITORS   AND  PUBLISHERS 

Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Curator  of  the  Department,  of  MoUuBca,. ■ 


Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  PMladelt)|Uj^ j^p g  BlOlOgJCal  LabOratOfy 
H.  BuRRiNGTON  Baker,  Prof  essor  of  Zoology,    L 1 13  li  .1^  it  "Y 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

FEB  6-  1^53 
WOODS  HOLE,  MASS. 


CONTENTS 

Observations  on  a  living  specimen  of  Octopus%'iim'm\^i)ivA,'i 

Adam.    By  Gilbert  L.  Voss 73 

Murex  hicolor  Val.  in  Florida.     By  Margaret  M.  Teare  ....     76 

Fastigiella    carinata    Reeve,    a    little-known    moUusk.     By 

H.  A.  Pilsbry    77 

Three  new  species  of  Philomycidae.     By  Leslie  Hubricht     78 

Mollusks  from  an  interglacial  deposit  in  Meade  Co.,  Kansas. 

B}^  Henry  van  der  Schalie  80 

A  study  of  Lamarck's  types  of  Unionidae  and  Mutelidae. 

By  Richard  L.  Johnson  (concluded)   90 

The  position  of  "Xesta"  cincta    (Lea).     By  Harald  A. 

Rehder   95 

Some  Sphaeriidae  of  Utah.    By  H.  B.  Herrington  and  E.  J. 

Roscoe    97 

A  Colombian  Pomacea  of  the  Effusa  group.    By  H.  A.  Pils- 
bry and  A.  A.  Olsson  98 

Ventridens  in   Staten  Island,  New  York.     By  Morris  K. 

Jacobson 99 

Disposing  of  duplicate  shells.     By  Merrill  Moore  102 


.00  per  year  ($3.15  to  Foreign  Countries)   75  cents  a  copy 


HORACE  B.  BAKER,  Business  Manager 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  Zoological  Laboratory, 

38th  and  Woodland  Avenue,  Philadelphia  4,  Pa. 

Entered  as  Second-Class  matter,  October  29,  1932,  at  the  Post  Office  at 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  under  the  Act  of  March  3.  1879. 


U  THE  NAUTILUS 


THE  NAUTILUS: 

A  Quarterly  Journal  devoted  to  the  study  of  MoUusks,  edited  and  pub- 
lished by  Henry  A.  Pilsbrt  and  H.  Burrington  Baker. 

Matter  for  publication  should  reach  the  senior  editor  by  the  first  of  the 
month  preceding  the  month  of  issue  (January,  April,  July  and  October). 
Maniiscript  should  he  typewritten  and  double  spaced.  Proofs  will  not  be 
submitted  to  authors  unless  requested. 

Eepbints  are  furnished  at  printer's  rates.     Orders  should  be  written 

ON  OE  ATTACHED  TO  FIRST  PAGE   OF   MANUSCRIPT. 

4  pp.  8  pp.  16  pp. 

50  copies $4.95  $7.89  $12.83 

100  copies 5.92  9.38  15.79 

Additional    100s    1.97  2.96  5.92 

Plates  (pasted  in) :  $3.94  for  50 ;  additional  plates  $2.97  per  100 
[Postage  Extra] 

The  Nautilus  is  the  official  organ  of  the  American  Malacological  Union. 
Information  regarding  membership  in  the  Union  may  be  obtained  from  Mrs. 
Margaret  C.  Teskey,  Financial  Secretary,  144  Harlem  Avenue,  Buffalo 
24,  N.  Y. 


EXCHANGE  NOTICES 

Wanted  :  Back  "Volumes  and  Numbers  of  The  Nautilus.  Especially,  vol.  3 ; 
vol.  4,  no.  1;  vol.  6,  no.  3;  vol.  9,  no.  1;  vols.  17  to  24;  vol.  25,  no. 
5;  vols.  26,  27;  vol.  52;  vol.  53,  nos.  2,  3;  vols.  54  to  58;  vol.  59,  no. 
1;  vol.  60,  no.  2.  Some  nos.  of  volumes  listed  are  in  stock,  but  others 
are  desired.  Address  Horace  B.  Baker,  Univ.  Penna.  Zoo.  Lab., 
Philadelphia  4. 

Wanted  :  Preserved  or  living  viviparid  snails,  in  exchange  for  local  MoUusca. 

Glenn  R.  Webb,  Ohio  (P.O.),  Illinois. 

For  Exchange:  Fifteen  varieties,  Florida  tree  snails  (Liguus)  including 
three  of  the  rare  L.  solidus,  to  exchange  for  Achatinella,  Amphidromus, 
Bulimulus,  Cochlostyla,  Orthalicus,  Porphyrobaphe  and  Placostylus. 
Send  your  list  to  Paul  P.  McGinty,  Boynton,  Florida. 

For  Exchange:  Native  material  for  live  land  Mollusca,  especially  Cepaea 
nemoralis,  Otala  species,  and  Helix  aspersa. 

Glenn  R.  Webb,  5348  Ohmer  Ave.,  Indianapolis,  Indiana. 


THE   NAUTILUS  111 


Wanted:  Exchange  of  books  and  pamphlets  on  malacology.     New  long  list 
ready.     Ask  for  it,  and  send  yours. 

Dr.  F.  Haas,  Curator  of  Lower  Invertebrates,  Field  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  Chicago  5,  Illinois. 

Wanted:  Eecent  and  Tertiary  MoUusca.     Offered:   Similar  material  from 
various  countries.     Apply  with  Ust. 

J.  L.  Staed,  123  rue  Clovis,  Eheims,  Marne,  France. 

Wanted:  Marine  shells,  in  exchange  for  identified  marines,  land  and  fresh 
water  moUusks. 

Mes.  H.  B.  Baker,  11  Chelten  Eoad,  Havertown,  Pa. 

Foe    Exchange:    Bookbinding    and    book    repair    done — The    Nautilus, 
Johnsonia,  etc. — for  duplicate  shells  or  molluscan  literature. 

Dr.  Walter  H.  Jacobs,  124  West  93rd  Street,  New  York  25,  N.  Y. 

Wanted:  Pectens    (world-wide).     Exchange  or  purchase.     Can  offer   good 
marine  specimens,  many  genera,  with  data. 

Gilbert  Grau,  2457  Claremont  Ave.,  Hollywood  27,  Calif. 

Foe  Exchange  :  Sixty  species  of  Cypraea,  including  rare  local  varieties,  from 
Red  Sea  and  Indian  Ocean. 

Darrell  Bates,  Secretariat,  Hargeisa,  Somaliland  Protectorate. 


New  England  Coast  Shells  for  sale  or  exchange.     List  sent  on  request. 
List  of  foreign  shells  for  sale  on  request. 

Mrs.  F.  K.  Hadley,  Box  33,  West  Newton,  Mass, 

Specimen  Shells  and  books  or  papers  relating  to  them  bought,  sold  and 
exchanged. 

John  Q,  Buech,  1584  West  Vernon  Ave.,  Loa  Angelfts  37,  Calif. 

Translations  of  German,  French  and  Spanish  shell  literature  done  in  ex- 
change for  shells,  shell  literature,  duplicates  or  money. 

Morris  K.  Jacobson,  455  B.  139  St.,  Eockaway  Beach,  New  York. 


IV  THE   NAUTILUS 


TRITON  HELMET  AND  HARP  SHELLS $5.00 

EAST  COAST  MARINE  SHELLS  (Fourth  revised  edition)  ...     6.00 

WORLD-WIDE  SEA  SHELLS  4.50 

A  REVIEW  OF  THE  VOLUTIDAE 6.00 

All  post-paid  in  U.   S.  A. 


Address  aatlior: 

MAXWELL  SMITH, 
Box  126,  Windermere,  Florida 


SOUTH  SEA  SHELLS 

A  large  collection  of  South  Sea  and  other  shells  including  also  fresh 
water  shells,  many  of  them  from  the  W.  D.  Hartman  collection,  collected 
by  Andrew  Garrett,  is  offered  for  sale. 

It  is  fine  material  but  not  adaptable  to  Secondary  School  work,  and  oc- 
cupying space  needed  for  local  material.     Address 

Prof.  Fred  Swan,  Westtown  School,  Westtown,  Penna. 


INDEX  TO  THE  NAUTILUS 

Volumes  35-60 
Compiled  by  Aurele  La  Rocque 

The  index  to  The  Nautilus  for  volumes  35  through  60  is  now  available 
for  distribution.  Copies  may  be  procured  from  the  University  or 
Michigan  Press,  311  Maynard  Street,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan.  The  book 
is  made  up  in  the  same  format  as  the  First  Index,  is  cloth  bound  and 
divided  into  two  sections,  an  author  index  and  an  index  to  genera  and 
species. 

Pages:  322,  frontispiece  Price:  $5.00 


/ 


Vol.  66  APRIL,  1953  No.  4 

THE 

NAUTILUS 

A  QUAETERLY 
DEVOTED   TO   THE   INTERESTS   OF   CONCHOLOGISTS 

EDITORS    AND   PUBLISHERS 

Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Curator  of  the  Department  of  Mollusea, 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Phillll(JlJJUlSl  5 


H.  Burrington  Baker,  Professor 

University  of  Pennsylvani; 


oi  mm  Biological  Laboratonf 
nj         tL'  I B  pt  A.  R  -y 


CONTENTS 


JUNl  6  1953 
WOODS  HOLE.  MASS. 


A  new  species  of  Pie  uroh  ranch  us  from  the  uaribbean  (iec- 

tibranehiata) .    By  N.  T.  Mattox 109 

Land  snails  of  the  southern  Atlantic  Coastal  Plain.     By 

Leslie  Hubricht   114 

Co7igeria  leucophaeata  (Conrad)  in  the  Hudson  River.     By 

Morris  K.  Jacohson 125 

Revised  list  of  mollusks  from  York  County,  Pennsylvania. 

By  Robert  A.  Heilman  and  Gordon  K.  MacMillan  ....   128 

Fresh-water  mussels  used  by  Illinoian  Indians  of  the  Hope- 
well culture.    By  Max  R.  Matteson 130 

Imogene  Strickler  Robertson 139 

Notes  and  News  •  • 142 

Publications  received 143 


LOO  per  year  ($3.15  to  Foreign  Countries)  75  cents  a  copy 


HORACE  B.  BAKER,  Business  Manager 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  Zoological  Laboratory, 

38th  and  Woodland  Avenue,  PhDadelphia  4,  Pa. 

Entered  as  Second-Class  matter,  October  29,  1932,  at  the  Post  Office  at 
Pbiladelpbia.  Pa.,  under  the  Act  of  March  3.  1879. 


THE   NAUTILUS 


THE  NAUTILUS: 

A  Quarterly  Journal  devoted  to  the  study  of  Mollusks,  edited  and  pub- 
lished by  Henry  A.  Pilsbry  and  H.  Burrington  Baker. 

Matter  for  publication  should  reach  the  senior  editor  by  the  first  of  the 
month  preceding  the  month  of  issue  (January,  April,  July  and  October). 
Manuscript  should  be  typewritten  and  double  spaced.  Proofs  will  not  be 
submitted  to  authors  unless  requested. 

Eeprints  are  furnished  at  printer's  rates.     Orders  should  be  written 

ON  OR  attached  TO  FIRST  PAGE  OF   MANUSCRIPT. 

4  pp.  ^  PP-  16pp. 

50  copies $4.95  $7.89  $12.83 

100  copies 5.92  9.38  15.79 

Additional    100s    _.     1.97  2.96  5.92 

Plates  (pasted  in)  :  $3.94  for  50 ;  additional  plates  $2.97  per  100 
[Postage  Extra] 

The  Nautilus  is  the  official  organ  of  the  American  Malacological  Union. 
Information  regarding  membership  in  the  Union  may  be  obtained  from  Mrs. 
Margaret    C.    Teskey,    Financial    Secretary,    144    Harlem    Avenue,    Buffalo 

24,  N.  Y. 


EXCHANGE  NOTICES 

Wanted  :  Back  Volumes  and  Numbers  of  The  Nautilus.  Especially,  vol.  3 ; 
vol.  4,  no.  1;  vol.  6,  no.  3;  vol.  9,  no.  1;  vols.  17  to  24;  vol.  25,  no. 
5;  vols.  26,  27;  vol.  52;  vol,  53,  nos.  2,  3;  vols.  54  to  58;  vol.  59,  no. 
1 ;  vol.  60,  no.  2.  Some  nos.  of  volumes  listed  are  in  stock,  but  others 
are  desired.  Address  Horace  B.  Baker,  Univ.  Penna.  Zoo.  Lab., 
Philadelphia  4. 

Wanted  :  Preserved  or  living  viviparid  snails,  in  exchange  for  local  MoUusea. 

Glenn  E.  Webb,  Ohio  (P.O.),  Illinois. 

For  Exchange:  Fifteen  varieties,  Florida  tree  snails  (Liguus)  including 
three  of  the  rare  L.  solidus,  to  exchange  for  Achatinella,  Amphidromus, 
Bulimulus,  Cochlostyla,  Orthalicus,  Porphyrobaphe  and  Placostylus. 
Send  your  list  to  Paul  P.  McGinty,  Boynton,  Florida. 

For  Exchange:  Native  material  for  live  land  Mollusca,  especially  Cepaea 
nemoralis,  Otala  species,  and  Helix  aspersa. 

Glenn  R.  Webb,  5348  Ohmer  Ave.,  Indianapolis,  Indiana. 


THE   NAUTILUS  Ul 


Wanted:  Exchange  of  books  and  pamphlets  on  malacology.     New  long  list 
ready.     Ask  for  it,  and  send  yours. 

Dr.  F.  Haas,  Curator  of  Lower  Invertebrates,  Field  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  Chicago  5,  Illinois. 

For    Exchange:    Bookbinding    and    book    repair    done — The    Nautilus, 
JoHNSONiA,  etc. — for  duplicate  shells  or  moUuscan  literature. 
Dr.  Walter  H.  Jacobs,  124  West  93rd  Street,  New  York  25,  N.  Y. 

Wanted:  Pectens    (world-wide).     Exchange   or  purchase.     Can  offer   good 
marine  specimens,  many  genera,  with  data. 

Gilbert  Grau,  2457  Claremont  Ave.,  Hollywood  27,  Calif, 

Foe  Exchange  :  Sixty  species  of  Cypraca,  including  rare  local  varieties,  from 
Eed  Sea  and  Indian  Ocean. 

Darrell  Bates,  Secretariat,  Hargeisa,  Somaliland  Protectorate. 

For  Exchange:  Fine  specimen  shells,  world  wide. 

Nick  Katsaras,  479-B  South  Washington  Ave.,  Bergenfield,  N.  J. 

Preparing  new  world-wide   list   of   shell   collectors.     Send  your   name   and 
interests.     No  obligation  for  registering. 

John  Q.  Burch,  1584  West  Vernon  Ave.,  Los  Angeles  62,  Calif. 


New  England  Coast  Shells  for  sale  or  exchange.     List  sent  on  request. 
List  of  foreign  shells  for  sale  on  request. 

Mrs.  F.  K.  Hadley,  Box  33,  West  Newton,  Mass. 

Specimen  Shells  and  books  or  papers  relating  to  them  bought,  sold  and 
exchanged. 

John  Q.  Burch,  1584  West  Vernon  Ave.,  Los  Angeles  37,  Calif. 

Translations  of  German,  French  and  Spanish  sheU  literature  done  in  ex- 
change for  shells,  shell  literature,  duplicates  or  money. 

Morris  K.  Jacobson,  455  B.  139  St.,  Eockaway  Beach,  New  York. 


IV  THE   NAUTILUS 


TRITON  HELMET  AND  HARP  SHELLS $5.00 

EAST  COAST  MARINE  SHELLS  (Fourth  revised  edition)  . . .     6.00 

WORLD-WIDE  SEA  SHELLS  4.50 

A  REVIEW  OF  THE  VOLUTIDAE 6.00 


All  post-paid  In  U.   S.  A. 
Address  author: 

MAXWELL  SMITH, 
Box  126,  Windermere,  Florida 


SOUTH  SEA  SHELLS 

A  large  collection  of  South  Sea  and  other  shells  including  also  fresh 
water  shells,  many  of  them  from  the  W.  D.  Hartman  collection,  collected 
by  Andrew  Garrett,  is  offered  for  sale. 

It  is  fine  material  but  not  adaptable  to  Secondary  School  work,  and  oc- 
cupying space  needed  for  local  material.     Address 

Prof.  Feed  Swan,  Westtown  School,  Westtown,  Penna. 


INDEX  TO  THE  NAUTILUS 

Volumes  35-60 
Compiled  by  Aurele  La  Kocque 

The  index  to  The  Nautilus  for  volumes  35  through  60  is  now  available 
for  distribution.  Copies  may  be  procured  from  the  University  of 
Michigan  Press,  311  Maynard  Street,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan.  The  book 
is  made  up  in  the  same  format  as  the  First  Index,  is  cloth  bound  and 
divided  into  two  sections,  an  author  index  and  an  index  to  genera  and 
species. 

Pages:  322,  frontispiece  Price:  $5.00 


MBL  WHOI  LIBRARY 


lilH    17XG    K 


mm 


If 


li 


m 


lliii^ 


ililiiiiii: 


m'^ 


%M^'^ 


§